Calculate your monthly EMI for with our comprehensive loan calculator. Customize loan amount, interest rate, down payment, and tenure to find the perfect financing plan.
Loan Parameters
Adjust the parameters below to calculate your EMI
Price before taxes and additional charges
Recommended: 100,000 (20% of vehicle price)
5 years
Configure your loan parameters
Enter your details and click "Calculate EMI" to see results
Important Disclaimer
Disclaimer: The EMI amount displayed for is in Indian Rupee and has been rounded off to the nearest rupee. Additional charges like processing fee, file charges, documentation charges, or any other charges levied by the financial institution have not been included in the final EMI calculation. Loan insurance premium is also not included in the final calculation. The terms and conditions of various financial institutions should be carefully read before signing any loan agreement. The values shown are for indication purposes only. Exact EMI amounts and loan terms should be confirmed directly with your chosen financial institution. Interest rates may vary based on your credit score, income, and other eligibility criteria.
TVS and BMW are working together on a new 450cc motorcycle platform, sharing engineering and design to create new models.
\n\n\n\n
India will see new 450cc bikes, including a TVS Apache RR 450, Norton 450cc models, and the BMW F 450 GS.
\n\n\n\n
Norton Motorcycles is making a comeback in India, aiming for the premium bike market with new models.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing for these bikes will happen in India, focusing on both local and global sales, helped by trade agreements.
\n\n\n\n
The new bikes will use a twin-cylinder inline engine with 48 horsepower, but each brand will have its own look.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS and BMW Motorrad Collaboration
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The partnership between TVS Motor Company and BMW Motorrad is a pretty big deal, especially for the Indian motorcycle market. It's not just about slapping logos on the same bike; it's a deeper collaboration that's set to shake things up. I think it's cool how two different companies can come together and make something new.
\n\n\n\n
Joint Development of 450cc Platform
\n\n\n\n
This collaboration centers around the joint development of a brand new 450cc platform. This isn't just about one model; it's a foundation for multiple bikes across different brands. The shared platform approach allows both TVS and BMW to leverage each other's strengths, reducing development costs and time. It's a win-win situation, really. I'm curious to see how different the bikes will be, even though they share the same base.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Shared Engineering and Design
\n\n\n\n
Engineering and design are being shared between the two companies. This means that while each brand will maintain its distinctive styling, the core engineering principles and some design elements will be common. It's like they're sharing the same recipe but adding their own spices. I wonder if this will lead to some interesting design choices, or if the bikes will end up looking too similar. The TVS Apache RTR 310 is a great example of what they can achieve together.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Hub in India
\n\n\n\n
India is set to become a major manufacturing hub for these 450cc motorcycles. This is great news for the Indian economy, as it will create jobs and boost local manufacturing capabilities. Plus, manufacturing in India can help keep costs down, making these bikes more accessible to a wider range of customers. It's smart to use India as a base, given the growing demand for motorcycles there. I'm excited to see how this impacts the availability and pricing of the bikes.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The collaboration between TVS and BMW extends beyond just the 450cc platform. They're also working together on electric vehicle technology, which could lead to some exciting new EVs in the future. It's a long-term partnership with a lot of potential.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick summary of the benefits:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Reduced development costs
\n\n\n\n
Faster time to market
\n\n\n\n
Increased manufacturing capabilities
\n\n\n\n
Potential for global market expansion
\n
\n\n\n\n
New 450cc Motorcycles for India
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
It's exciting times for motorcycle enthusiasts in India! TVS is gearing up to launch its new range of 450cc motorcycles, and Norton is also joining the party with their own models. All of this is thanks to the collaboration with BMW and their new 450cc engine platform. It looks like TVS is ready to take on the sub-500cc market, currently dominated by Bajaj.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Apache RR 450 Flagship Model
\n\n\n\n
Rumors suggest that TVS will be launching a street naked version, likely called the Apache RTR 450. This model is expected to compete directly with the KTM 390 Duke and other similar bikes in the segment. It's going to be interesting to see how TVS positions this bike in terms of pricing and features. The Apache RR 310 has already proven to be a success, so expectations are high for its bigger sibling.
\n\n\n\n
Norton 450cc Offerings
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Norton is also planning to introduce 450cc motorcycles in India. The first model could be a retro roadster, designed to rival the Triumph Speed 400. The success of the Speed 400 in India has shown that there's a demand for well-priced, stylish bikes with a classic touch. It remains to be seen how TVS will market the Norton brand in India, given that it's not as well-known here as it is in other global markets.
\n\n\n\n
BMW F 450 GS Launch
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
BMW will also be launching its F 450 GS in India. This bike was first showcased as a concept at EICMA 2024 and is now in its final production stage. Test mules have been spotted frequently, indicating that the launch is imminent. The BMW F 450 GS will be powered by the same 450cc twin-cylinder engine co-developed with TVS.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The fact that all these bikes – TVS, Norton, and BMW – will be built at TVS’s factory in Hosur is a testament to the company's manufacturing capabilities and its commitment to the Indian market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Norton Motorcycles' India Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Revival of the Iconic British Brand
\n\n\n\n
TVS acquired Norton Motorcycles in 2020, and the plan is to bring back this iconic brand in a big way. The first Norton bikes are expected to hit the Indian market by the end of this year. TVS has invested heavily in reviving the brand, and now we're seeing the fruits of that labor. It's not just about slapping a Norton badge on any old bike; it's about restoring the prestige and legacy of a British legend.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Product Lineup for India
\n\n\n\n
Norton is likely to start with the V4SV model, followed by four more models in the first half of 2026. The initial production will be around 10,000 units per month, targeting sales in the UK, India, and Europe. The 450cc parallel-twin engine could power future Norton models, helping the brand stand out. The Norton V4SV model is expected to be the first offering.
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Premium Motorcycle Segment
\n\n\n\n
Norton aims to capture the premium motorcycle market in India, competing with brands like Aprilia. TVS plans to use separate dealerships for Norton and its premium TVS products to provide a better customer experience. This strategy mirrors what Hero MotoCorp is doing with its Premia showrooms and Honda with its Big Wing dealerships. The goal is to offer a refined purchase experience for customers looking for high-end bikes.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Norton's strategy involves not just launching bikes, but also creating a premium brand experience. This includes everything from the dealership environment to the after-sales service. It's about building a community around the Norton brand and making customers feel like they're part of something special.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at the planned rollout:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Late 2025: Launch of initial models like the V4SV
\n\n\n\n
First half of 2026: Introduction of four additional models
\n\n\n\n
Ongoing: Expansion of dealership network and customer support
\n
\n\n\n\n
Production and Market Expansion
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Capacity for Norton
\n\n\n\n
So, TVS is really ramping things up for Norton. They're planning to initially manufacture around 10,000 Norton motorcycles. This isn't just for India, but for global markets too. That's a lot of bikes! They've also brought in some new executive directors to help make sure everything goes smoothly. It sounds like they're serious about making this a success.
\n\n\n\n
Global and Domestic Market Focus
\n\n\n\n
With the new Norton models, TVS is aiming for the premium motorcycle market, both in India and internationally, including Europe. They're thinking about setting up exclusive dealerships for Norton and their premium TVS bikes to give customers a better experience. It's like how Hero MotoCorp has those Premia showrooms, or how Honda has the Big Wing dealerships.
\n\n\n\n
Free Trade Agreement Benefits
\n\n\n\n
One thing that's helping a lot is the free trade agreement between India and the UK. This makes it way easier to ship parts and even whole bikes back and forth. They can send parts to the UK to be assembled, or bring fully built bikes to India with lower import taxes. It's a big advantage for them.
\n\n\n\n
Engine Specifications and Performance
\n\n\n\n
New Twin-Cylinder Inline Engine
\n\n\n\n
The upcoming TVS Apache RR 450 and Norton 450cc models will feature a newly developed twin-cylinder, liquid-cooled engine. This engine is a product of the TVS and BMW Motorrad collaboration, and it's expected to deliver a significant step up in performance compared to existing single-cylinder offerings in the segment. The focus is on achieving a balance of power and refinement, suitable for both everyday riding and spirited performance.
\n\n\n\n
Power Output and Gearbox Details
\n\n\n\n
While exact figures are still under wraps, the engine is rumored to produce around 47 bhp. This output should place it competitively against rivals like the Aprilia RS 457. The gearbox is expected to be a six-speed unit, offering smooth and precise shifts. It's likely to include features like a slipper clutch to enhance control during aggressive downshifts. The engine is designed to provide a broad powerband, making it tractable in various riding conditions.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Landscape in India
\n\n\n\n
The Indian motorcycle market is about to get a whole lot more interesting. With TVS and Norton entering the 450cc segment, things are definitely going to heat up. It's not just about launching new bikes; it's about taking on established players and carving out a space in a very competitive market.
\n\n\n\n
Rivalry with Aprilia RS 457 and Tuono 457
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Aprilia has already made a splash with their RS 457, and the Tuono 457 is expected to follow suit. These bikes offer a blend of performance and style that appeals to younger riders. The TVS Apache RR 450 and Norton 450cc will need to offer something unique to stand out. It's going to be a battle of features, price, and brand appeal. Aprilia has the advantage of being an established international brand, but TVS has the home-field advantage with its extensive service network and understanding of the Indian market.
\n\n\n\n
Challenging Bajaj's Sub-500cc Dominance
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has been a dominant force in the sub-500cc segment for years, thanks to the Pulsar and Dominar range. These bikes are known for their affordability and reliability, making them a popular choice for a wide range of riders. TVS and Norton will need to convince buyers that their bikes offer better value or performance to sway them away from Bajaj's offerings. This could involve aggressive pricing strategies or highlighting specific features that Bajaj bikes lack.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Apache RTR 450 vs. KTM 390 Duke
\n\n\n\n
The KTM 390 Duke is another major player in this segment, known for its sporty handling and powerful engine. The Apache RTR 450 will likely be positioned as a direct competitor, offering a similar level of performance at a potentially more competitive price point. It's going to be interesting to see how TVS differentiates its bike from the Duke, whether it's through styling, features, or overall riding experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The success of TVS and Norton in the Indian market will depend on their ability to offer compelling products that cater to the specific needs and preferences of Indian riders. This includes factors such as fuel efficiency, reliability, and affordability, as well as performance and style.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Future Plans and Model Rollouts
\n\n\n\n
Upcoming Norton 1200cc Superbike
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Norton is gearing up to make a splash with a high-performance 1200cc superbike. The launch is expected to happen soon, and it's generating a lot of buzz. This bike is meant to showcase Norton's engineering and design capabilities. It's a bold move to enter the superbike segment, and it will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition.
\n\n\n\n
Six Norton Models Over Three Years
\n\n\n\n
Norton has big plans for the next few years. They're aiming to release six new models. This is a pretty aggressive timeline, and it shows they're serious about re-establishing themselves in the market. The models will likely cover a range of segments, from superbikes to more accessible bikes. It's a comprehensive strategy to capture different customer bases. The Ola Roadster X is also expected to arrive at showrooms soon.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Adventure Motorcycle RTX 300
\n\n\n\n
TVS is also looking to expand its lineup with an adventure motorcycle, the RTX 300. This would be a great addition to their portfolio, catering to the growing interest in adventure riding. It's a smart move to diversify and offer something for riders who want to explore beyond city limits. Here are some potential features:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Long-travel suspension
\n\n\n\n
Spoked wheels
\n\n\n\n
Rugged design
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The adventure segment is becoming increasingly popular, and TVS is positioning itself to take advantage of this trend. The RTX 300 could be a game-changer for the brand, attracting a new segment of riders and solidifying their position in the Indian market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668547\"]\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, what's the big takeaway here? TVS is really stepping up its game, and it looks like they're ready to shake things up in the motorcycle world. Getting these new 450cc bikes from Norton and TVS, all built on that BMW engine, is a pretty smart move. It means more choices for us riders, which is always a good thing. It'll be interesting to see how these new models do once they hit the roads. One thing's for sure: the next few years are going to be exciting for motorcycle fans in India and beyond.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the main idea behind the TVS, Norton, and BMW partnership?
\n\n\n\n
TVS and BMW Motorrad are working together to create a new motorcycle platform that uses a 450cc engine. This engine will be used in bikes from TVS, Norton, and BMW, with manufacturing happening in India.
\n\n\n\n
When will the first bikes from this partnership be available?
\n\n\n\n
The first BMW bike using this new 450cc engine, the F 450 GS, is expected to come out by the end of this year. Norton and TVS models based on the same engine will follow soon after.
\n\n\n\n
Tell me about the new 450cc engine.
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the new 450cc engine is a twin-cylinder inline engine that makes 48 horsepower and has a 6-speed gearbox. Each brand will give their bikes a unique look, even though they share many parts.
\n\n\n\n
What are Norton's plans for new motorcycles?
\n\n\n\n
Norton plans to launch six new motorcycle models over the next three years, starting with a 1,200cc superbike. They want to sell these bikes in India, the UK, and other parts of Europe.
\n\n\n\n
How will these new bikes compete in the Indian market?
\n\n\n\n
TVS aims to compete with other popular bikes like the Aprilia RS 457 and Tuono 457. They also want to challenge Bajaj, which currently sells a lot of motorcycles under 500cc in India.
\n\n\n\n
How does the trade agreement between India and the UK help Norton?
\n\n\n\n
The free trade agreement between India and the UK makes it easier to move parts and finished bikes between the two countries, which helps with manufacturing and sales for Norton.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 19, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/apache-450cc-vs-norton-450cc-bmw-450cc-platform-showdown-for-indian-motorcycle-fans/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9249,"title":"Hero Vida VX2 Electric Scooter: Highlights, Variants, and Launch Details for 2025","content":"\n
Big news for electric scooter fans! Hero MotoCorp is gearing up to launch a new electric scooter, the Hero Vida VX2, on July 1st. Everyone's wondering if this new model is just a rebranded version of the Vida Z, which we saw earlier, or if it's a completely new addition to the V2 lineup. This launch is a big deal for Hero, especially as they've seen a huge jump in sales recently. Let's dig into what we know about the Hero Vida VX2 Incoming 1st July – Rebranded Vida Z Or New V2 Lineup and what it could mean for the electric vehicle market.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Hero Vida VX2 is set to launch on July 1st, aiming to boost the company's electric scooter sales.
\n\n\n\n
There's a lot of talk about whether the Vida VX2 is a new name for the Vida Z, which was shown at the Bharat Mobility Expo.
\n\n\n\n
The new scooter is expected to have removable battery packs and a range of over 100 km.
\n\n\n\n
Its design is simple and family-friendly, looking a lot like popular petrol scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Hero plans to price the Vida VX2 affordably, placing it below current Vida V2 models to compete in the budget-friendly electric scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Launch Date Confirmed
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Set for July 1st
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so mark your calendars! Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the Vida VX2 is launching on July 1st. The buzz is real, and it looks like they're ready to shake up the electric scooter market. I've been seeing spy shots and teasers all over the place, and the anticipation is definitely building. It's happening soon!
\n\n\n\n
Anticipation Builds for New Electric Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Everyone's waiting to see what Hero has up its sleeve with this new electric scooter. Will it be a game-changer? Will it live up to the hype? I'm personally curious about the range and features. I've been reading comments online, and people are hoping for a good balance of performance and affordability. It's a pretty crowded market, so it'll be interesting to see how the VX2 stacks up against the competition.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Release to Boost Sales
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is probably hoping this launch will give their electric scooter sales a serious boost. They had a great April, with sales jumping way up, and the VX2 could keep that momentum going. It makes sense to release a new model now, especially with the growing demand for electric two-wheelers. Let's see if this new release will help them solidify their position as a major player in the EV game.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The electric vehicle market is getting more competitive every day. Hero needs to make a splash with the Vida VX2 to stand out from the crowd. A successful launch could mean big things for their future in the EV sector.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Rebranding Speculation: Vida Z or New V2 Lineup?
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so here's where things get interesting. With the Hero Vida VX2 launch date looming, there's a lot of chatter about what this scooter actually is. Is it a completely new model, or is it just a rebranded version of something we've already seen? Let's break it down.
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 as Rebranded Vida Z
\n\n\n\n
There's a strong theory that the Vida VX2 is simply the Vida Z in disguise. Remember the Vida Z? It was showcased earlier this year at the Bharat Mobility Expo, and before that at EICMA 2024. It was supposed to launch in July 2025. Now, the VX2 is coming out in July too. Coincidence? Maybe not. Name changes happen all the time in the auto industry for various reasons, like trademark issues or just a change in marketing strategy. It's entirely possible Hero decided to go with the VX2 name at the last minute. This could be a strategic move to boost sales and capture a wider audience with a fresh identity.
\n\n\n\n
Trademark Filings and Variant Names
\n\n\n\n
Here's another wrinkle: Hero has trademarked the \"Vida Z\" name. However, they also have trademark applications for VX2 variants like the VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go. This suggests that while the \"Vida Z\" name might stick around for future products, the VX2 lineup is being positioned as something distinct, with its own range of models. It's a bit confusing, I know. Maybe they're planning to use the Vida Z name for a different type of electric two-wheeler down the line?
\n\n\n\n
Unveiled Vida Z at Bharat Mobility Expo
\n\n\n\n
As mentioned, the Vida Z made an appearance at the Bharat Mobility Expo. It was supposed to be a global product, aimed at both the Indian and European markets. Test vehicles have been spotted, but strangely, there haven't been any sightings of a \"Vida VX2\" specifically. This adds fuel to the rebranding fire. It really does seem like the Vida VX2 could just be the production version of the Vida Z, with a new name slapped on it. We'll have to wait until July 1st to know for sure!
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Performance and Specifications
\n\n\n\n
Expected Battery Configurations
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so everyone's wondering what kind of battery setup we'll see on the Vida VX2. If the rumors are true and it's a rebranded Vida Z, then the base model might sport a single 2.2 kWh battery pack. But here's where it gets interesting: the higher-end variant could potentially pack two battery packs, bumping the total capacity up to around 3.4 kWh. That's a decent amount of juice for an electric scooter, and it could really make a difference in range and overall performance. It's all speculation right now, but it sounds promising, right?
\n\n\n\n
Projected Range and Power Output
\n\n\n\n
Range is a big deal for electric scooters, and the Vida VX2 is expected to deliver. With that potential 3.4 kWh battery, we're hearing whispers of a range exceeding 100 km. That would put it right in the mix with other popular models. As for power, the existing Vida V2 boasts a 6 kWh motor. The VX2, or Vida Z, might dial that back a bit to keep costs down. It's likely to use a direct drive permanent magnet motor, which should provide a good balance of efficiency and performance. It's all about finding that sweet spot between affordability and capability.
\n\n\n\n
Removable Battery Packs Feature
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest features expected on the Vida VX2 is removable battery packs. This is a game-changer because it gives you options. No charging station nearby? No problem. Just pop out the batteries and charge them at home or at the office. This adds a ton of flexibility and makes the scooter way more practical for everyday use. Plus, it addresses range anxiety, which is a major concern for a lot of potential electric scooter buyers. The Vida V2 electric scooter already has this feature, so it makes sense for the VX2 to follow suit.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Removable batteries are a big deal. They make charging way more convenient, especially if you live in an apartment or don't have easy access to a charging point. It's a feature that can really sway people who are on the fence about going electric.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what we might see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Single 2.2 kWh battery (base model)
\n\n\n\n
Dual 3.4 kWh battery (top variant)
\n\n\n\n
Projected range of over 100 km
\n\n\n\n
Removable battery packs for easy charging
\n
\n\n\n\n
Design Philosophy and Aesthetics
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Minimalist and Family-Oriented Design
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 seems to be embracing a design language that's both minimalist and geared towards family needs. It's not trying to be flashy; instead, it aims for a practical and approachable aesthetic. This design direction suggests a focus on functionality and ease of use, rather than aggressive styling.
\n\n\n\n
Comparison to Popular Petrol Scooters
\n\n\n\n
When you look at the Vida VX2, it's hard not to draw comparisons to existing petrol scooters. It seems like Hero is trying to bridge the gap, offering an electric alternative that doesn't feel too alien to riders accustomed to traditional scooters. It will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the likes of Honda Activa or TVS Jupiter in terms of overall appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features: Display, Charging, Storage
\n\n\n\n
Let's talk about the important stuff. We're expecting a decent digital display, hopefully with smartphone connectivity. Charging should be relatively straightforward, maybe with a portable charger option. And storage? Well, that's crucial. People need space for groceries, helmets, and all the other stuff we lug around. Here's what we hope to see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
A clear and informative display
\n\n\n\n
Easy and accessible charging solutions
\n\n\n\n
Ample under-seat storage
\n\n\n\n
Maybe even some front storage options
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The design choices here will really make or break the VX2. If it nails the basics – usability, practicality, and a clean look – it could be a winner. If it misses the mark, it might struggle to stand out in a crowded market. It's all about getting the details right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Ultimately, the design and features will play a big role in the success of the Vida VX2. It needs to be appealing, practical, and offer something that sets it apart from the competition. I'm curious to see if it can electric technology and design.
\n\n\n\n
Market Positioning and Affordability
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Affordable Electric Scooter Segment
\n\n\n\n
The Hero Vida VX2 is clearly aimed at the affordable end of the electric scooter market. It's designed to appeal to a broad range of consumers looking to switch to electric without breaking the bank. This means focusing on practical features and a price point that makes it a viable alternative to traditional petrol scooters. It's a smart move, considering the growing demand for budget-friendly EVs.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Pricing Against Rivals
\n\n\n\n
The success of the Vida VX2 hinges on its price. It needs to be competitive with established players like Ola, TVS, Ather, and Bajaj. If Hero can undercut these brands while still offering a decent range and features, it could seriously disrupt the market. It's a tough balancing act, but getting the price right is absolutely essential.
\n\n\n\n
Positioning Below Existing Vida V2 Models
\n\n\n\n
It seems likely the VX2 will be positioned as a more accessible option compared to the current Vida V1 models. This could mean a slightly smaller battery, fewer premium features, or a more basic design. The goal is to create a clear distinction in the lineup, offering something for everyone from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking a more premium electric scooter experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The strategy here is pretty straightforward: capture a larger share of the market by offering a more affordable option. It's a classic move in the auto industry, and if Hero plays its cards right, it could pay off big time.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Sales Momentum and Future Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Trademarked Variants and Future Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go Variants
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp isn't just launching the Vida VX2; they're planning a whole family of electric scooters. Trademark applications have been filed for Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go variants. It looks like they're trying to cover all the bases, from a base model to higher-spec versions. This approach allows them to target a wider range of customers with different needs and budgets. It's a smart move to maximize market penetration.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Use of Vida Z Trademark
\n\n\n\n
There's still a lot of speculation about whether the Vida VX2 will actually be a rebranded Vida Z. Remember the unveiled Vida Z at the Bharat Mobility Expo? It's possible Hero is keeping the Vida Z name alive for a future model or using it as a trim level. It's all a bit confusing, but it seems like Hero is keeping its options open. It'll be interesting to see how they play this out.
\n\n\n\n
Expanding the Vida Electric Scooter Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is clearly serious about the electric scooter market. Launching multiple variants of the Vida VX2, along with the potential Vida Z, shows they're committed to building a comprehensive lineup. This multi-pronged approach should help them compete with established players like Ola, TVS, and Ather. The goal is to have something for everyone, from budget-conscious buyers to those looking for premium features. It's all about expanding the Vida electric scooter portfolio and becoming a major player in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It seems like Hero is trying to create a full range of electric scooters to compete with other brands. By offering different models with varying features and price points, they hope to attract a wider customer base and establish themselves as a leader in the electric vehicle market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668191\"]\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Hero Vida?
\n\n\n\n
So, July 1st is almost here, and everyone's wondering if the new Hero Vida VX2 is just the Vida Z with a different name, or something totally new. Hero has been doing well with their electric scooters lately, especially after making them more affordable. It makes sense they'd want to keep that going. Whether it's a rebrand or a fresh model, the goal is probably to offer a good electric scooter that more people can buy. We'll just have to wait and see what Hero reveals on launch day.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is the Hero Vida VX2 going to be released?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the new Vida VX2 electric scooter will be launched on July 1st.
\n\n\n\n
Is the Vida VX2 the same as the Vida Z?
\n\n\n\n
It looks like the Vida VX2 might just be the Vida Z, which was shown off earlier this year. This is because the VX2 has been seen in spy photos, but the Vida Z was supposed to come out in July, and we haven't heard much about it since.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of battery and range can I expect from the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will likely come with a single 2.2 kWh battery or two batteries that add up to about 3.4 kWh. It's expected to go over 60 miles on a single charge and will have removable battery packs, just like the current Vida V2.
\n\n\n\n
What will the Vida VX2 look like?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will probably have a simple, family-friendly design, similar to popular gas scooters. It's expected to feature a rectangular headlight, a digital display, a USB charging port, front storage, and a backrest for the rider.
\n\n\n\n
How much will the Vida VX2 cost?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp wants the Vida VX2 to be an affordable electric scooter. It will be priced lower than the current Vida V2 models and will compete with scooters like the Ola S1X, TVS iQube, and Bajaj Chetak.
\n\n\n\n
Will there be different versions of the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has also filed trademarks for other versions of the scooter, like the Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go, suggesting they plan to offer a range of options in the future.
Big news for electric scooter fans! Hero MotoCorp is gearing up to launch a new electric scooter, the Hero Vida VX2, on July 1st. Everyone's wondering if this new model is just a rebranded version of the Vida Z, which we saw earlier, or if it's a completely new addition to the V2 lineup. This launch is a big deal for Hero, especially as they've seen a huge jump in sales recently. Let's dig into what we know about the Hero Vida VX2 Incoming 1st July – Rebranded Vida Z Or New V2 Lineup and what it could mean for the electric vehicle market.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Hero Vida VX2 is set to launch on July 1st, aiming to boost the company's electric scooter sales.
\n\n\n\n
There's a lot of talk about whether the Vida VX2 is a new name for the Vida Z, which was shown at the Bharat Mobility Expo.
\n\n\n\n
The new scooter is expected to have removable battery packs and a range of over 100 km.
\n\n\n\n
Its design is simple and family-friendly, looking a lot like popular petrol scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Hero plans to price the Vida VX2 affordably, placing it below current Vida V2 models to compete in the budget-friendly electric scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Launch Date Confirmed
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Set for July 1st
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so mark your calendars! Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the Vida VX2 is launching on July 1st. The buzz is real, and it looks like they're ready to shake up the electric scooter market. I've been seeing spy shots and teasers all over the place, and the anticipation is definitely building. It's happening soon!
\n\n\n\n
Anticipation Builds for New Electric Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Everyone's waiting to see what Hero has up its sleeve with this new electric scooter. Will it be a game-changer? Will it live up to the hype? I'm personally curious about the range and features. I've been reading comments online, and people are hoping for a good balance of performance and affordability. It's a pretty crowded market, so it'll be interesting to see how the VX2 stacks up against the competition.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Release to Boost Sales
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is probably hoping this launch will give their electric scooter sales a serious boost. They had a great April, with sales jumping way up, and the VX2 could keep that momentum going. It makes sense to release a new model now, especially with the growing demand for electric two-wheelers. Let's see if this new release will help them solidify their position as a major player in the EV game.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The electric vehicle market is getting more competitive every day. Hero needs to make a splash with the Vida VX2 to stand out from the crowd. A successful launch could mean big things for their future in the EV sector.
\n\n
\n
\n\n\n\n
Rebranding Speculation: Vida Z or New V2 Lineup?
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so here's where things get interesting. With the Hero Vida VX2 launch date looming, there's a lot of chatter about what this scooter actually is. Is it a completely new model, or is it just a rebranded version of something we've already seen? Let's break it down.
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 as Rebranded Vida Z
\n\n\n\n
There's a strong theory that the Vida VX2 is simply the Vida Z in disguise. Remember the Vida Z? It was showcased earlier this year at the Bharat Mobility Expo, and before that at EICMA 2024. It was supposed to launch in July 2025. Now, the VX2 is coming out in July too. Coincidence? Maybe not. Name changes happen all the time in the auto industry for various reasons, like trademark issues or just a change in marketing strategy. It's entirely possible Hero decided to go with the VX2 name at the last minute. This could be a strategic move to boost sales and capture a wider audience with a fresh identity.
\n\n\n\n
Trademark Filings and Variant Names
\n\n\n\n
Here's another wrinkle: Hero has trademarked the \"Vida Z\" name. However, they also have trademark applications for VX2 variants like the VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go. This suggests that while the \"Vida Z\" name might stick around for future products, the VX2 lineup is being positioned as something distinct, with its own range of models. It's a bit confusing, I know. Maybe they're planning to use the Vida Z name for a different type of electric two-wheeler down the line?
\n\n\n\n
Unveiled Vida Z at Bharat Mobility Expo
\n\n\n\n
As mentioned, the Vida Z made an appearance at the Bharat Mobility Expo. It was supposed to be a global product, aimed at both the Indian and European markets. Test vehicles have been spotted, but strangely, there haven't been any sightings of a \"Vida VX2\" specifically. This adds fuel to the rebranding fire. It really does seem like the Vida VX2 could just be the production version of the Vida Z, with a new name slapped on it. We'll have to wait until July 1st to know for sure!
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Performance and Specifications
\n\n\n\n
Expected Battery Configurations
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so everyone's wondering what kind of battery setup we'll see on the Vida VX2. If the rumors are true and it's a rebranded Vida Z, then the base model might sport a single 2.2 kWh battery pack. But here's where it gets interesting: the higher-end variant could potentially pack two battery packs, bumping the total capacity up to around 3.4 kWh. That's a decent amount of juice for an electric scooter, and it could really make a difference in range and overall performance. It's all speculation right now, but it sounds promising, right?
\n\n\n\n
Projected Range and Power Output
\n\n\n\n
Range is a big deal for electric scooters, and the Vida VX2 is expected to deliver. With that potential 3.4 kWh battery, we're hearing whispers of a range exceeding 100 km. That would put it right in the mix with other popular models. As for power, the existing Vida V2 boasts a 6 kWh motor. The VX2, or Vida Z, might dial that back a bit to keep costs down. It's likely to use a direct drive permanent magnet motor, which should provide a good balance of efficiency and performance. It's all about finding that sweet spot between affordability and capability.
\n\n\n\n
Removable Battery Packs Feature
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest features expected on the Vida VX2 is removable battery packs. This is a game-changer because it gives you options. No charging station nearby? No problem. Just pop out the batteries and charge them at home or at the office. This adds a ton of flexibility and makes the scooter way more practical for everyday use. Plus, it addresses range anxiety, which is a major concern for a lot of potential electric scooter buyers. The Vida V2 electric scooter already has this feature, so it makes sense for the VX2 to follow suit.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Removable batteries are a big deal. They make charging way more convenient, especially if you live in an apartment or don't have easy access to a charging point. It's a feature that can really sway people who are on the fence about going electric.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what we might see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Single 2.2 kWh battery (base model)
\n\n\n\n
Dual 3.4 kWh battery (top variant)
\n\n\n\n
Projected range of over 100 km
\n\n\n\n
Removable battery packs for easy charging
\n
\n\n\n\n
Design Philosophy and Aesthetics
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Minimalist and Family-Oriented Design
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 seems to be embracing a design language that's both minimalist and geared towards family needs. It's not trying to be flashy; instead, it aims for a practical and approachable aesthetic. This design direction suggests a focus on functionality and ease of use, rather than aggressive styling.
\n\n\n\n
Comparison to Popular Petrol Scooters
\n\n\n\n
When you look at the Vida VX2, it's hard not to draw comparisons to existing petrol scooters. It seems like Hero is trying to bridge the gap, offering an electric alternative that doesn't feel too alien to riders accustomed to traditional scooters. It will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the likes of Honda Activa or TVS Jupiter in terms of overall appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features: Display, Charging, Storage
\n\n\n\n
Let's talk about the important stuff. We're expecting a decent digital display, hopefully with smartphone connectivity. Charging should be relatively straightforward, maybe with a portable charger option. And storage? Well, that's crucial. People need space for groceries, helmets, and all the other stuff we lug around. Here's what we hope to see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
A clear and informative display
\n\n\n\n
Easy and accessible charging solutions
\n\n\n\n
Ample under-seat storage
\n\n\n\n
Maybe even some front storage options
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The design choices here will really make or break the VX2. If it nails the basics – usability, practicality, and a clean look – it could be a winner. If it misses the mark, it might struggle to stand out in a crowded market. It's all about getting the details right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Ultimately, the design and features will play a big role in the success of the Vida VX2. It needs to be appealing, practical, and offer something that sets it apart from the competition. I'm curious to see if it can electric technology and design.
\n\n\n\n
Market Positioning and Affordability
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Affordable Electric Scooter Segment
\n\n\n\n
The Hero Vida VX2 is clearly aimed at the affordable end of the electric scooter market. It's designed to appeal to a broad range of consumers looking to switch to electric without breaking the bank. This means focusing on practical features and a price point that makes it a viable alternative to traditional petrol scooters. It's a smart move, considering the growing demand for budget-friendly EVs.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Pricing Against Rivals
\n\n\n\n
The success of the Vida VX2 hinges on its price. It needs to be competitive with established players like Ola, TVS, Ather, and Bajaj. If Hero can undercut these brands while still offering a decent range and features, it could seriously disrupt the market. It's a tough balancing act, but getting the price right is absolutely essential.
\n\n\n\n
Positioning Below Existing Vida V2 Models
\n\n\n\n
It seems likely the VX2 will be positioned as a more accessible option compared to the current Vida V1 models. This could mean a slightly smaller battery, fewer premium features, or a more basic design. The goal is to create a clear distinction in the lineup, offering something for everyone from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking a more premium electric scooter experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The strategy here is pretty straightforward: capture a larger share of the market by offering a more affordable option. It's a classic move in the auto industry, and if Hero plays its cards right, it could pay off big time.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Sales Momentum and Future Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Trademarked Variants and Future Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go Variants
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp isn't just launching the Vida VX2; they're planning a whole family of electric scooters. Trademark applications have been filed for Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go variants. It looks like they're trying to cover all the bases, from a base model to higher-spec versions. This approach allows them to target a wider range of customers with different needs and budgets. It's a smart move to maximize market penetration.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Use of Vida Z Trademark
\n\n\n\n
There's still a lot of speculation about whether the Vida VX2 will actually be a rebranded Vida Z. Remember the unveiled Vida Z at the Bharat Mobility Expo? It's possible Hero is keeping the Vida Z name alive for a future model or using it as a trim level. It's all a bit confusing, but it seems like Hero is keeping its options open. It'll be interesting to see how they play this out.
\n\n\n\n
Expanding the Vida Electric Scooter Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is clearly serious about the electric scooter market. Launching multiple variants of the Vida VX2, along with the potential Vida Z, shows they're committed to building a comprehensive lineup. This multi-pronged approach should help them compete with established players like Ola, TVS, and Ather. The goal is to have something for everyone, from budget-conscious buyers to those looking for premium features. It's all about expanding the Vida electric scooter portfolio and becoming a major player in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It seems like Hero is trying to create a full range of electric scooters to compete with other brands. By offering different models with varying features and price points, they hope to attract a wider customer base and establish themselves as a leader in the electric vehicle market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668191\"]\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Hero Vida?
\n\n\n\n
So, July 1st is almost here, and everyone's wondering if the new Hero Vida VX2 is just the Vida Z with a different name, or something totally new. Hero has been doing well with their electric scooters lately, especially after making them more affordable. It makes sense they'd want to keep that going. Whether it's a rebrand or a fresh model, the goal is probably to offer a good electric scooter that more people can buy. We'll just have to wait and see what Hero reveals on launch day.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is the Hero Vida VX2 going to be released?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the new Vida VX2 electric scooter will be launched on July 1st.
\n\n\n\n
Is the Vida VX2 the same as the Vida Z?
\n\n\n\n
It looks like the Vida VX2 might just be the Vida Z, which was shown off earlier this year. This is because the VX2 has been seen in spy photos, but the Vida Z was supposed to come out in July, and we haven't heard much about it since.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of battery and range can I expect from the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will likely come with a single 2.2 kWh battery or two batteries that add up to about 3.4 kWh. It's expected to go over 60 miles on a single charge and will have removable battery packs, just like the current Vida V2.
\n\n\n\n
What will the Vida VX2 look like?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will probably have a simple, family-friendly design, similar to popular gas scooters. It's expected to feature a rectangular headlight, a digital display, a USB charging port, front storage, and a backrest for the rider.
\n\n\n\n
How much will the Vida VX2 cost?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp wants the Vida VX2 to be an affordable electric scooter. It will be priced lower than the current Vida V2 models and will compete with scooters like the Ola S1X, TVS iQube, and Bajaj Chetak.
\n\n\n\n
Will there be different versions of the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has also filed trademarks for other versions of the scooter, like the Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go, suggesting they plan to offer a range of options in the future.
\n\n\n\n\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 16, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/bonus-ggbet-799/hero-vida-vx2-electric-scooter-highlights-variants-and-launch-details-for-2025/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9232,"title":"TVS Jupiter 125 2025 Highlights: Price, Features, and What’s New","content":"\n
Big news from TVS! The new TVS Jupiter 125 Launched Priced At Rs 89000 is finally here, and it's looking pretty good. This updated scooter brings a bunch of changes, from how it looks to what's under the hood, plus some smart tech features. It seems like TVS really tried to make this one stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is out now, starting at Rs 89,000.
\n\n\n\n
It has new two-tone color choices and a comfier seat.
\n\n\n\n
The engine now includes iGo Assist for better performance.
\n\n\n\n
There is a strong metal body and plenty of storage space.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect features mean you get real-time info and navigation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS Jupiter 125 Unveiled
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Details
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so TVS finally dropped the new Jupiter 125! It's been a bit of a wait, but it's here now. The launch event was pretty standard, nothing too crazy. They talked about all the new features and improvements, but honestly, I was just waiting to see the actual scooter. It looks pretty slick in person, I gotta say. I think the updated Jupiter 125 scooter is going to be a hit.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Pricing Information
\n\n\n\n
Alright, let's talk money. The Jupiter 125 is hitting the market with a starting price of Rs 89,000. That's a bit higher than I expected, but considering all the new features, it's probably justified. Here's a quick breakdown:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Base Model: Rs 89,000
\n\n\n\n
Mid Variant: Expect around Rs 95,000
\n\n\n\n
Top-End Model: Could go up to Rs 1,00,000
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Keep in mind these are just initial prices, and they might change depending on the city and dealer. It's always a good idea to check with your local TVS showroom for the most accurate pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Introduction
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is aimed squarely at the family scooter segment. TVS is trying to position it as a practical yet stylish option for everyday use. They're really pushing the comfort and convenience aspects, which makes sense given their target audience. It'll be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition, especially the Activa 125. I think the TVS Jupiter has a real shot at grabbing a decent chunk of the market, though.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Styling And Design
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so the Jupiter 125 isn't just about what's under the hood; it's got some visual upgrades too. They've clearly put some thought into making it look a bit more premium and appealing. Let's dive into the specifics.
\n\n\n\n
Dual-Tone Color Options
\n\n\n\n
One of the first things you'll notice is the dual-tone color schemes. These aren't your run-of-the-mill paint jobs. The combination of colors gives it a more modern and sophisticated look. I saw one with an Ivory-Brown combo, and it looked pretty slick. It's a nice touch that sets it apart from some of the more basic scooters out there. The TVS Jupiter really pops with these new colors.
\n\n\n\n
Redesigned Seating Comfort
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
They've also tweaked the seat design, which is a big deal if you're spending any amount of time on it. The new single-piece seat is supposed to offer better support and comfort, especially for longer rides. I haven't personally tested it out yet, but that's the claim. A more comfortable ride is always a win, especially if you're using it for daily commutes. I'm curious to see how it holds up over time.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Wheel Enhancements
\n\n\n\n
Finally, the wheels have gotten some love too. They've gone with some premium looking alloys that add to the overall aesthetic. It's a subtle change, but it makes a difference. It's all about the details, right? These enhancements give the scooter a more polished and refined appearance. It's not just about getting from point A to point B; it's about doing it in style.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Overall, the styling and design updates seem to be focused on making the Jupiter 125 a more attractive and comfortable option. The dual-tone colors, improved seating, and enhanced wheels all contribute to a more premium feel. It's a solid effort to stand out in a crowded market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Engine Performance
\n\n\n\n
New iGo Assist Integration
\n\n\n\n
So, the Jupiter 125 comes with something called iGo Assist. Honestly, it sounds like something out of a sci-fi movie, but it's basically supposed to help with start-stop traffic. I guess it's supposed to make riding in the city a little less painful. I'm curious to see how well it actually works in real-world conditions, especially during rush hour.
\n\n\n\n
Optimized Power Output
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is designed to give you a good balance of power and fuel efficiency. It's not trying to be a sports scooter, but it should have enough pep to get you around town without feeling sluggish. I'm not expecting it to win any races, but a smooth and responsive engine is always a plus. It's all about that everyday usability, right?
\n\n\n\n
Efficient CVT Gearbox
\n\n\n\n
The scooter uses a CVT, or Continuously Variable Transmission. This means no gears to shift, just smooth acceleration. It's supposed to make the ride easier, especially for new riders. I've ridden scooters with CVTs before, and they can be pretty good. It really depends on how well it's tuned. A well-tuned CVT can make a scooter feel surprisingly quick. I hope this one is up to par.
\n\n\n\n
\n
I'm really interested in seeing how all these engine components work together in the real world. Specs on paper are one thing, but the actual riding experience is what really matters. I'm hoping for a smooth, responsive, and efficient ride. If it delivers on those fronts, it could be a winner.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Innovative Feature Set
\n\n\n\n
Durable Metal Maxx Body
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 isn't playing around when it comes to build quality. The Metal Maxx body isn't just for show; it's designed to withstand the daily grind. It gives the scooter a robust feel, which is something you'll appreciate if you're tired of flimsy plastic panels. It's built to last, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Generous Storage Solutions
\n\n\n\n
Storage is where this scooter shines. Forget struggling to fit your helmet; the Jupiter 125 boasts a seriously spacious under-seat storage area. We're talking about enough room for two helmets, which is a game-changer for anyone who regularly carries a passenger. Plus, the front fuel filler cap means no more awkward dismounting at the gas station. It's all about convenience.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect Connectivity
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
The SmartXonnect feature is a nice touch. It's not just about bells and whistles; it adds real value to your ride. From navigation assistance to call alerts, it keeps you connected without being distracting. It's a modern feature for a modern rider.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what you can expect:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Turn-by-turn navigation
\n\n\n\n
Call and SMS alerts
\n\n\n\n
Over-speeding alerts
\n\n\n\n
Last parked location
\n
\n\n\n\n
With the SmartXonnect variant, TVS is clearly trying to appeal to the tech-savvy crowd. It's a feature that integrates seamlessly into your daily commute, making life a little easier.
\n\n\n\n
Smart Connectivity Options
\n\n\n\n
Intuitive Reverse LCD Display
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 comes with a pretty neat reverse LCD display. It's not just about looking fancy; it's designed to give you the info you need at a glance. I found the display easy to read, even in direct sunlight, which is a big plus. It shows all the usual stuff like speed and fuel level, but it also integrates with the SmartXonnect features. It's a nice touch that makes the scooter feel more modern. The TVS Jupiter 125 SmartXonnect features are really something.
\n\n\n\n
Real-Time Information Alerts
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest things about the Jupiter 125 is the real-time information alerts. You can get call and text notifications right on the display. It's super handy when you're on the road and don't want to pull over to check your phone every five minutes. Plus, it shows overspeeding alerts, which is a good reminder to keep your speed in check. It's a simple feature, but it makes a big difference in terms of convenience and safety.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Connect App Integration
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Connect app is where things get really interesting. It connects your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth, unlocking a bunch of extra features. Here's a quick rundown:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Navigation Assist: Get turn-by-turn directions right on the display.
\n\n\n\n
Ride Stats: Track your trips, speed, and fuel consumption.
\n\n\n\n
Last Parked Location: Never forget where you parked again.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Honestly, the app is pretty user-friendly. It's not perfect, but it does what it's supposed to do. The navigation is especially useful, and the ride stats are fun to look at if you're into that kind of thing. It even has a USB charging port so your phone doesn't die on long rides.
\n
\n\n\n\n
It's a solid addition that adds a lot of value to the scooter.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667103\"]\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, there you have it. The new TVS Jupiter 125, with its fresh look and some cool new features, is out there. It's got those dual-tone colors, a comfy seat, and plenty of storage, which is always a plus. The engine got a little tweak too, and the SmartXonnect stuff means you can stay connected while you ride. For 89,000 rupees, it seems like a pretty good deal if you're looking for a scooter that's practical and has some modern touches. It'll be interesting to see how it does against other scooters in its class.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is a new scooter model from TVS, offering a bigger engine, fresh looks, and more cool features. It's designed to be strong and smart for daily rides.
\n\n\n\n
How much does the TVS Jupiter 125 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The starting price for the TVS Jupiter 125 is around Rs. 89,000. Prices might change a bit depending on where you buy it and what exact version you pick.
\n\n\n\n
Are there new colors or design changes?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the TVS Jupiter 125 comes with new two-tone color choices like Ivory-Brown and Ivory-Grey. It also has a comfy, redesigned seat and fancy diamond-cut alloy wheels.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does it have and how powerful is it?
\n\n\n\n
It has a 124.8cc engine that makes 8.7 horsepower and 11.1 Nm of pull. It also features something called \"iGo Assist\" and uses a smooth CVT gearbox.
\n\n\n\n
What are the main features of the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 has a strong \"Metal Maxx\" body, a huge storage space under the seat that fits two helmets, a front fuel filler, and a glove box. It also has a special screen that shows calls, messages, and other important info.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have smart connectivity features?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has \"SmartXonnect\" which links to your phone through the TVS Connect app. This lets you see navigation, alerts, and vehicle tracking right on the scooter's screen.
Big news from TVS! The new TVS Jupiter 125 Launched Priced At Rs 89000 is finally here, and it's looking pretty good. This updated scooter brings a bunch of changes, from how it looks to what's under the hood, plus some smart tech features. It seems like TVS really tried to make this one stand out.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is out now, starting at Rs 89,000.
\n\n\n\n
It has new two-tone color choices and a comfier seat.
\n\n\n\n
The engine now includes iGo Assist for better performance.
\n\n\n\n
There is a strong metal body and plenty of storage space.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect features mean you get real-time info and navigation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS Jupiter 125 Unveiled
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Details
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so TVS finally dropped the new Jupiter 125! It's been a bit of a wait, but it's here now. The launch event was pretty standard, nothing too crazy. They talked about all the new features and improvements, but honestly, I was just waiting to see the actual scooter. It looks pretty slick in person, I gotta say. I think the updated Jupiter 125 scooter is going to be a hit.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Pricing Information
\n\n\n\n
Alright, let's talk money. The Jupiter 125 is hitting the market with a starting price of Rs 89,000. That's a bit higher than I expected, but considering all the new features, it's probably justified. Here's a quick breakdown:
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Base Model: Rs 89,000
\n\n\n\n
Mid Variant: Expect around Rs 95,000
\n\n\n\n
Top-End Model: Could go up to Rs 1,00,000
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Keep in mind these are just initial prices, and they might change depending on the city and dealer. It's always a good idea to check with your local TVS showroom for the most accurate pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Introduction
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is aimed squarely at the family scooter segment. TVS is trying to position it as a practical yet stylish option for everyday use. They're really pushing the comfort and convenience aspects, which makes sense given their target audience. It'll be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition, especially the Activa 125. I think the TVS Jupiter has a real shot at grabbing a decent chunk of the market, though.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Styling And Design
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so the Jupiter 125 isn't just about what's under the hood; it's got some visual upgrades too. They've clearly put some thought into making it look a bit more premium and appealing. Let's dive into the specifics.
\n\n\n\n
Dual-Tone Color Options
\n\n\n\n
One of the first things you'll notice is the dual-tone color schemes. These aren't your run-of-the-mill paint jobs. The combination of colors gives it a more modern and sophisticated look. I saw one with an Ivory-Brown combo, and it looked pretty slick. It's a nice touch that sets it apart from some of the more basic scooters out there. The TVS Jupiter really pops with these new colors.
\n\n\n\n
Redesigned Seating Comfort
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
They've also tweaked the seat design, which is a big deal if you're spending any amount of time on it. The new single-piece seat is supposed to offer better support and comfort, especially for longer rides. I haven't personally tested it out yet, but that's the claim. A more comfortable ride is always a win, especially if you're using it for daily commutes. I'm curious to see how it holds up over time.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Wheel Enhancements
\n\n\n\n
Finally, the wheels have gotten some love too. They've gone with some premium looking alloys that add to the overall aesthetic. It's a subtle change, but it makes a difference. It's all about the details, right? These enhancements give the scooter a more polished and refined appearance. It's not just about getting from point A to point B; it's about doing it in style.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Overall, the styling and design updates seem to be focused on making the Jupiter 125 a more attractive and comfortable option. The dual-tone colors, improved seating, and enhanced wheels all contribute to a more premium feel. It's a solid effort to stand out in a crowded market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Engine Performance
\n\n\n\n
New iGo Assist Integration
\n\n\n\n
So, the Jupiter 125 comes with something called iGo Assist. Honestly, it sounds like something out of a sci-fi movie, but it's basically supposed to help with start-stop traffic. I guess it's supposed to make riding in the city a little less painful. I'm curious to see how well it actually works in real-world conditions, especially during rush hour.
\n\n\n\n
Optimized Power Output
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is designed to give you a good balance of power and fuel efficiency. It's not trying to be a sports scooter, but it should have enough pep to get you around town without feeling sluggish. I'm not expecting it to win any races, but a smooth and responsive engine is always a plus. It's all about that everyday usability, right?
\n\n\n\n
Efficient CVT Gearbox
\n\n\n\n
The scooter uses a CVT, or Continuously Variable Transmission. This means no gears to shift, just smooth acceleration. It's supposed to make the ride easier, especially for new riders. I've ridden scooters with CVTs before, and they can be pretty good. It really depends on how well it's tuned. A well-tuned CVT can make a scooter feel surprisingly quick. I hope this one is up to par.
\n\n\n\n
\n
I'm really interested in seeing how all these engine components work together in the real world. Specs on paper are one thing, but the actual riding experience is what really matters. I'm hoping for a smooth, responsive, and efficient ride. If it delivers on those fronts, it could be a winner.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Innovative Feature Set
\n\n\n\n
Durable Metal Maxx Body
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 isn't playing around when it comes to build quality. The Metal Maxx body isn't just for show; it's designed to withstand the daily grind. It gives the scooter a robust feel, which is something you'll appreciate if you're tired of flimsy plastic panels. It's built to last, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Generous Storage Solutions
\n\n\n\n
Storage is where this scooter shines. Forget struggling to fit your helmet; the Jupiter 125 boasts a seriously spacious under-seat storage area. We're talking about enough room for two helmets, which is a game-changer for anyone who regularly carries a passenger. Plus, the front fuel filler cap means no more awkward dismounting at the gas station. It's all about convenience.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect Connectivity
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
The SmartXonnect feature is a nice touch. It's not just about bells and whistles; it adds real value to your ride. From navigation assistance to call alerts, it keeps you connected without being distracting. It's a modern feature for a modern rider.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what you can expect:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Turn-by-turn navigation
\n\n\n\n
Call and SMS alerts
\n\n\n\n
Over-speeding alerts
\n\n\n\n
Last parked location
\n
\n\n\n\n
With the SmartXonnect variant, TVS is clearly trying to appeal to the tech-savvy crowd. It's a feature that integrates seamlessly into your daily commute, making life a little easier.
\n\n\n\n
Smart Connectivity Options
\n\n\n\n
Intuitive Reverse LCD Display
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 comes with a pretty neat reverse LCD display. It's not just about looking fancy; it's designed to give you the info you need at a glance. I found the display easy to read, even in direct sunlight, which is a big plus. It shows all the usual stuff like speed and fuel level, but it also integrates with the SmartXonnect features. It's a nice touch that makes the scooter feel more modern. The TVS Jupiter 125 SmartXonnect features are really something.
\n\n\n\n
Real-Time Information Alerts
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest things about the Jupiter 125 is the real-time information alerts. You can get call and text notifications right on the display. It's super handy when you're on the road and don't want to pull over to check your phone every five minutes. Plus, it shows overspeeding alerts, which is a good reminder to keep your speed in check. It's a simple feature, but it makes a big difference in terms of convenience and safety.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Connect App Integration
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Connect app is where things get really interesting. It connects your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth, unlocking a bunch of extra features. Here's a quick rundown:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Navigation Assist: Get turn-by-turn directions right on the display.
\n\n\n\n
Ride Stats: Track your trips, speed, and fuel consumption.
\n\n\n\n
Last Parked Location: Never forget where you parked again.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Honestly, the app is pretty user-friendly. It's not perfect, but it does what it's supposed to do. The navigation is especially useful, and the ride stats are fun to look at if you're into that kind of thing. It even has a USB charging port so your phone doesn't die on long rides.
\n
\n\n\n\n
It's a solid addition that adds a lot of value to the scooter.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667103\"]\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, there you have it. The new TVS Jupiter 125, with its fresh look and some cool new features, is out there. It's got those dual-tone colors, a comfy seat, and plenty of storage, which is always a plus. The engine got a little tweak too, and the SmartXonnect stuff means you can stay connected while you ride. For 89,000 rupees, it seems like a pretty good deal if you're looking for a scooter that's practical and has some modern touches. It'll be interesting to see how it does against other scooters in its class.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is a new scooter model from TVS, offering a bigger engine, fresh looks, and more cool features. It's designed to be strong and smart for daily rides.
\n\n\n\n
How much does the TVS Jupiter 125 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The starting price for the TVS Jupiter 125 is around Rs. 89,000. Prices might change a bit depending on where you buy it and what exact version you pick.
\n\n\n\n
Are there new colors or design changes?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the TVS Jupiter 125 comes with new two-tone color choices like Ivory-Brown and Ivory-Grey. It also has a comfy, redesigned seat and fancy diamond-cut alloy wheels.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does it have and how powerful is it?
\n\n\n\n
It has a 124.8cc engine that makes 8.7 horsepower and 11.1 Nm of pull. It also features something called \"iGo Assist\" and uses a smooth CVT gearbox.
\n\n\n\n
What are the main features of the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 has a strong \"Metal Maxx\" body, a huge storage space under the seat that fits two helmets, a front fuel filler, and a glove box. It also has a special screen that shows calls, messages, and other important info.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have smart connectivity features?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has \"SmartXonnect\" which links to your phone through the TVS Connect app. This lets you see navigation, alerts, and vehicle tracking right on the scooter's screen.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 06, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/tvs/tvs-jupiter-125-2025-highlights-price-features-and-whats-new/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"11 min read"},{"id":9228,"title":"Bajaj Chetak 2025: Budget EV Launch","content":"\n
Bajaj Auto is getting ready to launch a new, more affordable electric scooter called the Chetak. It's supposed to come out in June. This move is all about helping Bajaj get an even bigger piece of the growing electric vehicle market. The company wants to make sure it stays ahead, especially with its popular Chetak lineup.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj Auto is launching an entry-level Chetak EV in June to expand its market presence.
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak brand has become a top seller in India's electric two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
New Chetak models, including an upgraded 2903 and more 35 Series variants, are coming soon.
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has greatly increased its retail stores and service centers across India.
\n\n\n\n
The company is dealing with possible supply issues for rare earth magnets, which are important for EV parts.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto To Expand Chetak Lineup With New Entry Level EV In June
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is gearing up to broaden its Chetak lineup with a new, entry-level electric vehicle (EV) slated for release in June. This move aims to strengthen Bajaj's position in the rapidly expanding EV market. The new model is expected to be an upgrade to the Chetak 2903, and it's designed to appeal to a broader range of consumers looking for affordable electric scooters.
\n\n\n\n
New Entry-Level Chetak EV Launch
\n\n\n\n
The launch is planned for June, and it's expected to introduce a more accessible price point for the Chetak brand. This new variant is part of Bajaj's strategy to capture a larger share of the entry-level EV market. The company is aiming to attract consumers who are looking for a reliable and affordable electric scooter for their daily commute.
\n\n\n\n
Strengthening Market Position
\n\n\n\n
By introducing a new entry-level EV, Bajaj aims to solidify its standing in the competitive Indian EV market. The Chetak has already gained traction, and this new model is expected to further boost its sales and market share. Bajaj is focusing on providing a compelling alternative to traditional petrol scooters, with the added benefit of lower running costs and reduced emissions.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Portfolio Expansion
\n\n\n\n
This launch is part of a broader strategy to expand the Chetak portfolio and cater to different consumer segments. Bajaj is committed to investing in the EV sector and developing a range of products that meet the diverse needs of Indian consumers. The company is also working on expanding its retail network to ensure that its products are easily accessible to customers across the country.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The introduction of the new entry-level Chetak EV is a strategic move by Bajaj Auto to capitalize on the growing demand for electric vehicles in India. By offering a more affordable option, Bajaj aims to attract a wider range of consumers and further strengthen its position in the EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Chetak's Dominance In The EV Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Market Share Surge
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has seen a significant jump in the electric vehicle market. The Chetak brand has really taken off. According to Rakesh Sharma, Executive Director at Bajaj Auto, the market share grew from 13% in Q4 FY24 to 25% in Q4 FY25. That's a 12-percentage-point increase! It's great to see traditional automakers like TVS Motor and Bajaj Auto making such big moves in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Top-Selling Electric Two-Wheeler
\n\n\n\n
That surge in market share has propelled Chetak to the top spot. It's now the number one electric scooter brand in India. This is a big deal, showing that Bajaj's strategy is working. They're not just making EVs; they're making EVs that people want to buy. The company now operates 310 Chetak experience centers and over 3000 points of sale (POS) nationwide. These efforts are part of a broader strategy to address emerging market sub-segments in FY26 and sustain leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Sustaining Leadership
\n\n\n\n
To keep its lead, Bajaj is focusing on a few key areas:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Expanding the Chetak lineup with new models like the upcoming entry-level EV.
\n\n\n\n
Scaling up its retail network to improve customer accessibility.
\n\n\n\n
Managing costs effectively to offer competitive pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj’s electric vehicle business has greatly benefited from falling input costs and government-backed production-linked incentive (PLI) schemes. These factors have enabled the company to offer competitively priced products while remaining profitable.
\n
\n\n\n\n
With these strategies, Bajaj aims to maintain its profitable growth and sustain its leadership in the EV market.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667020\"]\n\n\n\n
New Chetak Variants To Broaden Market Reach
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is strategically expanding its Chetak lineup to capture a larger share of the electric vehicle market. The company plans to introduce new variants aimed at different consumer segments, building on the success of existing models. This move is designed to solidify Bajaj's position and cater to a wider range of customer preferences.
\n\n\n\n
Upgrade To Chetak 2903
\n\n\n\n
Following the launch of the Chetak 3503, Bajaj is set to introduce an upgraded version of the Chetak 2903 in June. This refresh aims to enhance the entry-level offering, potentially including improvements to storage capacity and other features. The current Chetak 29 series is already a popular choice, and the updated model is expected to further boost its appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Chetak 35 Series Expansion
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak 35 Series, which debuted in December 2024, is a key platform for Bajaj's EV strategy. With the introduction of the 3503 variant in May, Bajaj is demonstrating its commitment to expanding this series. These models are designed to offer a balance of performance and features, catering to a broad spectrum of riders. The 35 Series is expected to see further additions in FY26, broadening its reach even more.
\n\n\n\n
Catering To Emerging Sub-Segments
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj aims to address emerging sub-segments within the EV market by introducing additional variants in FY26. This strategic move involves identifying specific customer needs and developing models that cater to those requirements. By offering a diverse range of options, Bajaj hopes to attract a wider customer base and sustain its leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj's strategy involves not only expanding its product lineup but also scaling up its retail infrastructure. The company now operates a significant number of experience centers and sales points across India, ensuring that customers have easy access to its products and services.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Current Chetak EV Lineup And Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Four Variants Available
\n\n\n\n
Currently, if you're looking at getting a Chetak, you've got a few choices. Bajaj offers four distinct models to suit different needs and budgets. It's pretty cool how they've managed to cover a range from basic to pretty well-equipped.
\n\n\n\n
Entry-Level To Top-End Models
\n\n\n\n
The lineup includes the base Chetak 2903, which is the most affordable option. Then there are the Chetak 3503 and 3502 models, sitting in the middle of the range. At the top end, you've got the Chetak 3501, which comes with all the bells and whistles. The Chetak 3503 is a solid choice for many.
\n\n\n\n
Meeting Diverse User Needs
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Chetak 2903 is great for those just getting into EVs and wanting something simple and cost-effective.
\n\n\n\n
The 3503 and 3502 offer a balance of features and price, appealing to a broader audience.
\n\n\n\n
The 3501 is for those who want the best technology and features Bajaj has to offer in an electric scooter.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth checking out the specific features of each model to see which one best fits your needs. Things like range, charging time, and included tech can vary quite a bit between the variants.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Expands Retail Network Across India
\n\n\n\n
Increased Experience Centers
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is seriously upping its game when it comes to getting their electric scooters out there. They've been busy setting up a bunch of Chetak experience centers all over the country. These aren't just your regular dealerships; they're designed to give potential buyers a real feel for the Chetak and what it's all about. It's like stepping into a mini-EV world, where you can check out the scooters, ask questions, and maybe even take one for a spin.
\n\n\n\n
Nationwide Sales Points
\n\n\n\n
It's not just about the fancy experience centers, though. Bajaj is also making sure you can find a Chetak pretty much anywhere you go. They've got a huge network of sales points spread across the country, so whether you're in a big city or a smaller town, you should be able to find Chetak electric scooters without too much trouble.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Customer Accessibility
\n\n\n\n
\n
The goal here is simple: make it as easy as possible for people to buy a Chetak. By having more locations and better-equipped showrooms, Bajaj is hoping to reach a wider audience and make the whole buying process smoother and more convenient. This is a big deal for anyone who's been thinking about switching to electric but hasn't quite made the leap yet.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what Bajaj is doing to boost customer accessibility:
\n\n\n\n
\n
More experience centers for a better test ride and buying experience.
\n\n\n\n
A wider network of sales points across India.
\n\n\n\n
Improved service and support at all locations.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Record-Breaking Revenue Driven By EV Growth
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Highest-Ever Domestic Revenue
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto really knocked it out of the park this past year! The company's domestic business hit an all-time high in revenue for FY25, showing a solid 12% jump compared to the year before. This growth was fueled by strong sales in both the two-wheeler and three-wheeler categories, which is pretty awesome. It's great to see them doing so well across different vehicle types.
\n\n\n\n
Significant EV Contribution
\n\n\n\n
Electric vehicles are really making a difference for Bajaj. EV sales contributed over ₹5,500 crore to their revenue, which is almost 20% of their domestic sales. That's a huge chunk! It really shows how much of a stronghold Bajaj has in the EV market. They're not just dabbling in EVs; they're seriously making waves. This is a testament to their Chetak electric scooter and its growing popularity.
\n\n\n\n
Profitable Growth In FY26
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is aiming for even more profitable growth in FY26. With the expansion of their retail network and the increasing demand for EVs, they're in a good position to keep growing. It'll be interesting to see how they navigate the challenges in the supply chain, but overall, things are looking pretty bright for them. They're definitely setting themselves up for continued success.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth noting that CFO Dinesh Thapar mentioned that cost optimization and government incentives, like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, have really helped their EV business. These factors have allowed them to offer competitive prices while still making a profit, which is a win-win situation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Addressing Supply Chain Challenges
\n\n\n\n
Rare Earth Magnet Concerns
\n\n\n\n
One of the biggest headaches for Bajaj, and really the whole EV industry, is getting enough rare earth magnets. These magnets are super important for making electric motors work, and right now, a lot of them come from China. It's not just about finding suppliers; it's about navigating a whole bunch of red tape.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Production Impacts
\n\n\n\n
If these supply chain issues don't get sorted out soon, there could be some serious problems. Bajaj might have to slow down production if they can't get enough magnets. It's a bit of a domino effect – no magnets, no motors; no motors, fewer scooters rolling off the assembly line. And that's not good for anyone, especially with the Chetak's popularity on the rise. The EV battery supply chain is fragile.
\n\n\n\n
Mitigation Strategies
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is trying to figure out ways to deal with this. Here are some things they're looking at:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Finding new suppliers from different countries.
\n\n\n\n
Working with the government to speed up the import approval process.
\n\n\n\n
Exploring alternative motor designs that don't rely so heavily on rare earth magnets.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's a tricky situation, but Bajaj seems determined to find a solution. They know that keeping the Chetak production line running smoothly is key to staying competitive in the rapidly growing EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping Things Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Bajaj Auto is really pushing hard with its Chetak electric scooters. They're bringing out this new, cheaper model in June, which makes sense given how well the Chetak has been doing. It's pretty cool how they've gone from a small market share to being number one in India for electric two-wheelers. They've also opened a ton of new stores, which should help people get their hands on these scooters. The only real worry is those rare earth magnets, but hopefully, they figure that out. It looks like Bajaj is set to keep leading the way in the electric scooter world for a while.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is Bajaj Auto launching its new entry-level Chetak EV?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto plans to launch a new, more affordable Chetak electric scooter by the end of June. This new model is meant to attract more buyers to the Chetak family.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of new Chetak EV is being launched?
\n\n\n\n
The new Chetak EV will be an improved version of the current Chetak 2903. It's designed to be more budget-friendly while still offering good features.
\n\n\n\n
How well is the Chetak performing in the EV market?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Chetak has become the top-selling electric two-wheeler in India. Its market share jumped from 13% to 25% in just one year, showing how popular it has become.
\n\n\n\n
How is Bajaj Auto making Chetaks more available to customers?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has greatly expanded its sales network. They now have 310 special Chetak stores and over 3,000 places across India where you can buy their vehicles. This makes it easier for customers to find and buy Chetaks.
\n\n\n\n
Did Bajaj Auto have a successful year financially because of EVs?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, Bajaj Auto had its best year ever for sales in India, with a 12% increase. Electric vehicles, like the Chetak, played a big part in this success, making up almost 20% of their total domestic sales.
\n\n\n\n
Are there any challenges Bajaj Auto is facing with EV production?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is worried about getting enough rare earth magnets, which are important parts for EV motors. There might be a shortage by July 2025, which could affect how many electric scooters they can make.
Bajaj Auto is getting ready to launch a new, more affordable electric scooter called the Chetak. It's supposed to come out in June. This move is all about helping Bajaj get an even bigger piece of the growing electric vehicle market. The company wants to make sure it stays ahead, especially with its popular Chetak lineup.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj Auto is launching an entry-level Chetak EV in June to expand its market presence.
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak brand has become a top seller in India's electric two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
New Chetak models, including an upgraded 2903 and more 35 Series variants, are coming soon.
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has greatly increased its retail stores and service centers across India.
\n\n\n\n
The company is dealing with possible supply issues for rare earth magnets, which are important for EV parts.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto To Expand Chetak Lineup With New Entry Level EV In June
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is gearing up to broaden its Chetak lineup with a new, entry-level electric vehicle (EV) slated for release in June. This move aims to strengthen Bajaj's position in the rapidly expanding EV market. The new model is expected to be an upgrade to the Chetak 2903, and it's designed to appeal to a broader range of consumers looking for affordable electric scooters.
\n\n\n\n
New Entry-Level Chetak EV Launch
\n\n\n\n
The launch is planned for June, and it's expected to introduce a more accessible price point for the Chetak brand. This new variant is part of Bajaj's strategy to capture a larger share of the entry-level EV market. The company is aiming to attract consumers who are looking for a reliable and affordable electric scooter for their daily commute.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Strengthening Market Position
\n\n\n\n
By introducing a new entry-level EV, Bajaj aims to solidify its standing in the competitive Indian EV market. The Chetak has already gained traction, and this new model is expected to further boost its sales and market share. Bajaj is focusing on providing a compelling alternative to traditional petrol scooters, with the added benefit of lower running costs and reduced emissions.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Portfolio Expansion
\n\n\n\n
This launch is part of a broader strategy to expand the Chetak portfolio and cater to different consumer segments. Bajaj is committed to investing in the EV sector and developing a range of products that meet the diverse needs of Indian consumers. The company is also working on expanding its retail network to ensure that its products are easily accessible to customers across the country.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The introduction of the new entry-level Chetak EV is a strategic move by Bajaj Auto to capitalize on the growing demand for electric vehicles in India. By offering a more affordable option, Bajaj aims to attract a wider range of consumers and further strengthen its position in the EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Chetak's Dominance In The EV Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Market Share Surge
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has seen a significant jump in the electric vehicle market. The Chetak brand has really taken off. According to Rakesh Sharma, Executive Director at Bajaj Auto, the market share grew from 13% in Q4 FY24 to 25% in Q4 FY25. That's a 12-percentage-point increase! It's great to see traditional automakers like TVS Motor and Bajaj Auto making such big moves in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Top-Selling Electric Two-Wheeler
\n\n\n\n
That surge in market share has propelled Chetak to the top spot. It's now the number one electric scooter brand in India. This is a big deal, showing that Bajaj's strategy is working. They're not just making EVs; they're making EVs that people want to buy. The company now operates 310 Chetak experience centers and over 3000 points of sale (POS) nationwide. These efforts are part of a broader strategy to address emerging market sub-segments in FY26 and sustain leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Sustaining Leadership
\n\n\n\n
To keep its lead, Bajaj is focusing on a few key areas:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Expanding the Chetak lineup with new models like the upcoming entry-level EV.
\n\n\n\n
Scaling up its retail network to improve customer accessibility.
\n\n\n\n
Managing costs effectively to offer competitive pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj’s electric vehicle business has greatly benefited from falling input costs and government-backed production-linked incentive (PLI) schemes. These factors have enabled the company to offer competitively priced products while remaining profitable.
\n
\n\n\n\n
With these strategies, Bajaj aims to maintain its profitable growth and sustain its leadership in the EV market.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667020\"]\n\n\n\n
New Chetak Variants To Broaden Market Reach
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is strategically expanding its Chetak lineup to capture a larger share of the electric vehicle market. The company plans to introduce new variants aimed at different consumer segments, building on the success of existing models. This move is designed to solidify Bajaj's position and cater to a wider range of customer preferences.
\n\n\n\n
Upgrade To Chetak 2903
\n\n\n\n
Following the launch of the Chetak 3503, Bajaj is set to introduce an upgraded version of the Chetak 2903 in June. This refresh aims to enhance the entry-level offering, potentially including improvements to storage capacity and other features. The current Chetak 29 series is already a popular choice, and the updated model is expected to further boost its appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Chetak 35 Series Expansion
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak 35 Series, which debuted in December 2024, is a key platform for Bajaj's EV strategy. With the introduction of the 3503 variant in May, Bajaj is demonstrating its commitment to expanding this series. These models are designed to offer a balance of performance and features, catering to a broad spectrum of riders. The 35 Series is expected to see further additions in FY26, broadening its reach even more.
\n\n\n\n
Catering To Emerging Sub-Segments
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj aims to address emerging sub-segments within the EV market by introducing additional variants in FY26. This strategic move involves identifying specific customer needs and developing models that cater to those requirements. By offering a diverse range of options, Bajaj hopes to attract a wider customer base and sustain its leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj's strategy involves not only expanding its product lineup but also scaling up its retail infrastructure. The company now operates a significant number of experience centers and sales points across India, ensuring that customers have easy access to its products and services.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Current Chetak EV Lineup And Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Four Variants Available
\n\n\n\n
Currently, if you're looking at getting a Chetak, you've got a few choices. Bajaj offers four distinct models to suit different needs and budgets. It's pretty cool how they've managed to cover a range from basic to pretty well-equipped.
\n\n\n\n
Entry-Level To Top-End Models
\n\n\n\n
The lineup includes the base Chetak 2903, which is the most affordable option. Then there are the Chetak 3503 and 3502 models, sitting in the middle of the range. At the top end, you've got the Chetak 3501, which comes with all the bells and whistles. The Chetak 3503 is a solid choice for many.
\n\n\n\n
Meeting Diverse User Needs
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Chetak 2903 is great for those just getting into EVs and wanting something simple and cost-effective.
\n\n\n\n
The 3503 and 3502 offer a balance of features and price, appealing to a broader audience.
\n\n\n\n
The 3501 is for those who want the best technology and features Bajaj has to offer in an electric scooter.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth checking out the specific features of each model to see which one best fits your needs. Things like range, charging time, and included tech can vary quite a bit between the variants.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Expands Retail Network Across India
\n\n\n\n
Increased Experience Centers
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is seriously upping its game when it comes to getting their electric scooters out there. They've been busy setting up a bunch of Chetak experience centers all over the country. These aren't just your regular dealerships; they're designed to give potential buyers a real feel for the Chetak and what it's all about. It's like stepping into a mini-EV world, where you can check out the scooters, ask questions, and maybe even take one for a spin.
\n\n\n\n
Nationwide Sales Points
\n\n\n\n
It's not just about the fancy experience centers, though. Bajaj is also making sure you can find a Chetak pretty much anywhere you go. They've got a huge network of sales points spread across the country, so whether you're in a big city or a smaller town, you should be able to find Chetak electric scooters without too much trouble.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Customer Accessibility
\n\n\n\n
\n
The goal here is simple: make it as easy as possible for people to buy a Chetak. By having more locations and better-equipped showrooms, Bajaj is hoping to reach a wider audience and make the whole buying process smoother and more convenient. This is a big deal for anyone who's been thinking about switching to electric but hasn't quite made the leap yet.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what Bajaj is doing to boost customer accessibility:
\n\n\n\n
\n
More experience centers for a better test ride and buying experience.
\n\n\n\n
A wider network of sales points across India.
\n\n\n\n
Improved service and support at all locations.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Record-Breaking Revenue Driven By EV Growth
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Highest-Ever Domestic Revenue
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto really knocked it out of the park this past year! The company's domestic business hit an all-time high in revenue for FY25, showing a solid 12% jump compared to the year before. This growth was fueled by strong sales in both the two-wheeler and three-wheeler categories, which is pretty awesome. It's great to see them doing so well across different vehicle types.
\n\n\n\n
Significant EV Contribution
\n\n\n\n
Electric vehicles are really making a difference for Bajaj. EV sales contributed over ₹5,500 crore to their revenue, which is almost 20% of their domestic sales. That's a huge chunk! It really shows how much of a stronghold Bajaj has in the EV market. They're not just dabbling in EVs; they're seriously making waves. This is a testament to their Chetak electric scooter and its growing popularity.
\n\n\n\n
Profitable Growth In FY26
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is aiming for even more profitable growth in FY26. With the expansion of their retail network and the increasing demand for EVs, they're in a good position to keep growing. It'll be interesting to see how they navigate the challenges in the supply chain, but overall, things are looking pretty bright for them. They're definitely setting themselves up for continued success.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth noting that CFO Dinesh Thapar mentioned that cost optimization and government incentives, like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, have really helped their EV business. These factors have allowed them to offer competitive prices while still making a profit, which is a win-win situation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Addressing Supply Chain Challenges
\n\n\n\n
Rare Earth Magnet Concerns
\n\n\n\n
One of the biggest headaches for Bajaj, and really the whole EV industry, is getting enough rare earth magnets. These magnets are super important for making electric motors work, and right now, a lot of them come from China. It's not just about finding suppliers; it's about navigating a whole bunch of red tape.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Production Impacts
\n\n\n\n
If these supply chain issues don't get sorted out soon, there could be some serious problems. Bajaj might have to slow down production if they can't get enough magnets. It's a bit of a domino effect – no magnets, no motors; no motors, fewer scooters rolling off the assembly line. And that's not good for anyone, especially with the Chetak's popularity on the rise. The EV battery supply chain is fragile.
\n\n\n\n
Mitigation Strategies
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is trying to figure out ways to deal with this. Here are some things they're looking at:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Finding new suppliers from different countries.
\n\n\n\n
Working with the government to speed up the import approval process.
\n\n\n\n
Exploring alternative motor designs that don't rely so heavily on rare earth magnets.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's a tricky situation, but Bajaj seems determined to find a solution. They know that keeping the Chetak production line running smoothly is key to staying competitive in the rapidly growing EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping Things Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Bajaj Auto is really pushing hard with its Chetak electric scooters. They're bringing out this new, cheaper model in June, which makes sense given how well the Chetak has been doing. It's pretty cool how they've gone from a small market share to being number one in India for electric two-wheelers. They've also opened a ton of new stores, which should help people get their hands on these scooters. The only real worry is those rare earth magnets, but hopefully, they figure that out. It looks like Bajaj is set to keep leading the way in the electric scooter world for a while.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is Bajaj Auto launching its new entry-level Chetak EV?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto plans to launch a new, more affordable Chetak electric scooter by the end of June. This new model is meant to attract more buyers to the Chetak family.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of new Chetak EV is being launched?
\n\n\n\n
The new Chetak EV will be an improved version of the current Chetak 2903. It's designed to be more budget-friendly while still offering good features.
\n\n\n\n
How well is the Chetak performing in the EV market?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Chetak has become the top-selling electric two-wheeler in India. Its market share jumped from 13% to 25% in just one year, showing how popular it has become.
\n\n\n\n
How is Bajaj Auto making Chetaks more available to customers?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has greatly expanded its sales network. They now have 310 special Chetak stores and over 3,000 places across India where you can buy their vehicles. This makes it easier for customers to find and buy Chetaks.
\n\n\n\n
Did Bajaj Auto have a successful year financially because of EVs?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, Bajaj Auto had its best year ever for sales in India, with a 12% increase. Electric vehicles, like the Chetak, played a big part in this success, making up almost 20% of their total domestic sales.
\n\n\n\n
Are there any challenges Bajaj Auto is facing with EV production?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is worried about getting enough rare earth magnets, which are important parts for EV motors. There might be a shortage by July 2025, which could affect how many electric scooters they can make.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 06, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/bajaj/bajaj-chetak-2025-budget-ev-launch/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"14 min read"},{"id":9227,"title":"Piaggio vs Honda Activa: Which Mass Market Scooter Should You Buy in 2025?","content":"\n
Piaggio, a well-known Italian company, is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. Right now, they mostly sell fancy scooters like Vespa and Aprilia there. But things are changing. They're looking at making more affordable scooters for everyday people. This move could help them reach a lot more customers in India, especially with the country's growing middle class. They're also thinking about using their India factory to make scooters for other places, like Africa. It's a big shift in their plans, and they're going to check everything out carefully starting in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is looking into joining India's mass-market scooter business, moving beyond just premium models.
\n\n\n\n
They plan to use India as a base to make and send scooters to African countries.
\n\n\n\n
The company is working on new, cheaper scooters for India, while still keeping their high-end Vespa and Aprilia lines.
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful about electric scooters in India because profits are low right now.
\n\n\n\n
Their current Indian setup includes making premium scooters and being a big player in diesel three-wheelers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio Eyes Entry Into India’s Mass Scooter Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio, the Italian automaker currently known for its premium Vespa and Aprilia scooters, is seriously considering a move into India's mass-market scooter segment. This is a big deal because it signals a potential shift in strategy for the company. They're thinking about competing with the big players in the Indian scooter market, which is growing fast. The company will start evaluating prospects in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Shift Towards Mass Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio's potential entry into the mass market represents a significant strategic shift. They're moving beyond their niche of premium scooters to target a much larger customer base. This move is driven by the desire to tap into the growing demand for affordable scooters in India.
\n\n\n\n
Beyond Premium: Targeting India’s Middle Class
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio recognizes the potential of India's expanding middle class. They see that more people have more money to spend, and they want a piece of that pie. This means developing scooters that are priced competitively and appeal to a broader range of consumers. The current Vespa offerings are great, but they only reach a small part of the market.
\n\n\n\n
Evaluating Prospects in June 2025
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio plans to begin a thorough evaluation of its prospects in the Indian mass-market scooter segment in June 2025. This evaluation will likely involve assessing market demand, competitor analysis, and feasibility studies. The results of this evaluation will determine whether Piaggio proceeds with its plans to launch new scooters in India.
\n\n\n\n
\n
This evaluation is a crucial step for Piaggio. It will help them understand the challenges and opportunities of entering the mass-market segment. If the evaluation is positive, Piaggio could become a major player in the Indian scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Leveraging India as an Export Hub
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio isn't just looking at India as a place to sell scooters; they're also eyeing it as a launchpad for exports, particularly to Africa. It's a two-birds-one-stone kind of strategy. If they can get production humming in India, they can then use that base to serve other markets. Makes sense, right?
\n\n\n\n
New Scooter Range for Indian Consumers
\n\n\n\n
So, the plan is to develop a new range of scooters specifically for Indian consumers. These scooters will be designed to meet the needs and preferences of the local market, which means focusing on things like fuel efficiency, affordability, and durability. But here's the kicker: these same scooters could also be a hit in other developing markets, like those in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
Export Base for African Markets
\n\n\n\n
Africa is a big part of Piaggio's plan. They see it as a region with untapped potential and a growing demand for affordable transportation. By setting up India as an export hub, they can efficiently supply scooters to African markets without having to build separate manufacturing facilities. It's all about optimizing their operations and taking advantage of economies of scale.
\n\n\n\n
Long-Term Growth Potential in Africa
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio believes that Africa offers significant long-term growth opportunities. The company is betting that as economies in Africa continue to develop, the demand for personal transportation will increase, creating a large market for scooters and other two-wheeled vehicles.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at why Africa is so appealing:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Growing population
\n\n\n\n
Increasing urbanization
\n\n\n\n
Rising disposable incomes
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is positioning itself to capitalize on these trends and become a major player in the African scooter market.
\n\n\n\n
Product Strategy and Market Positioning
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is making some serious moves to shake up its market positioning in India. It's not just about the fancy Vespas anymore; they're looking at the bigger picture.
\n\n\n\n
Developing Competitively Priced Scooters
\n\n\n\n
To really grab a piece of the Indian market, Piaggio knows it needs to play the price game. They're restructuring internally to focus on developing scooters that can compete head-to-head with the established players. This means finding ways to cut costs without sacrificing quality, a tough balancing act in a market where every rupee counts. It's all about offering value that appeals to the average Indian consumer.
\n\n\n\n
Maintaining Premium Vespa and Aprilia Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Even with the push into the mass market, Piaggio isn't abandoning its roots. The premium Vespa and Aprilia brands will still have a place, catering to those who want something a little more special. It's about having something for everyone, from the budget-conscious to the style-conscious. The plan is to keep these brands distinct, ensuring they continue to represent quality and design.
\n\n\n\n
Competing with High-Volume Players
\n\n\n\n
Taking on giants like Honda and TVS won't be easy. These companies have a massive head start and a loyal customer base. Piaggio's strategy involves:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Aggressive pricing on new models.
\n\n\n\n
Building a strong distribution network.
\n\n\n\n
Focusing on fuel efficiency and reliability.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio understands the challenges ahead. They're not expecting to become the top seller overnight, but they're in it for the long haul. The goal is to steadily gain market share by offering a compelling alternative to the established brands. They are hoping to launch a new scooter range tailored for Indian consumers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Cautious Approach to Electric Vehicles
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is playing it cool when it comes to diving headfirst into the electric vehicle market in India. They've got their reasons, and they're not shy about them.
\n\n\n\n
Low Profit Margins in Indian EV Market
\n\n\n\n
The big issue? Profit margins. Piaggio isn't convinced that the Indian EV market is lucrative enough right now. It's a tough game, and they're not seeing the kind of returns that would justify a massive investment. They're watching closely, but for now, they're keeping their powder dry. It's a smart move to wait and see how things shake out before committing fully. The company is monitoring the situation, especially in the three-wheeler electric vehicle space.
\n\n\n\n
Focus on Internal Combustion Engine Scooters
\n\n\n\n
For the time being, Piaggio is sticking with what they know: internal combustion engine (ICE) scooters. They're focusing on developing new engines that are both powerful and fuel-efficient. This allows them to cater to the current market demands while keeping an eye on the evolving EV landscape. It's a practical approach that balances immediate needs with future possibilities.
\n\n\n\n
Equipped with Existing EV Options
\n\n\n\n
That's not to say Piaggio is ignoring EVs altogether. They already have electric models available, particularly in Europe. They're ready to roll out those options in India when the time is right. They have tech for EV switch, but let customers decide. It's more about timing and market readiness than a complete rejection of electric mobility. They're just waiting for the stars to align before making a big push.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is taking a measured approach, balancing growth with caution. They're not afraid to wait for the right moment, and they're not going to jump into a market without a clear path to profitability. It's a smart, strategic move that could pay off big time in the long run.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at their strategy:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Prioritize profitability over early market entry.
\n\n\n\n
Continue developing ICE engines for current demand.
\n\n\n\n
Monitor the EV market and prepare for future opportunities.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Dynamics and Consumer Trends
\n\n\n\n
India’s Expanding Middle-Class Consumer Base
\n\n\n\n
India's middle class is growing, and it's a big deal for the auto industry. More people have more money to spend, and that includes buying scooters. This expansion is creating a larger market for companies like Piaggio to target. It's not just about the numbers; it's about changing aspirations and lifestyles.
\n\n\n\n
Impact of Growing GDP Per Capita
\n\n\n\n
As India's GDP per capita increases, so does the purchasing power of its citizens. This means more people can afford vehicles, including scooters. The rise in income levels directly translates to increased demand for personal transportation. It's a pretty straightforward connection, and it's driving a lot of the growth in the two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
Dominance of Honda and TVS Models
\n\n\n\n
Right now, Honda and TVS are the big players in the Indian scooter market. They've got a strong hold, and it's going to be tough for Piaggio to break through. They have established brands, extensive distribution networks, and models that are well-suited to the Indian consumer. Piaggio will need a solid strategy to compete with these established giants.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Indian scooter market is fiercely competitive. To succeed, Piaggio needs to understand the preferences of Indian consumers, offer competitively priced products, and build a strong brand presence. It's a challenging but potentially rewarding market for those who get it right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio’s Current Indian Presence
\n\n\n\n
Premium Vespa and Aprilia Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is currently known in India mainly for its premium scooter brands, Vespa and Aprilia. These scooters target the higher end of the market, offering stylish designs and advanced features. However, Piaggio recognizes that to truly capture a significant share of the Indian market, it needs to expand its reach beyond this niche.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Plant in Baramati, Maharashtra
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio has a manufacturing facility located in Baramati, Maharashtra. This plant serves as a crucial hub for producing vehicles for the Indian market and potentially for exports to other regions, like Africa. The Baramati plant is key to Piaggio's localization efforts and its ability to offer competitively priced scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Leading Player in Diesel Three-Wheeler Segment
\n\n\n\n
While Piaggio is exploring the mass scooter market, it's already a leading player in India's diesel three-wheeler segment. This existing presence gives Piaggio a strong foundation in the Indian automotive landscape, with established distribution networks and manufacturing expertise. Piaggio sold 106,800 vehicles globally in the first quarter of 2025.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's established presence in the three-wheeler market provides a valuable operational framework. This existing infrastructure can be adapted and expanded to support the company's entry into the mass scooter segment, offering synergies in manufacturing, distribution, and after-sales service.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at Piaggio's current market segments in India:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Premium Scooters (Vespa, Aprilia)
\n\n\n\n
Diesel Three-Wheelers
\n\n\n\n
Potential Mass-Market Scooters (Future)
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Future Product Development
\n\n\n\n
New Engine with Focus on Performance and Fuel Economy
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is reportedly working on a new engine specifically tailored for the Indian market. The primary goals are to achieve a sweet spot between performance and fuel efficiency. This is a critical factor, as Indian consumers are highly sensitive to mileage. The engine is expected to be modern, meeting the latest emission standards while delivering a peppy riding experience. It's all about finding that balance that appeals to the practical yet performance-oriented Indian buyer.
\n\n\n\n
Complete Localization for Indian Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio aims for complete localization of its products in India. This means sourcing components and manufacturing processes locally to reduce costs and improve competitiveness. Localization isn't just about cutting expenses; it's also about creating jobs and supporting the local economy. A fully localized product can be priced more aggressively and is less susceptible to currency fluctuations. This move will help PIAGF stock in the long run.
\n\n\n\n
Potential for 125cc, 150cc, and 200cc Options
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is exploring various engine displacement options to cater to a wider range of consumers. The 125cc segment is popular for its affordability and fuel efficiency, while the 150cc and 200cc segments offer more power and performance. The company might introduce models in all three categories to compete effectively with existing players. This multi-pronged approach allows Piaggio to capture different segments of the market, appealing to both budget-conscious commuters and performance enthusiasts. Piaggio India already introduces ABS & CBS in Vespa and Aprilia scooters.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's future product development strategy seems well-thought-out, focusing on localization, fuel efficiency, and performance. This approach should help them gain a stronger foothold in the competitive Indian scooter market. The company is also keeping a close eye on the electric vehicle segment, ready to adapt as the market evolves.
\n
\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Piaggio in India?
\n\n\n\n
So, Piaggio is really thinking about jumping into India's big scooter market. It's a pretty smart move, especially with more people there looking for affordable rides. They're not just looking at India, though; they want to use it as a base to send scooters to Africa too. It's a big change from their usual fancy Vespa and Aprilia models. They're being careful with electric scooters for now, which makes sense given the market. It'll be interesting to see if they can really make a dent against the big players. We'll just have to wait and see how it all plays out.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"666805\"]\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
Why is Piaggio looking at India's mass scooter market?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. They want to sell more affordable scooters to regular people, not just their fancy ones.
\n\n\n\n
When will Piaggio decide about this new plan?
\n\n\n\n
They're doing a check-up, like a study, to see if it's a good idea. They'll start looking closely in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Will Piaggio make new scooters for India and export them?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, if things go well, they plan to make new scooters especially for India. They also want to use their factory in India to send scooters to countries in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
How will Piaggio make their new scooters affordable?
\n\n\n\n
They want to make scooters that don't cost too much, so more people can buy them. But they will still sell their expensive Vespa and Aprilia scooters too.
\n\n\n\n
Is Piaggio making electric scooters for India?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful with electric scooters in India because it's hard to make a lot of money from them right now. They're focusing on gas-powered scooters for now.
\n\n\n\n
What does Piaggio already sell in India?
\n\n\n\n
They currently sell high-end Vespa and Aprilia scooters. They also have a factory in Maharashtra and
Piaggio, a well-known Italian company, is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. Right now, they mostly sell fancy scooters like Vespa and Aprilia there. But things are changing. They're looking at making more affordable scooters for everyday people. This move could help them reach a lot more customers in India, especially with the country's growing middle class. They're also thinking about using their India factory to make scooters for other places, like Africa. It's a big shift in their plans, and they're going to check everything out carefully starting in June 2025.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is looking into joining India's mass-market scooter business, moving beyond just premium models.
\n\n\n\n
They plan to use India as a base to make and send scooters to African countries.
\n\n\n\n
The company is working on new, cheaper scooters for India, while still keeping their high-end Vespa and Aprilia lines.
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful about electric scooters in India because profits are low right now.
\n\n\n\n
Their current Indian setup includes making premium scooters and being a big player in diesel three-wheelers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio Eyes Entry Into India’s Mass Scooter Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio, the Italian automaker currently known for its premium Vespa and Aprilia scooters, is seriously considering a move into India's mass-market scooter segment. This is a big deal because it signals a potential shift in strategy for the company. They're thinking about competing with the big players in the Indian scooter market, which is growing fast. The company will start evaluating prospects in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Shift Towards Mass Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio's potential entry into the mass market represents a significant strategic shift. They're moving beyond their niche of premium scooters to target a much larger customer base. This move is driven by the desire to tap into the growing demand for affordable scooters in India.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Beyond Premium: Targeting India’s Middle Class
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio recognizes the potential of India's expanding middle class. They see that more people have more money to spend, and they want a piece of that pie. This means developing scooters that are priced competitively and appeal to a broader range of consumers. The current Vespa offerings are great, but they only reach a small part of the market.
\n\n\n\n
Evaluating Prospects in June 2025
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio plans to begin a thorough evaluation of its prospects in the Indian mass-market scooter segment in June 2025. This evaluation will likely involve assessing market demand, competitor analysis, and feasibility studies. The results of this evaluation will determine whether Piaggio proceeds with its plans to launch new scooters in India.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
This evaluation is a crucial step for Piaggio. It will help them understand the challenges and opportunities of entering the mass-market segment. If the evaluation is positive, Piaggio could become a major player in the Indian scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Leveraging India as an Export Hub
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio isn't just looking at India as a place to sell scooters; they're also eyeing it as a launchpad for exports, particularly to Africa. It's a two-birds-one-stone kind of strategy. If they can get production humming in India, they can then use that base to serve other markets. Makes sense, right?
\n\n\n\n
New Scooter Range for Indian Consumers
\n\n\n\n
So, the plan is to develop a new range of scooters specifically for Indian consumers. These scooters will be designed to meet the needs and preferences of the local market, which means focusing on things like fuel efficiency, affordability, and durability. But here's the kicker: these same scooters could also be a hit in other developing markets, like those in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
Export Base for African Markets
\n\n\n\n
Africa is a big part of Piaggio's plan. They see it as a region with untapped potential and a growing demand for affordable transportation. By setting up India as an export hub, they can efficiently supply scooters to African markets without having to build separate manufacturing facilities. It's all about optimizing their operations and taking advantage of economies of scale.
\n\n\n\n
Long-Term Growth Potential in Africa
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio believes that Africa offers significant long-term growth opportunities. The company is betting that as economies in Africa continue to develop, the demand for personal transportation will increase, creating a large market for scooters and other two-wheeled vehicles.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at why Africa is so appealing:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Growing population
\n\n\n\n
Increasing urbanization
\n\n\n\n
Rising disposable incomes
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is positioning itself to capitalize on these trends and become a major player in the African scooter market.
\n\n\n\n
Product Strategy and Market Positioning
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is making some serious moves to shake up its market positioning in India. It's not just about the fancy Vespas anymore; they're looking at the bigger picture.
\n\n\n\n
Developing Competitively Priced Scooters
\n\n\n\n
To really grab a piece of the Indian market, Piaggio knows it needs to play the price game. They're restructuring internally to focus on developing scooters that can compete head-to-head with the established players. This means finding ways to cut costs without sacrificing quality, a tough balancing act in a market where every rupee counts. It's all about offering value that appeals to the average Indian consumer.
\n\n\n\n
Maintaining Premium Vespa and Aprilia Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Even with the push into the mass market, Piaggio isn't abandoning its roots. The premium Vespa and Aprilia brands will still have a place, catering to those who want something a little more special. It's about having something for everyone, from the budget-conscious to the style-conscious. The plan is to keep these brands distinct, ensuring they continue to represent quality and design.
\n\n\n\n
Competing with High-Volume Players
\n\n\n\n
Taking on giants like Honda and TVS won't be easy. These companies have a massive head start and a loyal customer base. Piaggio's strategy involves:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Aggressive pricing on new models.
\n\n\n\n
Building a strong distribution network.
\n\n\n\n
Focusing on fuel efficiency and reliability.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio understands the challenges ahead. They're not expecting to become the top seller overnight, but they're in it for the long haul. The goal is to steadily gain market share by offering a compelling alternative to the established brands. They are hoping to launch a new scooter range tailored for Indian consumers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Cautious Approach to Electric Vehicles
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is playing it cool when it comes to diving headfirst into the electric vehicle market in India. They've got their reasons, and they're not shy about them.
\n\n\n\n
Low Profit Margins in Indian EV Market
\n\n\n\n
The big issue? Profit margins. Piaggio isn't convinced that the Indian EV market is lucrative enough right now. It's a tough game, and they're not seeing the kind of returns that would justify a massive investment. They're watching closely, but for now, they're keeping their powder dry. It's a smart move to wait and see how things shake out before committing fully. The company is monitoring the situation, especially in the three-wheeler electric vehicle space.
\n\n\n\n
Focus on Internal Combustion Engine Scooters
\n\n\n\n
For the time being, Piaggio is sticking with what they know: internal combustion engine (ICE) scooters. They're focusing on developing new engines that are both powerful and fuel-efficient. This allows them to cater to the current market demands while keeping an eye on the evolving EV landscape. It's a practical approach that balances immediate needs with future possibilities.
\n\n\n\n
Equipped with Existing EV Options
\n\n\n\n
That's not to say Piaggio is ignoring EVs altogether. They already have electric models available, particularly in Europe. They're ready to roll out those options in India when the time is right. They have tech for EV switch, but let customers decide. It's more about timing and market readiness than a complete rejection of electric mobility. They're just waiting for the stars to align before making a big push.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is taking a measured approach, balancing growth with caution. They're not afraid to wait for the right moment, and they're not going to jump into a market without a clear path to profitability. It's a smart, strategic move that could pay off big time in the long run.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at their strategy:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Prioritize profitability over early market entry.
\n\n\n\n
Continue developing ICE engines for current demand.
\n\n\n\n
Monitor the EV market and prepare for future opportunities.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Dynamics and Consumer Trends
\n\n\n\n
India’s Expanding Middle-Class Consumer Base
\n\n\n\n
India's middle class is growing, and it's a big deal for the auto industry. More people have more money to spend, and that includes buying scooters. This expansion is creating a larger market for companies like Piaggio to target. It's not just about the numbers; it's about changing aspirations and lifestyles.
\n\n\n\n
Impact of Growing GDP Per Capita
\n\n\n\n
As India's GDP per capita increases, so does the purchasing power of its citizens. This means more people can afford vehicles, including scooters. The rise in income levels directly translates to increased demand for personal transportation. It's a pretty straightforward connection, and it's driving a lot of the growth in the two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
Dominance of Honda and TVS Models
\n\n\n\n
Right now, Honda and TVS are the big players in the Indian scooter market. They've got a strong hold, and it's going to be tough for Piaggio to break through. They have established brands, extensive distribution networks, and models that are well-suited to the Indian consumer. Piaggio will need a solid strategy to compete with these established giants.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Indian scooter market is fiercely competitive. To succeed, Piaggio needs to understand the preferences of Indian consumers, offer competitively priced products, and build a strong brand presence. It's a challenging but potentially rewarding market for those who get it right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio’s Current Indian Presence
\n\n\n\n
Premium Vespa and Aprilia Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is currently known in India mainly for its premium scooter brands, Vespa and Aprilia. These scooters target the higher end of the market, offering stylish designs and advanced features. However, Piaggio recognizes that to truly capture a significant share of the Indian market, it needs to expand its reach beyond this niche.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Plant in Baramati, Maharashtra
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio has a manufacturing facility located in Baramati, Maharashtra. This plant serves as a crucial hub for producing vehicles for the Indian market and potentially for exports to other regions, like Africa. The Baramati plant is key to Piaggio's localization efforts and its ability to offer competitively priced scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Leading Player in Diesel Three-Wheeler Segment
\n\n\n\n
While Piaggio is exploring the mass scooter market, it's already a leading player in India's diesel three-wheeler segment. This existing presence gives Piaggio a strong foundation in the Indian automotive landscape, with established distribution networks and manufacturing expertise. Piaggio sold 106,800 vehicles globally in the first quarter of 2025.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's established presence in the three-wheeler market provides a valuable operational framework. This existing infrastructure can be adapted and expanded to support the company's entry into the mass scooter segment, offering synergies in manufacturing, distribution, and after-sales service.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at Piaggio's current market segments in India:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Premium Scooters (Vespa, Aprilia)
\n\n\n\n
Diesel Three-Wheelers
\n\n\n\n
Potential Mass-Market Scooters (Future)
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Future Product Development
\n\n\n\n
New Engine with Focus on Performance and Fuel Economy
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is reportedly working on a new engine specifically tailored for the Indian market. The primary goals are to achieve a sweet spot between performance and fuel efficiency. This is a critical factor, as Indian consumers are highly sensitive to mileage. The engine is expected to be modern, meeting the latest emission standards while delivering a peppy riding experience. It's all about finding that balance that appeals to the practical yet performance-oriented Indian buyer.
\n\n\n\n
Complete Localization for Indian Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio aims for complete localization of its products in India. This means sourcing components and manufacturing processes locally to reduce costs and improve competitiveness. Localization isn't just about cutting expenses; it's also about creating jobs and supporting the local economy. A fully localized product can be priced more aggressively and is less susceptible to currency fluctuations. This move will help PIAGF stock in the long run.
\n\n\n\n
Potential for 125cc, 150cc, and 200cc Options
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is exploring various engine displacement options to cater to a wider range of consumers. The 125cc segment is popular for its affordability and fuel efficiency, while the 150cc and 200cc segments offer more power and performance. The company might introduce models in all three categories to compete effectively with existing players. This multi-pronged approach allows Piaggio to capture different segments of the market, appealing to both budget-conscious commuters and performance enthusiasts. Piaggio India already introduces ABS & CBS in Vespa and Aprilia scooters.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's future product development strategy seems well-thought-out, focusing on localization, fuel efficiency, and performance. This approach should help them gain a stronger foothold in the competitive Indian scooter market. The company is also keeping a close eye on the electric vehicle segment, ready to adapt as the market evolves.
\n
\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Piaggio in India?
\n\n\n\n
So, Piaggio is really thinking about jumping into India's big scooter market. It's a pretty smart move, especially with more people there looking for affordable rides. They're not just looking at India, though; they want to use it as a base to send scooters to Africa too. It's a big change from their usual fancy Vespa and Aprilia models. They're being careful with electric scooters for now, which makes sense given the market. It'll be interesting to see if they can really make a dent against the big players. We'll just have to wait and see how it all plays out.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"666805\"]\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
Why is Piaggio looking at India's mass scooter market?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. They want to sell more affordable scooters to regular people, not just their fancy ones.
\n\n\n\n
When will Piaggio decide about this new plan?
\n\n\n\n
They're doing a check-up, like a study, to see if it's a good idea. They'll start looking closely in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Will Piaggio make new scooters for India and export them?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, if things go well, they plan to make new scooters especially for India. They also want to use their factory in India to send scooters to countries in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
How will Piaggio make their new scooters affordable?
\n\n\n\n
They want to make scooters that don't cost too much, so more people can buy them. But they will still sell their expensive Vespa and Aprilia scooters too.
\n\n\n\n
Is Piaggio making electric scooters for India?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful with electric scooters in India because it's hard to make a lot of money from them right now. They're focusing on gas-powered scooters for now.
\n\n\n\n
What does Piaggio already sell in India?
\n\n\n\n
They currently sell high-end Vespa and Aprilia scooters. They also have a factory in Maharashtra and
Triumph has just dropped its new Thruxton 400 in India, and it's a pretty big deal for cafe racer fans. This bike brings back that classic look we all love but with some modern touches. It's based on the Speed 400, so you know it's got good bones, and the price point is definitely making waves. India is the first stop for this bike, with more countries to follow.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The New Triumph Thruxton 400 has officially launched in India with a starting price of Rs 2.74 Lakh.
\n\n\n\n
It features a 398cc TR-Series engine that produces 42 PS of peak power.
\n\n\n\n
The bike sports a classic cafe racer design, including clip-on handlebars and a bullet seat cowl.
\n\n\n\n
It's built on a dedicated chassis with revised suspension for sharper handling.
\n\n\n\n
Modern rider aids like ride-by-wire throttle and switchable traction control are included.
\n
\n\n\n\n
New Triumph Thruxton 400 Unveiled
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Global Debut in India
\n\n\n\n
Triumph Motorcycles has officially pulled the wraps off the new Thruxton 400, and guess what? India gets to see it first. This marks the global debut for this bike, which is set to roll out to other markets later this year. It’s joining Triumph’s popular 400cc lineup, following the success of the Speed 400 and Scrambler 400 X. It seems like Triumph is really focusing on this segment, and it’s pretty cool that India is getting this exclusive first look.
\n\n\n\n
Iconic Cafe Racer Reimagined
\n\n\n\n
This new Thruxton 400 is all about bringing back that classic cafe racer vibe, but with a modern twist. You know, the kind of bike that just looks cool parked anywhere. It’s got that signature silhouette that made the original Thruxton famous. Think clip-on handlebars, a nicely sculpted fuel tank that’s actually shaped to help you grip it with your knees, and a neat little bullet seat cowl that matches the paint. They’ve even added bar-end mirrors and a clean tail section with a short mudguard. It’s a good mix of old-school looks and modern touches, with some nice two-tone paint options to make it stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Attractive Starting Price
\n\n\n\n
Now, let's talk numbers. The Thruxton 400 is launching with a starting price of Rs 2,74,137 (ex-showroom). That’s a pretty competitive spot for a Triumph, especially considering the style and the brand name. It looks like Triumph is aiming to make this iconic cafe racer style more accessible to a wider range of riders, maybe even a younger crowd who appreciate that classic look but want modern performance. It’s definitely going to shake things up in its segment.
\n\n\n\n
Engine and Performance Specifications
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Underneath its classic cafe racer shell, the new Triumph Thruxton 400 packs a punch with its specially tuned 398cc TR-Series engine. This liquid-cooled, single-cylinder unit is designed to offer a lively performance, especially at higher revs. Triumph claims it delivers a peak output of 42 PS, which should make for some spirited riding.
\n\n\n\n
398cc TR-Series Engine
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the Thruxton 400 is its 398cc displacement. This engine is a reworked version of Triumph's TR-Series, featuring a revised camshaft and specific tuning to emphasize its top-end performance. It's built for a refined yet engaging experience, with liquid cooling and a 6-speed gearbox to keep things smooth.
\n\n\n\n
42 PS Peak Power
\n\n\n\n
With a maximum power output of 42 PS, the Thruxton 400 is positioned to offer a sporty feel. This power figure, achieved at 9,000 rpm, suggests the engine likes to be revved, which is typical for a cafe racer style bike. It's paired with a torque figure of 37.5 Nm at 7,500 rpm, aiming for a good balance of grunt and high-revving fun.
\n\n\n\n
Engaging Throttle Response
\n\n\n\n
To make the most of its performance, the Thruxton 400 features a ride-by-wire throttle system. This technology usually translates to a more precise and immediate throttle response, making the bike feel more connected to the rider's inputs. Combined with the engine's tuning, it should provide an enjoyable and responsive ride, whether you're cruising or pushing it a bit. You can check out more details on the Triumph Thruxton 400 and its specifications.
\n\n\n\n
Design and Styling Elements
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Classic Cafe Racer Silhouette
\n\n\n\n
The new Triumph Thruxton 400 really leans into its heritage, bringing back that unmistakable cafe racer look. It’s got all the classic lines you’d expect, from the sculpted fuel tank to that sleek, color-matched bullet seat cowl. It’s a bike that definitely turns heads, blending old-school cool with a modern finish. You can see the effort put into making it look authentic, like a proper nod to the bikes of yesteryear. It’s a really distinctive style that sets it apart.
\n\n\n\n
Clip-On Handlebars and Bullet Seat Cowl
\n\n\n\n
When you look at the Thruxton 400, the clip-on handlebars immediately signal its sporty intent. They’re positioned to give you a more engaged riding stance, which is pretty standard for this kind of bike. Then there’s the bullet seat cowl; it’s not just for looks, it really completes that classic cafe racer profile. It gives the rear end a clean, minimalist appearance, which I think is a big part of its charm. It’s these details that really make the bike feel special and true to its roots. You can check out some of the styling details on Triumph's official site.
\n\n\n\n
Modern Detailing and Colour Options
\n\n\n\n
While it’s got that vintage vibe, Triumph didn’t skimp on modern touches. You’ll find things like LED lighting all around, which is a nice practical update. The paint schemes are also pretty sharp, often featuring dual-tone options with subtle graphics that add a bit of flair without being over the top. It’s a good mix – you get the classic silhouette but with the kind of finish and details you’d expect from a contemporary motorcycle. It makes the bike feel both timeless and current at the same time.
\n\n\n\n
Rider Aids and Technology
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Even though the new Triumph Thruxton 400 looks like it rolled right out of the past, it's packed with modern tech to make riding safer and more enjoyable. Triumph really focused on giving riders control and confidence, which is pretty cool.
\n\n\n\n
Ride-by-Wire Throttle
\n\n\n\n
This bike uses a ride-by-wire system for the throttle. What that means is there's no physical cable connecting the throttle grip to the engine. Instead, a sensor reads how much you twist the grip and sends an electronic signal to the engine's throttle body. This usually makes the throttle response feel more precise and can help with smoother acceleration, especially when you're just starting off or trying to maintain a steady speed. It's a nice touch that makes the bike feel more connected to you.
\n\n\n\n
Switchable Traction Control
\n\n\n\n
For those times when the road gets a bit slick, the Thruxton 400 comes with switchable traction control. This system monitors the speed of the rear wheel. If it detects that the rear wheel is spinning faster than it should (like if you hit some gravel or wet paint), it can reduce engine power slightly to help you regain grip. The best part is that you can turn it off if you want to, giving you the choice based on the riding conditions or your preference. It’s a good safety net to have, especially if you’re new to cafe racers or riding in varied weather.
\n\n\n\n
Torque-Assist Clutch
\n\n\n\n
Dealing with clutch pull can sometimes be a pain, especially in stop-and-go traffic. The Thruxton 400 features a torque-assist clutch, often called a slipper clutch. This system helps reduce the force needed to pull the clutch lever, making it feel lighter and easier on your hand. More importantly, it also helps prevent the rear wheel from locking up if you downshift too aggressively. This means fewer jerky movements and a smoother ride, particularly when you’re downshifting for corners or coming to a stop. It really makes a difference in overall comfort and control.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The integration of these rider aids is subtle, designed to complement the classic feel of the Thruxton 400 without making it feel overly electronic or intrusive. It’s about enhancing the riding experience, not taking over.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Pricing and Market Positioning
\n\n\n\n
Launch Price Rs 2.74 Lakh
\n\n\n\n
The new Triumph Thruxton 400 has officially landed with a starting price of Rs 2,74,137 (ex-showroom). This puts it right into a competitive spot in the market, especially for those looking for that classic cafe racer vibe without breaking the bank. It's definitely an attractive entry point for a brand like Triumph.
\n\n\n\n
Most Affordable Cafe Racer
\n\n\n\n
Triumph is really pushing this as their most accessible cafe racer yet. For a long time, getting that authentic cafe racer look and feel meant a much higher price tag. The Thruxton 400 changes that narrative, bringing the iconic style and a decent performance package to a wider audience. It’s a smart move to capture riders who might have been priced out of the segment before.
\n\n\n\n
Competition in the Segment
\n\n\n\n
This bike is stepping into a space with some established players. You've got bikes that offer similar retro styling or performance in this price bracket. The Thruxton 400's advantage lies in its Triumph heritage and that specific cafe racer focus. It’s going to be interesting to see how it stacks up against rivals that might offer different features or perhaps a slightly different riding experience. It really comes down to what a rider values most – the brand, the specific style, or the overall package.
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at how it positions itself:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Brand Heritage: Triumph brings a legacy of performance and style.
\n\n\n\n
Cafe Racer Focus: Dedicated styling and ergonomics for that classic look.
\n\n\n\n
Modern Performance: A new engine tuned for a lively ride.
\n\n\n\n
Accessible Price: Making the cafe racer dream more attainable.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Thruxton 400 aims to blend timeless cafe racer aesthetics with modern engineering, all while hitting a price point that should attract a lot of attention from both new and experienced riders looking for something stylish and fun.
\n
\n\n\n\n
So, What's the Verdict on the New Thruxton 400?
\n\n\n\n
Alright, so Triumph's dropped the Thruxton 400 in India, and it's looking pretty sharp. For around Rs 2.74 lakh, you're getting that classic cafe racer vibe with a modern twist, all thanks to its 398cc engine that puts out a decent 42 PS. It’s based on the Speed 400 but gets its own sporty feel with a tweaked chassis and suspension. It’s definitely aimed at riders who want that iconic look without breaking the bank, and it’s cool that India gets it first. While it might not have all the bells and whistles like smartphone connectivity that some rivals offer, it brings that unmistakable Triumph style and performance to a more accessible price point. If you're into the cafe racer scene and want something that looks good and feels good to ride, this new Thruxton 400 seems like a solid contender.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
How much does the Triumph Thruxton 400 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The new Triumph Thruxton 400 costs Rs 2.74 lakh in India. This makes it a pretty affordable option if you want a cool-looking cafe racer bike.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does the Thruxton 400 have?
\n\n\n\n
This cafe racer has a 398cc engine that can produce 42 horsepower. It's designed to give you a fun and speedy ride.
\n\n\n\n
Does the Thruxton 400 look like a cafe racer?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has classic cafe racer looks with low handlebars you can grip from above, a sleek seat, and a cool, sporty style. It also has some modern touches.
\n\n\n\n
How is the bike's handling and suspension?
\n\n\n\n
It's built on a special frame for better handling, and the suspension is set up for a sporty feel. It has front forks that go up and down and a shock absorber in the back.
\n\n\n\n
What modern technology does the Thruxton 400 have?
\n\n\n\n
It comes with helpful features like a throttle that works electronically (ride-by-wire), traction control that you can turn on or off, and a clutch that makes it easier to downshift.
\n\n\n\n
Where was the Triumph Thruxton 400 first introduced?
\n\n\n\n
India is the first country where this bike was launched. Triumph plans to release it in other countries later in the year.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/offbeat/new-thruxton-400-launch-key-details/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-16.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-16.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-08T14:58:31","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-08T14:58:31","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 08, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/offbeat/new-thruxton-400-launch-key-details/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"12 min read"},{"id":9315,"title":"Range Rover Sport SV Carbon 2025: Key Highlights, Performance, and Features Revealed","content":"\n
So, Land Rover just dropped another special edition of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one's all about shedding some pounds. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and yeah, the name tells you pretty much everything. It's basically the same powerful SUV we know, but with a serious focus on using carbon fiber everywhere it makes sense to cut weight. It's supposed to be the last hurrah for this high-performance version, and it's showing up at Monterey Car Week soon.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is the latest, and final, high-performance version of the Range Rover Sport lineup.
\n\n\n\n
It heavily features carbon fiber components, including an optional exposed carbon fiber hood and 23-inch carbon fiber wheels, aiming for significant weight reduction.
\n\n\n\n
Power comes from a 626 hp twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine, offering brisk acceleration and a top speed of 180 mph.
\n\n\n\n
The interior also gets carbon fiber accents, with performance seats featuring carbon fiber backs and an option for leather-free upholstery.
\n\n\n\n
This special edition will debut at Monterey Car Week, with ordering expected to begin later this year, though US pricing is still unannounced.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Range Rover Sport SV Carbon: The Lightweight Champion
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Introducing the Ultimate Expression of Lightweight Performance
\n\n\n\n
Land Rover is rolling out a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one really leans into the whole lightweight thing. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and honestly, the name tells you most of what you need to know. It’s all about shedding pounds to make this already powerful SUV even quicker and more agile. Think of it as the top-tier performance model, but with a serious diet.
\n\n\n\n
A Final Flourish for the High-Performance Lineup
\n\n\n\n
This Carbon edition seems to be a way to really cap off the current generation of the high-performance Range Rover Sport. It’s like the grand finale, showing off what’s possible when you focus on making it as light as possible without sacrificing that signature Range Rover luxury. It’s definitely aimed at folks who want the absolute best in terms of speed and handling from their big SUV.
\n\n\n\n
Monterey Car Week Debut
\n\n\n\n
Get ready, because this new model is set to make its big splash at Monterey Car Week. It’s the perfect place for something like this, where all sorts of automotive enthusiasts gather to check out the latest and greatest. Land Rover will be showing it off, and it’s expected to grab a lot of attention, especially from people who appreciate serious performance engineering. It’s a pretty big deal for the brand, showing off their latest performance tech.
\n\n\n\n
Engineered for Speed and Composure
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Twin-Turbo V8 Powerhouse
\n\n\n\n
Under the hood, this special edition Range Rover Sport SV Carbon packs a serious punch. It's got a twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine that puts out a hefty 626 horsepower and 553 lb-ft of torque. This setup means you get serious grunt for quick acceleration and confident overtaking. It’s a real beast, ready to move.
\n\n\n\n
Acceleration and Top Speed
\n\n\n\n
When you put your foot down, this thing really goes. It can hit 60 mph from a standstill in just 3.7 seconds, which is pretty impressive for an SUV of this size. And if you find an open stretch of road, it’ll keep pulling all the way up to a top speed of 180 mph. It’s engineered to be fast, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Air Suspension System
\n\n\n\n
To keep all that power in check and make sure the ride is smooth, Land Rover has fitted an advanced air suspension system. This isn't just for comfort, though. It includes special tuning for pitch and roll control. What that means is the car stays more level when you're cornering hard, accelerating, or braking. It really helps with the overall composure and makes the vehicle feel more planted, even when you're pushing it. It’s a big part of what makes the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon handle so well, contributing to its reputation as a vehicle with exceptional mechanical refinement. You can read more about the general capabilities of the Range Rover Sport here.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The suspension system is designed to balance outright performance with the kind of composed ride you expect from a Range Rover. It’s a tricky balance to strike, but they seem to have nailed it with this model.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Extensive Carbon Fiber Integration
\n\n\n\n
This Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the whole lightweight performance thing, and you can see it everywhere. It’s not just for show; this is about shaving off pounds to make it handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Forged Carbon Exterior Pack
\n\n\n\n
Right off the bat, you get the Forged Carbon Exterior Pack as standard. This means you’ll see some cool carbon fiber bits around the active quad exhausts. It gives the rear end a really distinct look, you know?
\n\n\n\n
Optional Exposed Carbon Fiber Hood
\n\n\n\n
If you want to go even further, there’s an option for an exposed carbon fiber hood. It’s a pretty bold statement and really highlights the performance focus of this particular model. You can also get a twill carbon finish on the exhaust finishers if that’s your thing.
\n\n\n\n
23-Inch Carbon Fiber Wheels
\n\n\n\n
Now, this is a big one. While it comes standard with 23-inch forged alloy wheels, you can upgrade to a set of 23-inch carbon fiber wheels. These aren't just for looks; they significantly cut down on unsprung weight, which makes a real difference in how the car feels when you're driving it. It’s part of what helps this special edition Range Rover shave off weight.
\n\n\n\n
Here’s a quick look at what you can get:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Standard Wheels: 23-inch forged alloy with anodized black brake calipers.
Choosing these carbon fiber components, especially the wheels and the optional carbon ceramic brakes, really pushes the performance envelope for the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon. It’s all about reducing mass where it counts the most.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Weight Savings and Performance Enhancements
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Substantial Weight Reduction
\n\n\n\n
This special edition really leans into shedding pounds, and it makes a difference. When you spec out all the lightweight options, like the forged carbon exterior bits and those cool carbon fiber wheels, you're looking at a total weight saving of up to 168 pounds compared to a similar P530 model. That's a pretty significant chunk of weight, almost like taking a whole person out of the car. This focus on reducing mass is key to how the SV Carbon feels on the road. It's not just about numbers; it's about making the whole driving experience sharper and more responsive. It's a real commitment to making this Range Rover Sport as agile as possible.
\n\n\n\n
Optional Carbon Ceramic Braking System
\n\n\n\n
For those who want the absolute best in stopping power, there's an optional carbon ceramic braking system. This setup includes beefy eight-piston calipers, and you can even choose the color – black, blue, carbon bronze, or yellow. These aren't just for looks, though. Carbon ceramic brakes are known for their incredible heat resistance and fade-free performance, especially during spirited driving. They work hand-in-hand with the weight savings to give you more confidence when you're pushing the car.
\n\n\n\n
Impact on Acceleration and Handling
\n\n\n\n
So, what does all this weight saving actually do? Well, it directly translates into quicker acceleration and more nimble handling. While the engine power stays the same – a stout 626 horsepower from that twin-turbo V8 – the reduced weight means the power feels more immediate. The car can get up to speed faster, and it feels more eager to change direction. The advanced air suspension system also plays a big role here, keeping the body controlled during cornering, braking, and acceleration. It’s all about making the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon feel more connected to the road and more engaging to drive. You can expect a 0-60 mph time of just 3.7 seconds, which is seriously quick for a vehicle of this size. The top speed is electronically limited to 180 mph. The combination of less weight and a sophisticated suspension means the car handles better, feels more planted, and is just plain more fun to drive, especially when you're exploring its limits. It’s a noticeable difference that makes the SV Carbon feel like a true performance machine. You can find out more about the performance specs on the Range Rover website.
\n\n\n\n
Luxurious and Performance-Oriented Interior
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Carbon Fiber-Backed Performance Seats
\n\n\n\n
The inside of the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the performance theme, and it starts with the seats. You get these really cool carbon fiber-backed performance seats. They’ve got integrated headrests, sculpted bolsters to keep you in place, and even illuminated SV logos. It’s a nice touch that makes them feel pretty special.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Interior Trim Options
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the seats, the cabin gets a dose of carbon fiber in the trim pieces, adding to that lightweight, sporty vibe. You can also choose from a few different interior themes to personalize your ride. There are options like Ebony, Rosewood/Ebony, and Light Cloud/Ebony. For those who prefer a more sustainable approach, there’s also a Cinder Grey/Ebony theme that uses a leather-free material called Ultrafabrics.
\n\n\n\n
Leather-Free Ultrafabric Upholstery
\n\n\n\n
Speaking of that leather-free option, the Ultrafabric material is actually pretty impressive. It gives the interior a premium feel without using any animal products. It’s part of the Cinder Grey/Ebony interior theme, which also includes woven accents on the dashboard. It’s a good choice if you want that high-performance look and feel but with a different material.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The attention to detail inside the SV Carbon is pretty evident. From the materials used to the specific design elements, it all points towards a focus on both luxury and the driving experience. It’s not just about going fast; it’s about feeling good while you’re doing it.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Availability and Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Ordering Information
\n\n\n\n
Getting your hands on the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon Edition involves a specific ordering process, typically managed through authorized Land Rover dealerships. Given its limited-run nature, it's advisable to connect with your local dealer early to express interest and understand the allocation timeline. Availability is expected to be quite restricted.
\n\n\n\n
US Pricing Expectations
\n\n\n\n
While official US pricing hasn't been fully detailed, we can look at the UK figures for a strong indication. The Range Rover Sport SV starts at £139,995 in the UK, with the SV Black variant around £154,975. The top-tier Carbon Edition is slated to begin at approximately £165,045. Converting these figures, you can expect the US MSRP to likely start in the ballpark of $200,000, possibly a bit higher, depending on options and market adjustments. It's a significant investment for a truly special vehicle.
\n\n\n\n
Position within the SV Range
\n\n\n\n
The SV Carbon Edition represents the absolute pinnacle of the Range Rover Sport lineup, specifically within the SV (Special Vehicle Operations) division. It's designed as a final, high-impact send-off for this generation of the performance-focused Sport. This edition builds upon the already potent SV model, adding exclusive carbon fiber elements and further weight reduction to create the most dynamic and visually striking Range Rover Sport to date. It's positioned as the ultimate expression of lightweight performance and exclusivity for the model.
\n\n\n\n
The Carbon Touch
\n\n\n\n
So, the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is here, and it's all about shedding some pounds with a lot of carbon fiber bits. It looks pretty sharp, especially if you go for those carbon wheels and that exposed hood. Inside, it's still the same plush Range Rover experience, just with some added carbon accents. Power-wise, it's the same strong V8 we've seen, but the weight savings should make it feel a bit quicker and more agile. It’s definitely a more focused version for those who want the ultimate performance from their Range Rover Sport, and it’s ready to order soon.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon?
\n\n\n\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV that uses a lot of carbon fiber parts to make it lighter. Think of it like replacing heavier parts with lighter, super-strong ones.
\n\n\n\n
How is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon made lighter?
\n\n\n\n
This special model uses carbon fiber for things like the exterior body pieces, the hood, and even the wheels. These parts help cut down on the car's weight, making it faster and handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have a powerful engine?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has a powerful V8 engine that's like a big, strong motor. It can go from 0 to 60 miles per hour very quickly, in just 3.7 seconds, and can reach speeds up to 180 miles per hour.
\n\n\n\n
How much weight does it save?
\n\n\n\n
The car can lose up to 168 pounds (about 76 kilograms) compared to other similar Range Rovers if you choose all the lightweight options. That's like taking out a passenger!
\n\n\n\n
What's the inside like?
\n\n\n\n
Inside, you'll find cool seats with backs made of carbon fiber. You can also choose special interior trims and even a material called Ultrafabric, which is a fancy, leather-free option.
\n\n\n\n
When can I buy one and how much will it cost?
\n\n\n\n
You can start ordering this special Range Rover later this year. The exact price hasn't been announced yet, but it's expected to be a high-end, premium vehicle.
So, Land Rover just dropped another special edition of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one's all about shedding some pounds. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and yeah, the name tells you pretty much everything. It's basically the same powerful SUV we know, but with a serious focus on using carbon fiber everywhere it makes sense to cut weight. It's supposed to be the last hurrah for this high-performance version, and it's showing up at Monterey Car Week soon.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is the latest, and final, high-performance version of the Range Rover Sport lineup.
\n\n\n\n
It heavily features carbon fiber components, including an optional exposed carbon fiber hood and 23-inch carbon fiber wheels, aiming for significant weight reduction.
\n\n\n\n
Power comes from a 626 hp twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine, offering brisk acceleration and a top speed of 180 mph.
\n\n\n\n
The interior also gets carbon fiber accents, with performance seats featuring carbon fiber backs and an option for leather-free upholstery.
\n\n\n\n
This special edition will debut at Monterey Car Week, with ordering expected to begin later this year, though US pricing is still unannounced.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Range Rover Sport SV Carbon: The Lightweight Champion
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Introducing the Ultimate Expression of Lightweight Performance
\n\n\n\n
Land Rover is rolling out a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one really leans into the whole lightweight thing. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and honestly, the name tells you most of what you need to know. It’s all about shedding pounds to make this already powerful SUV even quicker and more agile. Think of it as the top-tier performance model, but with a serious diet.
\n\n\n\n
A Final Flourish for the High-Performance Lineup
\n\n\n\n
This Carbon edition seems to be a way to really cap off the current generation of the high-performance Range Rover Sport. It’s like the grand finale, showing off what’s possible when you focus on making it as light as possible without sacrificing that signature Range Rover luxury. It’s definitely aimed at folks who want the absolute best in terms of speed and handling from their big SUV.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Monterey Car Week Debut
\n\n\n\n
Get ready, because this new model is set to make its big splash at Monterey Car Week. It’s the perfect place for something like this, where all sorts of automotive enthusiasts gather to check out the latest and greatest. Land Rover will be showing it off, and it’s expected to grab a lot of attention, especially from people who appreciate serious performance engineering. It’s a pretty big deal for the brand, showing off their latest performance tech.
\n\n\n\n
Engineered for Speed and Composure
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Twin-Turbo V8 Powerhouse
\n\n\n\n
Under the hood, this special edition Range Rover Sport SV Carbon packs a serious punch. It's got a twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine that puts out a hefty 626 horsepower and 553 lb-ft of torque. This setup means you get serious grunt for quick acceleration and confident overtaking. It’s a real beast, ready to move.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Acceleration and Top Speed
\n\n\n\n
When you put your foot down, this thing really goes. It can hit 60 mph from a standstill in just 3.7 seconds, which is pretty impressive for an SUV of this size. And if you find an open stretch of road, it’ll keep pulling all the way up to a top speed of 180 mph. It’s engineered to be fast, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Air Suspension System
\n\n\n\n
To keep all that power in check and make sure the ride is smooth, Land Rover has fitted an advanced air suspension system. This isn't just for comfort, though. It includes special tuning for pitch and roll control. What that means is the car stays more level when you're cornering hard, accelerating, or braking. It really helps with the overall composure and makes the vehicle feel more planted, even when you're pushing it. It’s a big part of what makes the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon handle so well, contributing to its reputation as a vehicle with exceptional mechanical refinement. You can read more about the general capabilities of the Range Rover Sport here.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The suspension system is designed to balance outright performance with the kind of composed ride you expect from a Range Rover. It’s a tricky balance to strike, but they seem to have nailed it with this model.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Extensive Carbon Fiber Integration
\n\n\n\n
This Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the whole lightweight performance thing, and you can see it everywhere. It’s not just for show; this is about shaving off pounds to make it handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Forged Carbon Exterior Pack
\n\n\n\n
Right off the bat, you get the Forged Carbon Exterior Pack as standard. This means you’ll see some cool carbon fiber bits around the active quad exhausts. It gives the rear end a really distinct look, you know?
\n\n\n\n
Optional Exposed Carbon Fiber Hood
\n\n\n\n
If you want to go even further, there’s an option for an exposed carbon fiber hood. It’s a pretty bold statement and really highlights the performance focus of this particular model. You can also get a twill carbon finish on the exhaust finishers if that’s your thing.
\n\n\n\n
23-Inch Carbon Fiber Wheels
\n\n\n\n
Now, this is a big one. While it comes standard with 23-inch forged alloy wheels, you can upgrade to a set of 23-inch carbon fiber wheels. These aren't just for looks; they significantly cut down on unsprung weight, which makes a real difference in how the car feels when you're driving it. It’s part of what helps this special edition Range Rover shave off weight.
\n\n\n\n
Here’s a quick look at what you can get:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Standard Wheels: 23-inch forged alloy with anodized black brake calipers.
Choosing these carbon fiber components, especially the wheels and the optional carbon ceramic brakes, really pushes the performance envelope for the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon. It’s all about reducing mass where it counts the most.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Weight Savings and Performance Enhancements
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Substantial Weight Reduction
\n\n\n\n
This special edition really leans into shedding pounds, and it makes a difference. When you spec out all the lightweight options, like the forged carbon exterior bits and those cool carbon fiber wheels, you're looking at a total weight saving of up to 168 pounds compared to a similar P530 model. That's a pretty significant chunk of weight, almost like taking a whole person out of the car. This focus on reducing mass is key to how the SV Carbon feels on the road. It's not just about numbers; it's about making the whole driving experience sharper and more responsive. It's a real commitment to making this Range Rover Sport as agile as possible.
\n\n\n\n
Optional Carbon Ceramic Braking System
\n\n\n\n
For those who want the absolute best in stopping power, there's an optional carbon ceramic braking system. This setup includes beefy eight-piston calipers, and you can even choose the color – black, blue, carbon bronze, or yellow. These aren't just for looks, though. Carbon ceramic brakes are known for their incredible heat resistance and fade-free performance, especially during spirited driving. They work hand-in-hand with the weight savings to give you more confidence when you're pushing the car.
\n\n\n\n
Impact on Acceleration and Handling
\n\n\n\n
So, what does all this weight saving actually do? Well, it directly translates into quicker acceleration and more nimble handling. While the engine power stays the same – a stout 626 horsepower from that twin-turbo V8 – the reduced weight means the power feels more immediate. The car can get up to speed faster, and it feels more eager to change direction. The advanced air suspension system also plays a big role here, keeping the body controlled during cornering, braking, and acceleration. It’s all about making the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon feel more connected to the road and more engaging to drive. You can expect a 0-60 mph time of just 3.7 seconds, which is seriously quick for a vehicle of this size. The top speed is electronically limited to 180 mph. The combination of less weight and a sophisticated suspension means the car handles better, feels more planted, and is just plain more fun to drive, especially when you're exploring its limits. It’s a noticeable difference that makes the SV Carbon feel like a true performance machine. You can find out more about the performance specs on the Range Rover website.
\n\n\n\n
Luxurious and Performance-Oriented Interior
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Carbon Fiber-Backed Performance Seats
\n\n\n\n
The inside of the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the performance theme, and it starts with the seats. You get these really cool carbon fiber-backed performance seats. They’ve got integrated headrests, sculpted bolsters to keep you in place, and even illuminated SV logos. It’s a nice touch that makes them feel pretty special.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Interior Trim Options
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the seats, the cabin gets a dose of carbon fiber in the trim pieces, adding to that lightweight, sporty vibe. You can also choose from a few different interior themes to personalize your ride. There are options like Ebony, Rosewood/Ebony, and Light Cloud/Ebony. For those who prefer a more sustainable approach, there’s also a Cinder Grey/Ebony theme that uses a leather-free material called Ultrafabrics.
\n\n\n\n
Leather-Free Ultrafabric Upholstery
\n\n\n\n
Speaking of that leather-free option, the Ultrafabric material is actually pretty impressive. It gives the interior a premium feel without using any animal products. It’s part of the Cinder Grey/Ebony interior theme, which also includes woven accents on the dashboard. It’s a good choice if you want that high-performance look and feel but with a different material.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The attention to detail inside the SV Carbon is pretty evident. From the materials used to the specific design elements, it all points towards a focus on both luxury and the driving experience. It’s not just about going fast; it’s about feeling good while you’re doing it.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Availability and Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Ordering Information
\n\n\n\n
Getting your hands on the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon Edition involves a specific ordering process, typically managed through authorized Land Rover dealerships. Given its limited-run nature, it's advisable to connect with your local dealer early to express interest and understand the allocation timeline. Availability is expected to be quite restricted.
\n\n\n\n
US Pricing Expectations
\n\n\n\n
While official US pricing hasn't been fully detailed, we can look at the UK figures for a strong indication. The Range Rover Sport SV starts at £139,995 in the UK, with the SV Black variant around £154,975. The top-tier Carbon Edition is slated to begin at approximately £165,045. Converting these figures, you can expect the US MSRP to likely start in the ballpark of $200,000, possibly a bit higher, depending on options and market adjustments. It's a significant investment for a truly special vehicle.
\n\n\n\n
Position within the SV Range
\n\n\n\n
The SV Carbon Edition represents the absolute pinnacle of the Range Rover Sport lineup, specifically within the SV (Special Vehicle Operations) division. It's designed as a final, high-impact send-off for this generation of the performance-focused Sport. This edition builds upon the already potent SV model, adding exclusive carbon fiber elements and further weight reduction to create the most dynamic and visually striking Range Rover Sport to date. It's positioned as the ultimate expression of lightweight performance and exclusivity for the model.
\n\n\n\n
The Carbon Touch
\n\n\n\n
So, the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is here, and it's all about shedding some pounds with a lot of carbon fiber bits. It looks pretty sharp, especially if you go for those carbon wheels and that exposed hood. Inside, it's still the same plush Range Rover experience, just with some added carbon accents. Power-wise, it's the same strong V8 we've seen, but the weight savings should make it feel a bit quicker and more agile. It’s definitely a more focused version for those who want the ultimate performance from their Range Rover Sport, and it’s ready to order soon.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon?
\n\n\n\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV that uses a lot of carbon fiber parts to make it lighter. Think of it like replacing heavier parts with lighter, super-strong ones.
\n\n\n\n
How is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon made lighter?
\n\n\n\n
This special model uses carbon fiber for things like the exterior body pieces, the hood, and even the wheels. These parts help cut down on the car's weight, making it faster and handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have a powerful engine?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has a powerful V8 engine that's like a big, strong motor. It can go from 0 to 60 miles per hour very quickly, in just 3.7 seconds, and can reach speeds up to 180 miles per hour.
\n\n\n\n
How much weight does it save?
\n\n\n\n
The car can lose up to 168 pounds (about 76 kilograms) compared to other similar Range Rovers if you choose all the lightweight options. That's like taking out a passenger!
\n\n\n\n
What's the inside like?
\n\n\n\n
Inside, you'll find cool seats with backs made of carbon fiber. You can also choose special interior trims and even a material called Ultrafabric, which is a fancy, leather-free option.
\n\n\n\n
When can I buy one and how much will it cost?
\n\n\n\n
You can start ordering this special Range Rover later this year. The exact price hasn't been announced yet, but it's expected to be a high-end, premium vehicle.
\n\n\n\n\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 07, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/cars/range-rover-sport-sv-carbon-2025-key-highlights-performance-and-features-revealed/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"13 min read"},{"id":9314,"title":"2025 Suzuki Avenis: Dual-Tone Edition Unveiled","content":"\n
Suzuki is mixing things up for its sporty scooter, the Avenis. They've just rolled out a fresh dual-tone color option for the 2025 model year. It’s a pretty cool look, and it seems like Suzuki is trying to give riders more ways to show off their personal style. This new paint job doesn't change the price, which is good to know. It’s all about keeping the scooter looking sharp and appealing to younger riders.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now features a new dual-tone color scheme: Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
This new colorway is available across the Standard Edition and the Ride Connect Edition variants at no extra cost.
\n\n\n\n
The scooter retains its 124.3cc engine, producing 8.58 bhp and 10 Nm of torque, along with Suzuki Eco Performance technology.
\n\n\n\n
Pricing for the 2025 Suzuki Avenis starts at Rs 91,400 for the Standard Edition and goes up to Rs 94,000 for the Special Edition.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki aims to cater to evolving rider preferences by adding stylish options that express individuality.
\n
\n\n\n\n
2025 Suzuki Avenis Gets A New Dual-Tone Colourway
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is shaking things up for the 2025 model year with a fresh look for its sporty Avenis scooter. A new dual-tone colorway has just been introduced, aiming to give riders, especially the younger crowd, a more vibrant way to express themselves on the road. This new option is called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, and it’s a pretty sharp combination that adds a bit of flair to the scooter’s already sporty personality.
\n\n\n\n
New Colourway Introduced For The Sporty Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is really trying to keep the Avenis feeling fresh and exciting. This new color scheme is all about adding a bold twist to its look, making it stand out a bit more. It’s a move that shows Suzuki is paying attention to what riders want, especially when it comes to personal style.
\n\n\n\n
Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black Debuts
\n\n\n\n
This specific new colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, is the star of the show for this update. It’s a combination of a muted silver with a matte finish and a glossy black, creating a nice contrast. It’s a sophisticated yet sporty look that should appeal to a lot of people looking for something a little different.
\n\n\n\n
No Additional Cost For The New Dual-Tone Option
\n\n\n\n
Here’s some good news: Suzuki isn’t charging extra for this new color. You get the Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black option at the same price as the other colors. This makes it an even more attractive choice for anyone considering the Avenis, as you can get a fresh look without breaking the bank. It’s a smart move by Suzuki to offer more choice without a price hike, making the Suzuki Avenis a more compelling package.
\n\n\n\n
Pricing And Variants Of The 2025 Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n
Standard Edition Priced At Rs 91,400
\n\n\n\n
The base model of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis, the Standard Edition, comes in at an ex-showroom price of Rs 91,400. This version offers the core Avenis experience without the extra connectivity features.
\n\n\n\n
Avenis (Ride Connect Edition) At Rs 93,200
\n\n\n\n
For those who want a bit more tech, the Avenis with the Ride Connect Edition is available for Rs 93,200 (ex-showroom). This variant typically includes Bluetooth connectivity for smartphone integration, letting you stay connected on the go.
\n\n\n\n
Special Edition Available For Rs 94,000
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki also offers a Special Edition of the Avenis, priced at Rs 94,000 (ex-showroom). This edition usually comes with a unique color scheme, like the Metallic Matte Black No. 2 / Matte Titanium Silver, giving it a distinct look.
\n\n\n\n
It's good to see Suzuki keeping the pricing straightforward across the different versions of the Avenis. The introduction of the new dual-tone colorway doesn't add any extra cost, which is a nice touch for buyers looking for a fresh look. This makes the sporty scooter even more appealing, especially for younger riders wanting to stand out. You can check out the different color options available for the Suzuki Avenis to see which one fits your style best.
\n\n\n\n
Powertrain And Performance Unchanged
\n\n\n\n
124.3cc Engine Delivers 8.58 bhp
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis remains its reliable 124.3cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled engine. This powerplant is tuned to produce a peak output of 8.58 bhp, which is plenty for zipping around town. It’s a straightforward, no-fuss engine that’s built for everyday use.
\n\n\n\n
10 Nm Of Peak Torque
\n\n\n\n
Complementing the horsepower figure, the Avenis also offers 10 Nm of peak torque. This torque is available at 5,500 rpm, meaning you get a decent pull from the scooter when you need to accelerate or tackle inclines. It’s enough grunt for most urban riding scenarios.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki Eco Performance Engine Technology
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki has equipped the Avenis with its Suzuki Eco Performance (SEP) engine technology. This system is designed to optimize fuel efficiency without sacrificing performance. While the exact mileage figures can vary based on riding conditions and how you ride, the SEP technology aims to make your rides more economical. It’s all about getting good bang for your buck, making the Avenis a practical choice for daily commuting. You can check out more details on the Suzuki Avenis specifications to see how it stacks up.
\n\n\n\n
Other Colour Options For The Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki hasn't forgotten about those who prefer a more classic look for their sporty scooter. Beyond the new dual-tone option, the Avenis 125 is still available in a few other eye-catching color schemes. These options allow riders to pick a style that truly matches their personality.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red
\n\n\n\n
This combination offers a sleek base of black with vibrant red accents, giving it a dynamic and aggressive feel. It’s a popular choice for those who want their scooter to stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
For a brighter, more energetic vibe, the Champion Yellow option is fantastic. The bold yellow paired with gloss black creates a cheerful yet sporty appearance, perfect for sunny rides.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White
\n\n\n\n
This option provides a clean and sophisticated look. The contrast between the glossy black and the crisp white is timeless and always looks sharp.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
If you prefer a simpler, monochromatic style, the all-Glossy Sparkle Black variant is available. It’s understated but still carries that sporty edge that the Avenis is known for. This option is a great way to keep things simple while still looking good on the Suzuki Avenis.
\n\n\n\n
These color choices mean there’s likely an Avenis to suit almost everyone’s taste, proving Suzuki is thinking about rider preferences across the board.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's Commitment To Evolving Rider Preferences
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki really seems to be paying attention to what riders want these days. It's not just about slapping on a new paint job; they're trying to add a bit of flair to the Avenis's already sporty look.
\n\n\n\n
Adding A Bold Twist To Sporty Personality
\n\n\n\n
This new dual-tone colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, definitely gives the scooter a more dynamic appearance. It’s a way to make the Avenis stand out a bit more on the road, adding a bit of edge to its design.
\n\n\n\n
Expressing Style On The Streets
\n\n\n\n
Scooters are often a reflection of the rider's personality, and Suzuki understands that. Offering these updated color options gives young riders a chance to really show off their individual style when they're out and about. It’s about making a statement without saying a word.
\n\n\n\n
Enhancing Appeal For Young Customers
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's goal here is pretty clear: make the Avenis even more attractive to the younger crowd. By keeping up with current trends and offering fresh looks, they’re making sure the Avenis stays relevant and desirable. It’s a smart move to connect with a demographic that values both performance and personal expression, like the new Suzuki GSX-8T.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It feels like Suzuki is trying to keep the Avenis exciting, not just as a mode of transport, but as something that reflects the rider's vibe. The new colors are a simple but effective way to do that.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Compliance With Emission Norms
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is keeping things fresh for the 2025 model year, and that includes making sure their scooters are up to snuff with the latest environmental rules. The whole Suzuki two-wheeler lineup now meets the new OBD-2B emission regulations. This means the Avenis is compliant with these updated standards, which is pretty important for any new vehicle hitting the market these days.
\n\n\n\n
Meets New OBD-2B Emission Regulations
\n\n\n\n
So, what does OBD-2B actually mean for riders? Basically, it's a set of stricter rules for vehicle emissions. Suzuki has updated its scooters, including the Avenis, to make sure they pass these tests. This is a big deal because it shows Suzuki is committed to producing cleaner vehicles. It’s good to know that the scooter you’re riding is performing within these new environmental guidelines. You can check out more about the Suzuki Access 125 updates which also comply with these norms.
\n\n\n\n
Cosmetic Updates For The New Model Year
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the regulatory stuff, Suzuki has also given the Avenis some minor cosmetic tweaks for the 2025 model year. While the mechanicals and performance are staying the same, these small visual changes, like the new dual-tone colorway we talked about, help keep the scooter looking sharp and appealing to riders. It’s these little updates that keep the Avenis competitive in a busy market.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Suzuki's Avenis is getting a fresh look for 2025 with this new dual-tone paint job. It's the same sporty scooter we know, just with a bit more flair. If you were already eyeing the Avenis, this new color option might just be the nudge you need. It doesn't change how it rides or what it costs, but hey, a new color can make a big difference in how you feel about your ride. It’s a simple update, but sometimes that’s all it takes to keep things interesting.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What's new with the 2025 Suzuki Avenis color options?
\n\n\n\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now comes in a cool new two-tone color called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black. It's like a mix of shiny black and a special silver.
\n\n\n\n
Does the new color cost more?
\n\n\n\n
Nope, there's no extra charge for this new two-tone color! Suzuki is offering it at the same price as the other colors.
\n\n\n\n
Has the engine changed for the 2025 model?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter still has the same engine, which is a 124.3cc engine. It makes about 8.58 horsepower and has a torque of 10 Nm. It also uses Suzuki's special fuel-saving technology.
\n\n\n\n
Are there other colors available for the Suzuki Avenis?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, besides the new silver and black, you can also get it in Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red, Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black, Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White, and plain Glossy Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
Why did Suzuki add a new color?
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is adding this new color to make the scooter look even sportier and cooler, especially for younger riders who like to show off their style.
\n\n\n\n
Does the 2025 Avenis follow new rules?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter meets the latest emission rules, called OBD-2B. This update is mainly about making the scooter look fresh with new colors.
Suzuki is mixing things up for its sporty scooter, the Avenis. They've just rolled out a fresh dual-tone color option for the 2025 model year. It’s a pretty cool look, and it seems like Suzuki is trying to give riders more ways to show off their personal style. This new paint job doesn't change the price, which is good to know. It’s all about keeping the scooter looking sharp and appealing to younger riders.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now features a new dual-tone color scheme: Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
This new colorway is available across the Standard Edition and the Ride Connect Edition variants at no extra cost.
\n\n\n\n
The scooter retains its 124.3cc engine, producing 8.58 bhp and 10 Nm of torque, along with Suzuki Eco Performance technology.
\n\n\n\n
Pricing for the 2025 Suzuki Avenis starts at Rs 91,400 for the Standard Edition and goes up to Rs 94,000 for the Special Edition.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki aims to cater to evolving rider preferences by adding stylish options that express individuality.
\n
\n\n\n\n
2025 Suzuki Avenis Gets A New Dual-Tone Colourway
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is shaking things up for the 2025 model year with a fresh look for its sporty Avenis scooter. A new dual-tone colorway has just been introduced, aiming to give riders, especially the younger crowd, a more vibrant way to express themselves on the road. This new option is called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, and it’s a pretty sharp combination that adds a bit of flair to the scooter’s already sporty personality.
\n\n\n\n
New Colourway Introduced For The Sporty Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is really trying to keep the Avenis feeling fresh and exciting. This new color scheme is all about adding a bold twist to its look, making it stand out a bit more. It’s a move that shows Suzuki is paying attention to what riders want, especially when it comes to personal style.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black Debuts
\n\n\n\n
This specific new colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, is the star of the show for this update. It’s a combination of a muted silver with a matte finish and a glossy black, creating a nice contrast. It’s a sophisticated yet sporty look that should appeal to a lot of people looking for something a little different.
\n\n\n\n
No Additional Cost For The New Dual-Tone Option
\n\n\n\n
Here’s some good news: Suzuki isn’t charging extra for this new color. You get the Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black option at the same price as the other colors. This makes it an even more attractive choice for anyone considering the Avenis, as you can get a fresh look without breaking the bank. It’s a smart move by Suzuki to offer more choice without a price hike, making the Suzuki Avenis a more compelling package.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Pricing And Variants Of The 2025 Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n
Standard Edition Priced At Rs 91,400
\n\n\n\n
The base model of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis, the Standard Edition, comes in at an ex-showroom price of Rs 91,400. This version offers the core Avenis experience without the extra connectivity features.
\n\n\n\n
Avenis (Ride Connect Edition) At Rs 93,200
\n\n\n\n
For those who want a bit more tech, the Avenis with the Ride Connect Edition is available for Rs 93,200 (ex-showroom). This variant typically includes Bluetooth connectivity for smartphone integration, letting you stay connected on the go.
\n\n\n\n
Special Edition Available For Rs 94,000
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki also offers a Special Edition of the Avenis, priced at Rs 94,000 (ex-showroom). This edition usually comes with a unique color scheme, like the Metallic Matte Black No. 2 / Matte Titanium Silver, giving it a distinct look.
\n\n\n\n
It's good to see Suzuki keeping the pricing straightforward across the different versions of the Avenis. The introduction of the new dual-tone colorway doesn't add any extra cost, which is a nice touch for buyers looking for a fresh look. This makes the sporty scooter even more appealing, especially for younger riders wanting to stand out. You can check out the different color options available for the Suzuki Avenis to see which one fits your style best.
\n\n\n\n
Powertrain And Performance Unchanged
\n\n\n\n
124.3cc Engine Delivers 8.58 bhp
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis remains its reliable 124.3cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled engine. This powerplant is tuned to produce a peak output of 8.58 bhp, which is plenty for zipping around town. It’s a straightforward, no-fuss engine that’s built for everyday use.
\n\n\n\n
10 Nm Of Peak Torque
\n\n\n\n
Complementing the horsepower figure, the Avenis also offers 10 Nm of peak torque. This torque is available at 5,500 rpm, meaning you get a decent pull from the scooter when you need to accelerate or tackle inclines. It’s enough grunt for most urban riding scenarios.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki Eco Performance Engine Technology
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki has equipped the Avenis with its Suzuki Eco Performance (SEP) engine technology. This system is designed to optimize fuel efficiency without sacrificing performance. While the exact mileage figures can vary based on riding conditions and how you ride, the SEP technology aims to make your rides more economical. It’s all about getting good bang for your buck, making the Avenis a practical choice for daily commuting. You can check out more details on the Suzuki Avenis specifications to see how it stacks up.
\n\n\n\n
Other Colour Options For The Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki hasn't forgotten about those who prefer a more classic look for their sporty scooter. Beyond the new dual-tone option, the Avenis 125 is still available in a few other eye-catching color schemes. These options allow riders to pick a style that truly matches their personality.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red
\n\n\n\n
This combination offers a sleek base of black with vibrant red accents, giving it a dynamic and aggressive feel. It’s a popular choice for those who want their scooter to stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
For a brighter, more energetic vibe, the Champion Yellow option is fantastic. The bold yellow paired with gloss black creates a cheerful yet sporty appearance, perfect for sunny rides.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White
\n\n\n\n
This option provides a clean and sophisticated look. The contrast between the glossy black and the crisp white is timeless and always looks sharp.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
If you prefer a simpler, monochromatic style, the all-Glossy Sparkle Black variant is available. It’s understated but still carries that sporty edge that the Avenis is known for. This option is a great way to keep things simple while still looking good on the Suzuki Avenis.
\n\n\n\n
These color choices mean there’s likely an Avenis to suit almost everyone’s taste, proving Suzuki is thinking about rider preferences across the board.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's Commitment To Evolving Rider Preferences
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki really seems to be paying attention to what riders want these days. It's not just about slapping on a new paint job; they're trying to add a bit of flair to the Avenis's already sporty look.
\n\n\n\n
Adding A Bold Twist To Sporty Personality
\n\n\n\n
This new dual-tone colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, definitely gives the scooter a more dynamic appearance. It’s a way to make the Avenis stand out a bit more on the road, adding a bit of edge to its design.
\n\n\n\n
Expressing Style On The Streets
\n\n\n\n
Scooters are often a reflection of the rider's personality, and Suzuki understands that. Offering these updated color options gives young riders a chance to really show off their individual style when they're out and about. It’s about making a statement without saying a word.
\n\n\n\n
Enhancing Appeal For Young Customers
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's goal here is pretty clear: make the Avenis even more attractive to the younger crowd. By keeping up with current trends and offering fresh looks, they’re making sure the Avenis stays relevant and desirable. It’s a smart move to connect with a demographic that values both performance and personal expression, like the new Suzuki GSX-8T.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It feels like Suzuki is trying to keep the Avenis exciting, not just as a mode of transport, but as something that reflects the rider's vibe. The new colors are a simple but effective way to do that.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Compliance With Emission Norms
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is keeping things fresh for the 2025 model year, and that includes making sure their scooters are up to snuff with the latest environmental rules. The whole Suzuki two-wheeler lineup now meets the new OBD-2B emission regulations. This means the Avenis is compliant with these updated standards, which is pretty important for any new vehicle hitting the market these days.
\n\n\n\n
Meets New OBD-2B Emission Regulations
\n\n\n\n
So, what does OBD-2B actually mean for riders? Basically, it's a set of stricter rules for vehicle emissions. Suzuki has updated its scooters, including the Avenis, to make sure they pass these tests. This is a big deal because it shows Suzuki is committed to producing cleaner vehicles. It’s good to know that the scooter you’re riding is performing within these new environmental guidelines. You can check out more about the Suzuki Access 125 updates which also comply with these norms.
\n\n\n\n
Cosmetic Updates For The New Model Year
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the regulatory stuff, Suzuki has also given the Avenis some minor cosmetic tweaks for the 2025 model year. While the mechanicals and performance are staying the same, these small visual changes, like the new dual-tone colorway we talked about, help keep the scooter looking sharp and appealing to riders. It’s these little updates that keep the Avenis competitive in a busy market.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Suzuki's Avenis is getting a fresh look for 2025 with this new dual-tone paint job. It's the same sporty scooter we know, just with a bit more flair. If you were already eyeing the Avenis, this new color option might just be the nudge you need. It doesn't change how it rides or what it costs, but hey, a new color can make a big difference in how you feel about your ride. It’s a simple update, but sometimes that’s all it takes to keep things interesting.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What's new with the 2025 Suzuki Avenis color options?
\n\n\n\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now comes in a cool new two-tone color called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black. It's like a mix of shiny black and a special silver.
\n\n\n\n
Does the new color cost more?
\n\n\n\n
Nope, there's no extra charge for this new two-tone color! Suzuki is offering it at the same price as the other colors.
\n\n\n\n
Has the engine changed for the 2025 model?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter still has the same engine, which is a 124.3cc engine. It makes about 8.58 horsepower and has a torque of 10 Nm. It also uses Suzuki's special fuel-saving technology.
\n\n\n\n
Are there other colors available for the Suzuki Avenis?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, besides the new silver and black, you can also get it in Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red, Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black, Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White, and plain Glossy Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
Why did Suzuki add a new color?
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is adding this new color to make the scooter look even sportier and cooler, especially for younger riders who like to show off their style.
\n\n\n\n
Does the 2025 Avenis follow new rules?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter meets the latest emission rules, called OBD-2B. This update is mainly about making the scooter look fresh with new colors.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 06, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/suzuki/2025-suzuki-avenis-dual-tone-edition-unveiled/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"12 min read"},{"id":9313,"title":"Vinfast VF 6 & VF 7 Variants: 2025 Colours, Features, and Pricing Revealed!","content":"\n
So, VinFast is getting ready to drop its VF6 and VF7 electric SUVs in India soon. Pre-bookings are already happening, and now we're getting a clearer picture of what to expect. The company has just spilled the beans on the different versions, or 'variants,' of the VF6 and VF7, plus all the color choices available. It looks like they're trying to cover a few different bases with these models, offering various options for buyers. Let's break down what Vinfast VF 6 and VF 7 Variants, Colour Details Revealed Before Launch.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF6 will be offered in two main variants: Earth and Wind.
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF7 will come in three distinct variants: Earth, Wind, and Sky.
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF6 and VF7 will share the same six exterior color options: Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint.
\n\n\n\n
Interior themes will differ between variants, with Earth models featuring an all-black scheme, while Wind and Sky variants will get a Mocca Brown and black dual-tone look.
\n\n\n\n
Specific feature and powertrain details for India-spec models are still being finalized, but international versions offer a glimpse into the tech and battery options.
\n\n\n\n
VinFast VF6 Variant Breakdown
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is getting ready to launch its VF6 electric SUV, and they've spilled the beans on the different versions available. It looks like customers will have two main choices: the Earth and the Wind variants.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Earth Variant Details
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The Earth variant is set to come with a straightforward, all-black interior theme. This choice usually gives a clean and classic feel to the cabin, making it a safe bet for many buyers. It's all about a no-fuss, sophisticated look inside.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Wind Variant Features
\n\n\n\n
Now, the Wind variant steps it up a bit with a more premium interior. This version will feature a Mocca Brown and black dual-tone theme. This kind of two-tone treatment often adds a bit more visual interest and a sense of spaciousness to the interior. Plus, it's expected to pack in more features, like ventilated front seats and a powered driver's seat, making it a more comfortable option for longer drives.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Interior Colour Themes
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
So, to sum up the interior color options for the VF6, you've got a couple of distinct paths. The Earth model sticks to a solid, all-black interior, which is always a popular choice for its timeless appeal and ease of maintenance. On the other hand, the Wind model offers a more sophisticated Mocca Brown and black combination. This dual-tone approach is designed to give the cabin a more upscale and modern vibe, really changing the feel of the space.
\n\n\n\n
VinFast VF7 Variant Options
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
VinFast is rolling out its VF7 electric SUV in India with a clear strategy, offering three distinct variants to cater to a range of buyers. These options are named Earth, Wind, and Sky, each designed to provide a unique blend of features and performance. While the full breakdown of what each variant includes is still under wraps, this tiered approach suggests VinFast is aiming to hit different price points and appeal to both value-focused and more premium EV enthusiasts. It’s a smart move to capture a wider audience right from the start.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Earth Variant
\n\n\n\n
The Earth variant is expected to serve as the entry point into the VF7 lineup. While specific details are limited, it's likely to come with a solid foundation of features, possibly focusing on core EV functionality and safety. This trim will probably appeal to those who want the VF7's distinctive style and electric powertrain without all the bells and whistles, making it a more accessible option.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Wind Variant
\n\n\n\n
Stepping up, the Wind variant is anticipated to offer a more balanced package, adding desirable features that enhance the driving experience and comfort. Think along the lines of upgraded interior materials or perhaps some additional convenience features. This could be the sweet spot for many buyers looking for a good mix of technology and practicality.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Sky Variant
\n\n\n\n
Topping the range, the Sky variant is positioned as the premium offering. This version will likely boast the most extensive list of features, potentially including advanced driver assistance systems, a more luxurious interior finish, and perhaps even performance enhancements. If you're looking for the full VF7 experience, the Sky variant is probably where you'll find it. It's worth noting that the VF7, like the VF6, is expected to come standard with advanced safety features, including autonomous emergency braking, lane-keeping assist, and blind-spot monitoring, providing a comprehensive suite of driver assistance technologies. You can find more details on the VF7's safety features at VinFast VF 7 Eco.
\n\n\n\n
It's also worth mentioning that the exterior colour palette is expected to be consistent across all three VF7 variants. Buyers will have a choice of six shades: Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint. This means you can pick your preferred colour regardless of which trim level you choose.
\n\n\n\n
Exterior Colour Palette For Both Models
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
When it comes to picking out your new VinFast VF 6 or VF 7, the exterior color options are pretty straightforward, and thankfully, they're the same for both models. This makes choosing a bit easier, as you don't have to worry about one car getting all the cool shades.
\n\n\n\n
Shared Colour Options
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF 6 and VF 7 will be available in a selection of six colors. These include some classic choices and a few more vibrant ones to help your EV stand out. You'll find options like Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint. It's great that VinFast is offering a good range of choices right from the start.
\n\n\n\n
Unique Colour Choices
\n\n\n\n
While most colors are shared, there's a slight difference to note. The VF 7 gets an extra color option that isn't available on the VF 6. This specific hue, which hasn't been officially named yet, adds a bit more exclusivity to the larger model. It's always nice when there's a little something extra for the top-tier vehicle, though it might leave VF 6 buyers wishing for that one extra shade.
\n\n\n\n
Colour Availability Across Trims
\n\n\n\n
Good news here: all the exterior colors will be available across all the different trims for both the VF 6 and VF 7. So, whether you go for the Earth, Wind, or Sky variant of the VF 7, or the Earth or Wind trim of the VF 6, you won't be limited in your color selection. This means you can pick the trim level that best suits your needs and still get the exterior color you really want. You can check out the VF 6 and its available colors on the VinFast VF 6 page.
\n\n\n\n
Interior Design And Colour Schemes
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is really mixing things up with the interior design for the VF6 and VF7, giving buyers some distinct choices depending on which model and trim level they pick. It looks like they're aiming for a premium feel, even in the more basic versions.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Interior Styling
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The VF6 is going for a clean and modern look inside. The base 'Earth' variant sticks with a straightforward, all-black interior theme. This usually gives a classic, no-nonsense vibe that's easy to keep clean. It’s a safe bet for a lot of people, honestly.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Interior Ambiance
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Things get a bit more interesting with the VF7. The 'Earth' trim here also gets an all-black interior, similar to the VF6. However, when you step up to the 'Wind' and 'Sky' variants of the VF7, VinFast is introducing a dual-tone theme. This involves a mix of Mocca Brown and black, which should add a touch of warmth and sophistication to the cabin. It’s a nice way to differentiate the higher trims and make them feel a bit more special.
\n\n\n\n
Dual-Tone Interior Options
\n\n\n\n
So, to break it down, the dual-tone option, specifically the Mocca Brown and black combination, is reserved for the VF7 'Wind' and 'Sky' models. The VF6 models, including the 'Wind' trim, seem to stick with either the all-black theme or potentially other single-tone options, though the details for the VF6 'Wind' interior aren't as clearly stated as the VF7's dual-tone setup. It’s a smart move to offer these different interior palettes to appeal to a wider range of tastes and preferences.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features And Technology
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Standard Features
\n\n\n\n
The VF6 is set to come with a pretty decent tech package. You'll find a 12.9-inch touchscreen that handles most of the car's functions, which is pretty standard these days for EVs. It also gets a head-up display, which is nice for keeping your eyes on the road. For comfort, there's automatic climate control, and if you opt for the higher trim, you get heated and ventilated front seats. Safety is also covered with multiple airbags and a 360-degree camera system. Plus, it's expected to have Level 2 ADAS features, which is a good start for driver assistance.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Advanced Technology
\n\n\n\n
The VF7 really steps things up in the tech department. It boasts a larger 15-inch touchscreen that seems to be the centerpiece of the dash. You also get a head-up display, which is always a plus. For convenience, there's a panoramic sunroof, wireless phone charging, and a 360-degree camera system. The interior styling is also quite modern, with a focus on a clean, tech-forward look. It feels like VinFast is really trying to make these cars feel premium and up-to-date with the latest gadgets.
\n\n\n\n
Safety Suite And ADAS
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF6 and VF7 are looking pretty solid on the safety front. They're expected to come with a good number of airbags, likely around 8. A 360-degree camera is standard, which is super helpful for parking and low-speed maneuvers. What's really interesting is the inclusion of a full suite of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS). This usually means things like adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and blind-spot monitoring.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The ADAS features are a big deal for making driving safer and less stressful, especially on longer trips. It's good to see VinFast putting this in from the start.
\n
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is really pushing the technology angle with these new EVs. You can check out some of the VF7's specs on their official website. It seems like they're aiming to compete with established players by offering a lot of modern tech and safety features right out of the gate. It'll be interesting to see how it all performs once they're actually on the road.
\n\n\n\n
Powertrain Specifications Revealed
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is gearing up to launch its new electric vehicles, the VF6 and VF7, and we're getting a clearer picture of what's under the hood. The company has been pretty tight-lipped about the specifics for the Indian market, but we've managed to piece together some details about the powertrains.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Battery And Performance
\n\n\n\n
The VF6 is set to come with a 59.6kWh battery pack. While the exact power output and range figures for the Indian version are still under wraps, international specs give us a hint. We're expecting it to be a capable city car, likely offering a good balance between efficiency and everyday driving needs. It's designed to be an accessible entry into the EV market.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Drivetrain Configurations
\n\n\n\n
For the VF7, things get a bit more interesting. It's confirmed to use a 70.8 kWh battery pack. This battery can be paired with either a single motor for front-wheel drive or dual motors for all-wheel drive. The single-motor setup is expected to produce around 201 horsepower, while the dual-motor version could push out as much as 354 horsepower. This dual-motor setup should provide some serious acceleration. The all-wheel-drive variant is even rumored to hit 100 kmph in under 6 seconds, which is pretty quick for an SUV.
\n\n\n\n
Range Estimates
\n\n\n\n
VinFast has provided some range estimates, though these are often based on the NEDC cycle, which can differ from real-world driving. For the VF7, the claimed range is up to 496 km with the larger battery. The VF6, with its smaller battery, will naturally have a different range, but specific figures are still pending. It's always a good idea to check out independent reviews once the cars are released to get a better idea of actual driving range.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's important to remember that these are preliminary details, and VinFast might adjust specifications for the Indian market. We'll be keeping a close eye on any official announcements.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping Up the VinFast VF 6 and VF 7 Details
\n\n\n\n
So, that's the lowdown on the VinFast VF 6 and VF 7 variants and color choices. It looks like VinFast is aiming to offer a good range of options for buyers, from the interior themes to the exterior shades. With pre-bookings already open, it's clear they're pushing hard for their Indian launch. We'll have to wait a bit longer for the full specs and pricing, but getting these details out now gives everyone a much better idea of what to expect from these new electric SUVs. It's definitely an interesting time for electric vehicles in India, and VinFast is making its presence known.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What are the different versions of the VinFast VF6?
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF6 will be offered in two main versions: the Earth and the Wind. Each of these will have different interior color choices. The Earth version gets a simple all-black interior, while the Wind version steps it up with a stylish two-tone look, mixing brown with black.
\n\n\n\n
How many versions of the VinFast VF7 are available?
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF7 comes with more choices, featuring three versions: Earth, Wind, and Sky. This gives buyers more options to pick the one that best suits their needs and preferences.
\n\n\n\n
What exterior colors can I choose from for the VF6 and VF7?
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF6 and VF7 will be available in the same six exterior colors: Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint. This means you have a good range of choices to make your car stand out.
\n\n\n\n
What are the interior color options for these cars?
\n\n\n\n
Inside, the VF6 has an all-black theme for the Earth model and a brown and black mix for the Wind model. The VF7 also offers a similar dual-tone interior, usually in brown and black, for its higher-end versions, giving a more premium feel.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of batteries and power do these electric cars have?
\n\n\n\n
While specific power and range figures for India might still be fully detailed, the VF6 uses a 59.6 kWh battery. The VF7 globally has options like a 70.8 kWh or 75.3 kWh battery, with power going up to 354 PS and ranges reaching around 450 km, depending on the setup.
\n\n\n\n
When will the VinFast VF6 and VF7 be available in India?
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is planning to launch these cars in India soon. Pre-bookings are already open, and the company is showcasing them in malls across 11 major cities to give people a closer look before they officially hit the market.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/cars/car-wraps/vinfast-vf-6-vf-7-variants-2025-colours-features-and-pricing-revealed/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Vinfast-VF-6-VF-7-Variants-2025-Colours-Features-and-Pricing-Revealed.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Vinfast-VF-6-VF-7-Variants-2025-Colours-Features-and-Pricing-Revealed.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-06T12:59:28","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-06T12:59:28","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 06, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/cars/car-wraps/vinfast-vf-6-vf-7-variants-2025-colours-features-and-pricing-revealed/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9312,"title":"Oben Rorr EZ Sigma 2025 Highlights","content":"\n
So, Oben Electric just dropped their new Rorr EZ Sigma electric motorcycle, and it's got some interesting updates. They're calling it the next step for their Rorr platform, aiming to make daily rides better. It's hitting the market with a pretty decent introductory price, which is always good to see, especially with all the new tech packed in. They've even made it available on Amazon, which is a bit different for a bike launch.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Next Gen Oben Rorr EZ Sigma Electric Motorcycle Launch Price Rs 1.27 Lakh is the latest offering from Oben Electric.
\n\n\n\n
It comes with two battery options: 3.4 kWh and 4.4 kWh, priced at Rs 1.27 lakh and Rs 1.37 lakh respectively as introductory offers.
\n\n\n\n
Key new features include a reverse mode, a 5-inch TFT color display with navigation, and an ergonomically redesigned seat.
\n\n\n\n
The motorcycle boasts a top speed of 95 km/h and a claimed range of up to 175 km, with fast charging capabilities.
\n\n\n\n
Bookings are open for Rs 2,999, with deliveries starting August 15, 2025, and it's also available for purchase via Amazon.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Next Gen Oben Rorr EZ Sigma Electric Motorcycle Launch Price Rs 1.27 Lakh
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma has officially landed, and it's looking to shake things up in the electric commuter bike scene. This next-gen model builds on the Rorr EZ platform, bringing some pretty neat upgrades for everyday riders. It's hitting the market with a special introductory price, which is always a good sign for early adopters.
\n\n\n\n
Oben Rorr EZ Sigma Unveiled
\n\n\n\n
Oben Electric has rolled out the Rorr EZ Sigma, positioning it as a smarter, more evolved version of their existing Rorr EZ. They've focused on making it better for city riding and longer commutes, which is what most people are looking for in an electric bike these days. It’s designed and built right here in India, keeping our roads in mind.
\n\n\n\n
Introductory Pricing Details
\n\n\n\n
So, let's talk numbers. The Rorr EZ Sigma kicks off with an introductory price of ₹1.27 lakh for the 3.4 kWh battery version. If you need a bit more juice, there's also a 4.4 kWh variant available for ₹1.37 lakh. These prices are ex-showroom and are only for a limited time, so if you're interested, you might want to act fast before they go up.
\n\n\n\n
Booking and Delivery Information
\n\n\n\n
Ready to put your name down? You can book the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma right now for ₹2,999. Deliveries are slated to start from August 15, 2025. Plus, you can check it out and even take a test ride at Oben dealerships across the country.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features and Design Enhancements
\n\n\n\n
Updated Aesthetics and Color Options
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma keeps the general look of the previous model but adds some fresh touches. You'll notice bolder graphics that give it a more aggressive stance. Plus, there's a new Electric Red color option to go along with the existing Photon White, Electro Amber, and Surge Cyan. It's a nice way to personalize your ride.
\n\n\n\n
Ergonomic Seat Redesign
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
They've actually gone back and redesigned the seat to be more comfortable, especially for longer rides. This is a big deal for anyone who plans on using the bike for commuting or weekend trips. A more comfortable seat means you can ride longer without feeling worn out. It's these kinds of thoughtful updates that really make a difference in daily use.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Ground Clearance and Tires
\n\n\n\n
To make sure it handles Indian city roads well, the Rorr EZ Sigma gets a bit more ground clearance, now at 200 mm. It also comes with wider 17-inch tires. These wider tires, specifically 130/70-17, should give you better grip and control, which is always a good thing, especially when you're dealing with different road conditions or need to brake suddenly. This makes the bike feel more planted and stable on the road, giving you more confidence when you're riding. You can find more details about the bike's performance on the Oben website.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The focus on practical improvements like a better seat and more capable tires shows Oben is listening to rider feedback and trying to make the Rorr EZ Sigma a more practical choice for everyday use.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Technology and Connectivity
\n\n\n\n
The new Oben Rorr EZ Sigma electric motorcycle isn't just about getting from point A to point B; it's packed with tech to make that journey smoother and more connected. One of the neatest additions is the new Reverse Mode. This feature is a real lifesaver when you're trying to back out of a tight parking spot or a crowded garage. It makes maneuvering at low speeds much less of a hassle.
\n\n\n\n
New Reverse Mode Functionality
\n\n\n\n
This reverse assist is a simple but effective addition for urban riders. It's designed to help you get out of tricky situations without a lot of fuss. Just engage the mode, and the bike will gently move backward.
\n\n\n\n
5-Inch TFT Color Display with Navigation
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Your ride information is now presented on a bright, clear 5-inch TFT color display. This screen isn't just for showing your speed and battery level; it also includes built-in navigation, so you can keep your eyes on the road instead of glancing at your phone. Plus, you'll get alerts for incoming calls, messages, and even music controls right on the display. It really helps keep everything accessible.
\n\n\n\n
Oben Electric App Integration
\n\n\n\n
When you get the Rorr EZ Sigma, you also get a one-year subscription to the Oben Electric App. This app connects your smartphone to the motorcycle, giving you access to some pretty useful features. You can track your rides, see the bike's location using GPS, and even get remote diagnostics. It's a good way to stay in touch with your bike and monitor its health. The app also helps you find charging stations, which is always handy for electric vehicles. You can check out more about the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma on Amazon.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The integration of navigation and smart alerts on the TFT display, combined with the practical reverse mode, shows Oben is thinking about the everyday challenges riders face in the city. It’s these thoughtful tech additions that can really make a difference in how you use an electric motorcycle daily.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Battery Options and Performance Specifications
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Oben Electric is offering the Rorr EZ Sigma with two different battery pack sizes, both built using their own LFP battery tech. This means they're designed to handle India's weather better and should last longer than some other types. You can choose between a 3.4 kWh pack or a larger 4.4 kWh one.
\n\n\n\n
Dual Battery Variants Available
\n\n\n\n
The two battery options give riders a choice based on their needs and budget. The 3.4 kWh version is priced at ₹1.27 lakh, while the 4.4 kWh model goes for ₹1.37 lakh. These are introductory prices, so they won't stay this low forever.
\n\n\n\n
Top Speed and Acceleration Figures
\n\n\n\n
No matter which battery you pick, the Rorr EZ Sigma has the same performance specs. It can hit a top speed of 95 km/h. Getting up to speed is pretty quick too; it can go from 0 to 40 km/h in just 3.3 seconds. This is thanks to its 52 Nm of torque, which is pretty good for this class of bike.
\n\n\n\n
Charging Capabilities and Range
\n\n\n\n
When it comes to range, the 3.4 kWh battery is good for up to 140 km (IDC certified), and the bigger 4.4 kWh battery can take you up to 175 km (also IDC certified). Both battery packs support fast charging, which is a big plus. You can get a charge from 0% to 80% in about 1.5 hours. This makes it easier to top up if you're on a longer trip. For those who want extra peace of mind, there's an optional Battery Protect 8/80 Plan available. You can also find charging stations easily using the Oben Electric App, which is included for a year with the bike. This app connects you to a network of over 68,000 charging points across the country, making it easier to plan your rides. You can check out more about their battery technology on their website.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The LFP battery technology used by Oben Electric is a key selling point, offering improved thermal resistance and a longer lifespan compared to other battery chemistries. This focus on durability and performance aims to provide a reliable riding experience for everyday use.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Safety and Security Measures
\n\n\n\n
When you're out riding the Next Gen Oben Rorr EZ Sigma, staying safe and secure is a big deal. Oben Electric has put some thought into this, giving the bike a few features to help you out. They've included Unified Brake Assist (UBA) which helps make your braking more controlled, especially when you need to stop quickly. There's also a Driver Alert System (DAS) that's supposed to keep you more aware of what's going on around you. For better grip on the road, it comes with wide tires, and it can handle a bit of water, up to 230 mm, which is handy for those unexpected puddles or monsoon showers.
\n\n\n\n
Unified Brake Assist and Driver Alert System
\n\n\n\n
These systems are designed to work together to give you more confidence on the road. The UBA helps distribute braking force, making stops smoother, while the DAS is there to give you little nudges if it senses something might be off. It's all about making the ride safer.
\n\n\n\n
Water-Wading Depth and Tire Grip
\n\n\n\n
With a water-wading depth of 230 mm, the Rorr EZ Sigma is better prepared for wet conditions than some other bikes. Plus, those wide tires offer a good contact patch with the road, which should translate to better stability and handling, especially when you're cornering or braking. It’s good to know you have that extra bit of traction when you need it.
\n\n\n\n
Theft Protection and Vandalism Alerts
\n\n\n\n
Oben hasn't forgotten about security either. The bike has features like geo-fencing, so you can set up virtual boundaries and get alerted if the bike moves outside of them. There's also a battery lock to keep the power source secure, and it even has vandalism alerts. This means if someone tries to mess with your bike, you should get a notification. You can find out more about the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma on Amazon for purchase.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's always a good idea to familiarize yourself with all the safety and security features of any new vehicle you get. Understanding how these systems work can make a big difference in your day-to-day riding experience and peace of mind.
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Warranty and Purchase Accessibility
\n\n\n\n
When you're looking at the new Oben Rorr EZ Sigma, it's good to know what kind of support you get after you buy it. Oben Electric is offering a special deal to make owning this bike even better. They have an optional Battery Protect 8/80 Plan that covers your battery for eight years or up to 80,000 kilometers, whichever comes first. This plan costs an extra ₹9,999, but it gives you some serious peace of mind, especially with electric vehicles. It's transferable too, which is a nice touch if you ever decide to sell the bike.
\n\n\n\n
Optional Battery Protect Plan
\n\n\n\n
This plan is pretty straightforward. It's designed to protect you against any unexpected issues with the battery, which is a big part of the bike's value. It's a good idea to consider it, especially since battery technology is still evolving.
\n\n\n\n
Purchase Through Amazon
\n\n\n\n
One of the cool things about the Rorr EZ Sigma is how easy it is to buy. Besides checking it out at their showrooms, you can also find it on Amazon. This makes it super accessible for a lot of people who prefer shopping online. It's a big step for electric bikes to be available on major e-commerce platforms like Amazon India.
\n\n\n\n
Test Rides and Dealership Network
\n\n\n\n
Before you commit, Oben Electric wants you to experience the bike firsthand. They've got test rides available at their showrooms all over India. So, you can go, feel the ride, check out the features, and make sure it's the right fit for you. It’s always best to try before you buy, right?
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma is officially here, and it looks like Oben Electric is really trying to make a splash in the electric commuter bike scene. With a starting price of ₹1.27 lakh, it’s definitely aiming for a good chunk of the market. They've added some neat features like that reverse mode, which could be a lifesaver in tight spots, and a better display. Plus, the extended battery warranty is a nice touch for peace of mind. It’ll be interesting to see how it stacks up against other bikes once people start riding them regularly, but for now, it seems like a solid step forward for Oben.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
How much does the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma cost?
\n\n\n\n
The new Oben Rorr EZ Sigma electric motorcycle starts at Rs 1.27 lakh for the version with a 3.4 kWh battery. If you want the bigger 4.4 kWh battery, it costs Rs 1.37 lakh. These are special prices for a short time, so they might go up later.
\n\n\n\n
When can I book and receive the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma?
\n\n\n\n
You can book the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma by paying Rs 2,999. The company started letting people take test rides at their stores, and the bikes will start being delivered on August 15, 2025.
\n\n\n\n
What new features does the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma have?
\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma has some cool new things like a reverse mode to help you park easily. It also has a 5-inch color screen that shows you where to go (navigation) and alerts you for calls, messages, and music.
\n\n\n\n
How fast can it go and how far can it travel on one charge?
\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma can go up to 95 km per hour. It has two battery choices: one that can go about 140 km on a single charge and another that can go around 175 km.
\n\n\n\n
Is there a warranty available for the battery?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, Oben Electric offers an extra warranty plan called the Battery Protect 8/80 Plan. This plan covers the battery for 8 years or 80,000 km, whichever comes first, and it costs Rs 9,999.
\n\n\n\n
Where can I buy the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma?
\n\n\n\n
You can buy the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma through Amazon, which makes it easier to get. You can also test ride it at Oben dealerships all over India.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/oben-rorr-ez-sigma-2025-highlights/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-2025-Highlights.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-2025-Highlights.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-05T13:53:17","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-05T13:53:17","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 05, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/oben-rorr-ez-sigma-2025-highlights/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9311,"title":"2025 Yamaha MT-15 Ver 2.0: Price, New Features & Colours Explained","content":"\n
So, Yamaha just dropped the 2025 MT-15 Version 2.0, and it's got some pretty cool updates. They're calling it the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Ver 2.0 Launch Price Rs 1.69 L – New Colours, TFT Display, which is a mouthful, I know. Basically, it's got a new screen, some fresh paint jobs, and a few other bits that make it a bit more modern. I'm curious to see how these changes shake out for riders, especially with the new tech they've added. It seems like they're really trying to appeal to the younger crowd with this one, which makes sense for this kind of bike.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
The 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 is here, starting at Rs 1.69 lakh for the standard model and Rs 1.80 lakh for the DLX version.
\n\n\n\n
A big change is the new colour TFT display, which now includes turn-by-turn navigation, connecting via the Y-Connect app.
\n\n\n\n
You can get it in three new colours: Ice Storm DLX, Vivid Violet Metallic DLX, and Metallic Silver Cyan for the standard model.
\n\n\n\n
The bike still uses the same 155cc liquid-cooled engine with VVA, paired with a six-speed gearbox and an Assist & Slipper Clutch.
\n\n\n\n
Safety gets a boost with the addition of a Traction Control System (TCS), which isn't common in this class.
\n\n\n\n
2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 Pricing And Variants
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Yamaha has rolled out the 2025 version of its popular MT-15 streetfighter, and it comes with a couple of different price points depending on the trim. The standard model kicks things off at Rs. 1.69 lakh, making it a pretty accessible entry into Yamaha's aggressive MT lineup. If you're looking for a bit more flair and features, the DLX variant is also available, though it comes with a slightly higher price tag. It's good to see Yamaha offering choices here, catering to different budgets and preferences within the same model.
\n\n\n\n
Standard Variant Pricing
\n\n\n\n
The base model of the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 is priced at Rs. 1,69,550 (ex-showroom). This version offers the core MT-15 experience with its performance and styling, but without some of the premium features found on the DLX trim. It's a solid option for riders who want the aggressive naked bike look and feel without breaking the bank.
\n\n\n\n
DLX Variant Pricing
\n\n\n\n
For those who want a bit more, the DLX variant is priced at Rs. 1,80,500 (ex-showroom). This higher price point gets you access to the new colour TFT display with navigation and other connected features, plus some of the newer colour options. It's aimed at riders who appreciate the latest tech and a more premium aesthetic. This variant really steps up the bike's connectivity game.
\n\n\n\n
Ex-Showroom Delhi Costs
\n\n\n\n
To be clear, the prices mentioned are ex-showroom figures for Delhi. This means the final on-road price will include other charges like registration, insurance, and local taxes, which will vary depending on your specific location. So, while the Rs. 1.69 lakh figure is a good starting point, remember to factor in those additional costs when budgeting for your new Yamaha MT-15 V2.
\n\n\n\n
Technological Advancements In The New Model
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha really stepped up the game with the 2025 MT-15 Version 2.0, especially when it comes to tech. They've listened to what riders want, and it shows. The biggest news is the new color TFT display, which is a pretty sweet upgrade from the old LCD. It makes everything look sharper and more modern.
\n\n\n\n
Colour TFT Display With Navigation
\n\n\n\n
This new display isn't just for looks; it actually comes with turn-by-turn navigation. This is a huge deal for anyone who rides in unfamiliar areas or just likes to plan their routes. It means you can keep your eyes on the road more and fiddle with your phone less. It’s a feature that really makes the bike feel more premium and practical for everyday use.
\n\n\n\n
Bluetooth Connectivity Via Y-Connect App
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Pairing your smartphone is now a breeze thanks to Bluetooth connectivity and the Yamaha Y-Connect app. This lets you link your phone directly to the bike, which is pretty cool. You can see all sorts of info right there on the display or through the app.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced App Features For Riders
\n\n\n\n
The Y-Connect app has also gotten a bunch of useful updates. You can now check things like maintenance reminders, find your parked bike, see your fuel consumption in real-time, and even get malfunction notifications. There's also a revs dashboard and a rider ranking system, which adds a bit of fun competition if you're into that sort of thing. It’s all about making the riding experience more connected and informative. You can check out more details about the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2 DLX and its features.
\n\n\n\n
Fresh Colour Options For 2025
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha is really shaking things up for 2025 with the MT-15 Version 2.0, and a big part of that is the fresh coat of paint they're offering. They know that looks matter, especially to the younger crowd they're targeting. So, they've rolled out some seriously cool new colorways that should definitely turn heads.
\n\n\n\n
Ice Storm DLX Debut
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
This is a pretty big deal because the 'Ice Storm' color is a staple in the MT series globally, and it's finally making its way to India with the DLX trim. It gives the bike a really clean, almost frosty look that’s super appealing.
\n\n\n\n
Vivid Violet Metallic Appeal
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
If you're looking for something a bit more vibrant, the 'Vivid Violet Metallic' option for the DLX model should be right up your alley. It’s got this sporty, energetic vibe that just screams performance.
\n\n\n\n
Metallic Silver Cyan For Standard
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
And for the standard variant, Yamaha is bringing in 'Metallic Silver Cyan'. This one sounds like it’s going for a bold, aggressive stance on the road, which fits the MT-15's 'Dark Side of Japan' theme perfectly.
\n\n\n\n
It's great to see Yamaha offering these distinct choices. It really lets riders pick a bike that matches their personality. Plus, the existing Metallic Black color is still available, so there are plenty of options to go around.
\n\n\n\n
Engine Performance And Drivetrain
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 is its proven 155cc liquid-cooled engine, featuring Variable Valve Actuation (VVA). This setup allows the engine to deliver a strong 18.4 PS of power and 14.1 Nm of torque, with peak performance available across a good portion of the rev range. Yamaha has really tuned this engine to be punchy in the mid-range, making it feel lively for city riding. It's the same engine found in the R15, so you know it's got some serious capability.
\n\n\n\n
155cc Liquid-Cooled VVA Engine
\n\n\n\n
This engine is pretty advanced for its class. The VVA system helps it breathe better at different RPMs, giving you a good mix of low-end response and top-end power. It's a high-revving unit that can easily push past 10,000 rpm, and it's known for being quite fuel-efficient too, with many riders reporting figures well over 50 kmpl.
\n\n\n\n
Six-Speed Gearbox With Assist & Slipper Clutch
\n\n\n\n
Paired with this capable engine is a smooth-shifting six-speed gearbox. What really makes a difference here is the Assist & Slipper Clutch. This system not only makes the clutch lever feel lighter, reducing hand fatigue in traffic, but it also helps prevent the rear wheel from locking up during aggressive downshifts. It makes for a more controlled and enjoyable ride, especially when you're pushing it a bit.
\n\n\n\n
Traction Control System For Safety
\n\n\n\n
One of the standout features for this segment is the inclusion of a Traction Control System (TCS). This electronic aid monitors wheel speed and can intervene if it detects the rear wheel losing grip, like on wet or slippery roads. It's a great safety net that adds a significant layer of confidence for the rider, especially for those newer to riding or when conditions aren't ideal.
\n\n\n\n
\n
While the engine is peppy and responsive, don't expect it to feel strained past 120 kmph. There are also some minor vibrations that can be felt on the footpegs at higher speeds, but overall, it's a very refined package for its displacement.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Features And Rider Engagement
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha really packed the 2025 MT-15 Version 2.0 with stuff to make your rides better. It’s not just about looking cool; it’s about how the bike feels and works for you.
\n\n\n\n
Bi-functional LED Headlamp
\n\n\n\n
This bike’s got a new LED projector headlamp. It’s designed to give you a really clear view at night, making those evening rides a lot safer. Plus, it’s got those sharp-looking LED DRLs (Daytime Running Lights) that make the bike stand out even when the sun’s up.
\n\n\n\n
Multi-Function LCD Display
\n\n\n\n
Forget basic speedometers. The MT-15 now sports a multi-function LCD display. It shows you everything you need to know – gear position, fuel economy, and even has a rev limiter warning. It’s all laid out clearly so you can keep your eyes on the road.
\n\n\n\n
Assist & Slipper Clutch Functionality
\n\n\n\n
This is a big one for rider engagement. The assist and slipper clutch makes downshifting smoother and easier. It helps prevent the rear wheel from locking up during aggressive downshifts, which means less chance of a skid and a more controlled ride, especially when you’re pushing the bike a bit. It really makes a difference when you’re weaving through traffic or coming into a corner.
\n\n\n\n
The Takeaway
\n\n\n\n
So, Yamaha's really giving the MT-15 Version 2.0 a solid update for 2025. Adding that color TFT display with navigation is a big deal, especially for younger riders who want all the tech. Plus, the new colors give it a fresh look. It’s still got that same peppy 155cc engine and sharp handling that people like, and now with traction control, it feels a bit safer too. For the price, it seems like Yamaha is trying to keep it competitive while adding more value. It’s definitely a bike worth checking out if you’re in the market for a stylish, tech-forward streetfighter.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
How much does the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The new 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 costs Rs 1.69 lakh for the basic model and Rs 1.80 lakh for the fancier DLX model. These prices are before any taxes and fees in Delhi.
\n\n\n\n
What's new with the technology on this bike?
\n\n\n\n
The biggest new thing is a color screen that shows you where to go, like a mini GPS. It also connects to your phone using an app called Y-Connect, so you can see things like when to service your bike or where you parked it.
\n\n\n\n
What new colors can I get for the 2025 MT-15?
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha added three cool new colors: Ice Storm for the DLX model, Vivid Violet Metallic for the DLX model, and Metallic Silver Cyan for the regular model. The old Metallic Black color is still available too.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does the 2025 MT-15 have?
\n\n\n\n
It has the same 155cc engine that's cooled by liquid. This engine is good for about 18.4 horsepower. It also has a six-speed transmission with a special clutch that makes shifting smoother and safer, especially when you slow down.
\n\n\n\n
How does the bike handle and what makes it stable?
\n\n\n\n
The bike is built on a strong frame called a Deltabox frame, which is known for making the bike handle well. It also has an aluminum swingarm, like those used in MotoGP racing, and front forks that look cool and help with a smoother ride.
\n\n\n\n
Does the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 have traction control?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has a Traction Control System (TCS). This is a safety feature that helps stop the rear wheel from spinning too much if you hit a slippery spot, giving you more control.
Just when city rides started to feel routine, Aprilia dropped its SR 125, launched at Rs 1 lakh 2 thousand. It packs sharper styling, a tweaked engine, and a few handy tech upgrades. I popped into a dealership this weekend to check out the new SR 125 in person—here’s what stood out.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Aprilia SR 125 Launched Priced At Rs 1 lakh 2 thousand is now stocked at dealers in major cities with simple booking steps and launch offers.
\n\n\n\n
The SR 125 gets a sportier front look, fresh graphics, a new color palette, and small chassis tweaks for a more comfortable ride.
\n\n\n\n
Under the hood is a BS6-compliant 124.45cc engine that delivers smooth acceleration, solid torque, real-world fuel figures, and low upkeep.
\n\n\n\n
Rider confidence is boosted by the combi brake system, a front disc brake, and improved stopping power.
\n\n\n\n
The revamped console pairs analog dials with a digital readout, shows trip computer info clearly, and adds brighter lighting for better visibility.
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Aprilia SR 125 Launched Priced At Rs 1 Lakh 2 Thousand Launch Highlights
\n\n\n\n
Dealer Availability Across Major Cities
\n\n\n\n
The Aprilia SR 125 is hitting showrooms across major cities right now. I checked with a few friends, and it seems like most dealerships are getting their first shipments this week. This widespread availability is a big plus, making it easier for potential buyers to check out the scooter in person. It's a smart move by Aprilia to ensure that the SR 125 is accessible from day one. I'm hearing that some smaller towns might have to wait a bit longer, but the initial focus is definitely on the metro areas.
\n\n\n\n
Booking Process And Introductory Offers
\n\n\n\n
Booking the SR 125 seems pretty straightforward. Most dealers are accepting bookings online and in-store. Introductory offers are also in play, with some dealers throwing in extended warranties or accessories packages. From what I gather, the waiting period is around 2-3 weeks, but that could change depending on demand. It's always a good idea to check with your local dealer for the most up-to-date information. Some dealerships are also offering test rides, so you can get a feel for the scooter before committing. Don't forget to ask about finance options too!
\n\n\n\n
Dealer Feedback And Initial Response
\n\n\n\n
Dealers seem pretty optimistic about the SR 125. They're saying that the sporty design and the Aprilia brand name are attracting a lot of attention. The price point of Rs 1 lakh 2 thousand is also seen as competitive, especially considering the features on offer. Initial response from customers has been positive, with many appreciating the updated styling and the improved performance. It sounds like Aprilia might have a winner on their hands. I'm curious to see how it stacks up against the competition in the long run. The Aprilia SR 175 could be a game changer.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth noting that some dealers are reporting higher interest in the SR 125 compared to the earlier SR 160 model. This could be due to the lower price point or the updated features. Either way, it's a good sign for Aprilia.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick summary of what dealers are saying:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Strong initial interest
\n\n\n\n
Positive customer feedback on design
\n\n\n\n
Competitive price point
\n\n\n\n
Optimistic sales forecasts
\n
\n\n\n\n
Sleek Styling And Updated Visual Identity
\n\n\n\n
Let's be real, the Aprilia SR 125 isn't just about getting from A to B; it's about doing it with some style. Aprilia has clearly put some effort into making this scooter stand out from the crowd. It's got that sporty vibe that Aprilia is known for, but with some fresh touches that make it feel modern and new. The design tweaks aren't revolutionary, but they definitely give the SR 125 a more refined and appealing look.
\n\n\n\n
New Front Fascia With Sporty Headlight
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The front of the SR 125 has been given a makeover, and it's pretty noticeable. The headlight is definitely the focal point, with a design that looks aggressive and sporty. It's not just about looks, though; the new headlight should also provide better visibility, which is always a plus when you're riding at night. The overall shape of the front fascia is sharper and more angular, giving the scooter a more dynamic appearance.
\n\n\n\n
Refreshed Graphics And Color Palette
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
One of the easiest ways to update a vehicle's look is with new colors and graphics, and Aprilia hasn't missed a beat here. The SR 125 comes in a range of new color options that are designed to appeal to a younger audience. The graphics are also new, with bold designs that complement the scooter's sporty styling. These changes make the SR 125 look fresh and exciting.
\n\n\n\n
Emissions Compliant Powertrain And Performance
\n\n\n\n
Smooth Acceleration And Torque Delivery
\n\n\n\n
The Aprilia SR 125 aims to provide a responsive ride, especially in city conditions. The engine is tuned to deliver usable torque at lower RPMs, which should translate to fewer gear changes and a more relaxed riding experience. I'm curious to see how it handles quick overtakes in traffic. It's all about that initial pull, right?
\n\n\n\n
Fuel Economy And Real World Figures
\n\n\n\n
Fuel efficiency is a big deal for scooters, and the SR 125 needs to be competitive. While official figures are important, what really matters is how it performs in the real world. We'll be looking at how many kilometers you can actually squeeze out of a full tank during typical commutes. Here's what I'm expecting:
\n\n\n\n
\n
City riding: 40-45 kmpl
\n\n\n\n
Highway cruising: 45-50 kmpl
\n\n\n\n
Combined: 42-47 kmpl
\n
\n\n\n\n
Low Maintenance Engine Architecture
\n\n\n\n
Nobody wants to spend all their time and money on servicing. The SR 125's engine is designed with simplicity in mind, aiming for longer service intervals and fewer potential headaches. This should translate to lower running costs over the scooter's lifespan.
\n\n\n\n
\n
A reliable engine is key. It's not just about the initial price; it's about what you'll be paying down the road. Regular maintenance is a must, but a well-designed engine can minimize unexpected repairs and keep you on the road longer.
\n
\n\n\n\n
I'm hoping the TVS Raider 125 will be a good comparison.
\n\n\n\n
Comprehensive Safety And Braking Technologies
\n\n\n\n
Let's talk safety. The Aprilia SR 125 aims to provide a secure ride through a combination of braking components and design considerations. It's not just about going fast; it's about stopping when you need to.
\n\n\n\n
Combi Brake System Functionality
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The SR 125 features a combi braking system (CBS). This system links the front and rear brakes, so applying one lever activates both brakes to some extent. This helps in reducing stopping distances and provides more stability during braking, especially for newer riders. It's a pretty standard feature these days, but it's good to have for that extra bit of safety. The CBS ensures that even if you only grab one brake lever in a panic situation, you're still getting balanced braking force. This can really help prevent skidding or losing control.
\n\n\n\n
Disc Brake Setup And Stopping Power
\n\n\n\n
The scooter uses a disc brake at the front. The front disc brake is really good on this one. The power, bite and feel from the front disc is impressive. In fact, it’s better than some of the 150cc bikes out there. The rear brake is well balanced and offers decent progression. But press the lever little over the half way, and you will see the rear. The Aprilia SR 125 is equipped with a 220mm front disc brake paired with a twin-piston caliper. This setup provides adequate stopping power for city riding conditions. The rear brake is a drum brake, which is pretty standard for scooters in this segment. While a rear disc might offer slightly better performance, the drum brake is cost-effective and reliable.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Rider Confidence Features
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the CBS and disc brake, the SR 125 incorporates a few other features that contribute to rider confidence. These aren't necessarily groundbreaking, but they all add up to a safer and more predictable riding experience:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Good tire grip: The tires provide decent grip in both dry and wet conditions, which is important for maintaining control.
\n\n\n\n
Responsive throttle: A smooth and predictable throttle response allows for better control over acceleration and deceleration.
\n\n\n\n
Balanced weight distribution: The scooter's weight is distributed in a way that makes it stable and easy to handle, even at low speeds.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Overall, the Aprilia SR 125's safety features are adequate for its intended use as a city commuter. While it lacks advanced features like ABS, the CBS and disc brake provide a decent level of stopping power and control. It's important for riders to always wear a helmet and practice safe riding habits, regardless of the scooter's safety features.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Instrumentation And Rider Connectivity
\n\n\n\n
The Aprilia SR 125 aims to provide a modern riding experience through its updated instrumentation and connectivity features. Let's take a closer look at what riders can expect.
\n\n\n\n
Digital Analog Console Layout
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The SR 125 features a redesigned console that blends digital and analog elements. The main display is now fully digital, offering a wealth of information at a glance. This is a significant upgrade from previous models, providing a more contemporary feel. The layout is designed to be intuitive, allowing riders to easily access key data while on the move.
\n\n\n\n
Integrated Trip Computer Readouts
\n\n\n\n
The digital console integrates a trip computer, providing riders with useful information about their journeys. This includes:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Real-time fuel consumption
\n\n\n\n
Average speed
\n\n\n\n
Distance traveled
\n\n\n\n
Top speed recorder
\n
\n\n\n\n
These readouts can help riders optimize their riding style for better fuel efficiency and track their performance over time. It's a nice touch for those who like to keep tabs on their stats.
\n\n\n\n
Illumination And Visibility Upgrades
\n\n\n\n
The SR 125 comes with enhanced illumination for better visibility, especially at night. The digital display is backlit, making it easy to read in all lighting conditions. The scooter also features an LED headlight, which provides a brighter and more focused beam of light. This improves rider safety by increasing visibility to other road users.
\n\n\n\n
\n
While the SR 125's instrumentation is a step up, it's worth noting that it currently lacks Bluetooth connectivity. This means riders won't be able to connect their smartphones for features like navigation or call alerts. However, the core functionality is solid, and the display provides all the essential information a rider needs.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Analysis Against Segment Rivals
\n\n\n\n
Comparison With TVS NTorq And Suzuki Burgman
\n\n\n\n
The Aprilia SR 125 enters a crowded market, facing established rivals like the TVS NTorq 125 and the Suzuki Burgman Street. The NTorq, known for its sporty performance and feature-rich console, presents a strong challenge. The Burgman Street, with its focus on comfort and practicality, appeals to a different set of buyers. Aprilia needs to highlight its unique selling points to carve a niche.
\n\n\n\n
Strengths Against Honda Activa Model
\n\n\n\n
While the Honda Activa remains the undisputed king of the scooter segment, it caters to a more conservative audience. The Aprilia SR 125, with its sporty styling and performance-oriented setup, targets a younger demographic. The Activa prioritizes fuel efficiency and reliability, while the SR 125 emphasizes handling and a more engaging riding experience. It's a trade-off between practicality and fun. The Aprilia SR 125 hp.e delivers enhanced performance.
\n\n\n\n
Unique Value Proposition Of Aprilia SR
\n\n\n\n
Aprilia brings a distinct European flair to the scooter market. Its focus on sporty handling, distinctive styling, and a premium brand image sets it apart. While it might not match the fuel efficiency of some rivals or the feature list of others, it offers a unique blend of performance and style that appeals to riders looking for something different. Consider these points:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Sporty handling and responsive engine
\n\n\n\n
Distinctive Italian design
\n\n\n\n
Premium brand appeal
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Aprilia SR 125 aims to offer a more engaging and stylish alternative to the mainstream scooter options. It's about making a statement and enjoying the ride, even if it comes at a slight premium.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Conclusion
\n\n\n\n
Putting the Aprilia SR 125 on your radar makes sense if you need a quick, stylish ride that won't break the bank. It costs just ₹1,02,000 on-road in Delhi. The 125cc engine has enough kick for daily runs, and the lightweight frame lets you weave through traffic without fuss. It's not the fastest scooter around. But at this price, finding its mix of looks and kit elsewhere is tough. If you want something that stands out and still keeps your wallet happy, the new SR 125 is worth a spin.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the on-road price of the Aprilia SR 125?
\n\n\n\n
The Aprilia SR 125 is priced at Rs 1,02,000 (ex-showroom). On-road price may vary by city depending on taxes and insurance.
\n\n\n\n
How do I book the new Aprilia SR 125?
\n\n\n\n
You can book it at any Aprilia dealer in major cities by paying a small token amount. Some dealers also offer online booking on the official Aprilia India website.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does the SR 125 use?
\n\n\n\n
It has a 124.45 cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled BS6 engine. It makes about 9.97 bhp of power and 10.33 Nm of torque.
\n\n\n\n
What mileage can I expect from this scooter?
\n\n\n\n
You can expect around 45 to 50 kilometers per liter in real-world riding, depending on traffic and riding style.
\n\n\n\n
Does it come with disc brakes and safety features?
\n\n\n\n
Yes. The SR 125 has a front disc brake, a rear drum brake, and a Combined Braking System (CBS) to help you stop safely.
\n\n\n\n
What about warranty and service intervals?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter comes with a standard one-year warranty. Regular service is recommended every 3,000 kilometers or six months, whichever comes first.
\n\n\n\n\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/aprilia/offbeat/aprilia-sr-125-launch-highlights-features/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/07/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-4.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/07/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-4.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-07-16T12:39:35","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-07-16T12:39:35","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jul 16, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/aprilia/offbeat/aprilia-sr-125-launch-highlights-features/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"14 min read"},{"id":9258,"title":"Apache 450cc vs Norton 450cc: BMW 450cc Platform Showdown for Indian Motorcycle Fans","content":"\n
Big news for motorcycle fans in India! It looks like TVS, along with BMW Motorrad, is getting ready to shake things up in the mid-range bike market. We're talking about new 450cc bikes from TVS Apache and Norton, all built on a BMW 450cc platform. This could be a game-changer, bringing some serious competition to the streets and trails. Get ready for some exciting new rides heading your way soon!
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
TVS and BMW are working together on a new 450cc motorcycle platform, sharing engineering and design to create new models.
\n\n\n\n
India will see new 450cc bikes, including a TVS Apache RR 450, Norton 450cc models, and the BMW F 450 GS.
\n\n\n\n
Norton Motorcycles is making a comeback in India, aiming for the premium bike market with new models.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing for these bikes will happen in India, focusing on both local and global sales, helped by trade agreements.
\n\n\n\n
The new bikes will use a twin-cylinder inline engine with 48 horsepower, but each brand will have its own look.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS and BMW Motorrad Collaboration
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The partnership between TVS Motor Company and BMW Motorrad is a pretty big deal, especially for the Indian motorcycle market. It's not just about slapping logos on the same bike; it's a deeper collaboration that's set to shake things up. I think it's cool how two different companies can come together and make something new.
\n\n\n\n
Joint Development of 450cc Platform
\n\n\n\n
This collaboration centers around the joint development of a brand new 450cc platform. This isn't just about one model; it's a foundation for multiple bikes across different brands. The shared platform approach allows both TVS and BMW to leverage each other's strengths, reducing development costs and time. It's a win-win situation, really. I'm curious to see how different the bikes will be, even though they share the same base.
\n\n\n\n
Shared Engineering and Design
\n\n\n\n
Engineering and design are being shared between the two companies. This means that while each brand will maintain its distinctive styling, the core engineering principles and some design elements will be common. It's like they're sharing the same recipe but adding their own spices. I wonder if this will lead to some interesting design choices, or if the bikes will end up looking too similar. The TVS Apache RTR 310 is a great example of what they can achieve together.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Hub in India
\n\n\n\n
India is set to become a major manufacturing hub for these 450cc motorcycles. This is great news for the Indian economy, as it will create jobs and boost local manufacturing capabilities. Plus, manufacturing in India can help keep costs down, making these bikes more accessible to a wider range of customers. It's smart to use India as a base, given the growing demand for motorcycles there. I'm excited to see how this impacts the availability and pricing of the bikes.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The collaboration between TVS and BMW extends beyond just the 450cc platform. They're also working together on electric vehicle technology, which could lead to some exciting new EVs in the future. It's a long-term partnership with a lot of potential.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick summary of the benefits:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Reduced development costs
\n\n\n\n
Faster time to market
\n\n\n\n
Increased manufacturing capabilities
\n\n\n\n
Potential for global market expansion
\n
\n\n\n\n
New 450cc Motorcycles for India
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
It's exciting times for motorcycle enthusiasts in India! TVS is gearing up to launch its new range of 450cc motorcycles, and Norton is also joining the party with their own models. All of this is thanks to the collaboration with BMW and their new 450cc engine platform. It looks like TVS is ready to take on the sub-500cc market, currently dominated by Bajaj.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Apache RR 450 Flagship Model
\n\n\n\n
Rumors suggest that TVS will be launching a street naked version, likely called the Apache RTR 450. This model is expected to compete directly with the KTM 390 Duke and other similar bikes in the segment. It's going to be interesting to see how TVS positions this bike in terms of pricing and features. The Apache RR 310 has already proven to be a success, so expectations are high for its bigger sibling.
\n\n\n\n
Norton 450cc Offerings
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Norton is also planning to introduce 450cc motorcycles in India. The first model could be a retro roadster, designed to rival the Triumph Speed 400. The success of the Speed 400 in India has shown that there's a demand for well-priced, stylish bikes with a classic touch. It remains to be seen how TVS will market the Norton brand in India, given that it's not as well-known here as it is in other global markets.
\n\n\n\n
BMW F 450 GS Launch
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
BMW will also be launching its F 450 GS in India. This bike was first showcased as a concept at EICMA 2024 and is now in its final production stage. Test mules have been spotted frequently, indicating that the launch is imminent. The BMW F 450 GS will be powered by the same 450cc twin-cylinder engine co-developed with TVS.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The fact that all these bikes – TVS, Norton, and BMW – will be built at TVS’s factory in Hosur is a testament to the company's manufacturing capabilities and its commitment to the Indian market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Norton Motorcycles' India Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Revival of the Iconic British Brand
\n\n\n\n
TVS acquired Norton Motorcycles in 2020, and the plan is to bring back this iconic brand in a big way. The first Norton bikes are expected to hit the Indian market by the end of this year. TVS has invested heavily in reviving the brand, and now we're seeing the fruits of that labor. It's not just about slapping a Norton badge on any old bike; it's about restoring the prestige and legacy of a British legend.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Product Lineup for India
\n\n\n\n
Norton is likely to start with the V4SV model, followed by four more models in the first half of 2026. The initial production will be around 10,000 units per month, targeting sales in the UK, India, and Europe. The 450cc parallel-twin engine could power future Norton models, helping the brand stand out. The Norton V4SV model is expected to be the first offering.
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Premium Motorcycle Segment
\n\n\n\n
Norton aims to capture the premium motorcycle market in India, competing with brands like Aprilia. TVS plans to use separate dealerships for Norton and its premium TVS products to provide a better customer experience. This strategy mirrors what Hero MotoCorp is doing with its Premia showrooms and Honda with its Big Wing dealerships. The goal is to offer a refined purchase experience for customers looking for high-end bikes.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Norton's strategy involves not just launching bikes, but also creating a premium brand experience. This includes everything from the dealership environment to the after-sales service. It's about building a community around the Norton brand and making customers feel like they're part of something special.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at the planned rollout:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Late 2025: Launch of initial models like the V4SV
\n\n\n\n
First half of 2026: Introduction of four additional models
\n\n\n\n
Ongoing: Expansion of dealership network and customer support
\n
\n\n\n\n
Production and Market Expansion
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Capacity for Norton
\n\n\n\n
So, TVS is really ramping things up for Norton. They're planning to initially manufacture around 10,000 Norton motorcycles. This isn't just for India, but for global markets too. That's a lot of bikes! They've also brought in some new executive directors to help make sure everything goes smoothly. It sounds like they're serious about making this a success.
\n\n\n\n
Global and Domestic Market Focus
\n\n\n\n
With the new Norton models, TVS is aiming for the premium motorcycle market, both in India and internationally, including Europe. They're thinking about setting up exclusive dealerships for Norton and their premium TVS bikes to give customers a better experience. It's like how Hero MotoCorp has those Premia showrooms, or how Honda has the Big Wing dealerships.
\n\n\n\n
Free Trade Agreement Benefits
\n\n\n\n
One thing that's helping a lot is the free trade agreement between India and the UK. This makes it way easier to ship parts and even whole bikes back and forth. They can send parts to the UK to be assembled, or bring fully built bikes to India with lower import taxes. It's a big advantage for them.
\n\n\n\n
Engine Specifications and Performance
\n\n\n\n
New Twin-Cylinder Inline Engine
\n\n\n\n
The upcoming TVS Apache RR 450 and Norton 450cc models will feature a newly developed twin-cylinder, liquid-cooled engine. This engine is a product of the TVS and BMW Motorrad collaboration, and it's expected to deliver a significant step up in performance compared to existing single-cylinder offerings in the segment. The focus is on achieving a balance of power and refinement, suitable for both everyday riding and spirited performance.
\n\n\n\n
Power Output and Gearbox Details
\n\n\n\n
While exact figures are still under wraps, the engine is rumored to produce around 47 bhp. This output should place it competitively against rivals like the Aprilia RS 457. The gearbox is expected to be a six-speed unit, offering smooth and precise shifts. It's likely to include features like a slipper clutch to enhance control during aggressive downshifts. The engine is designed to provide a broad powerband, making it tractable in various riding conditions.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Landscape in India
\n\n\n\n
The Indian motorcycle market is about to get a whole lot more interesting. With TVS and Norton entering the 450cc segment, things are definitely going to heat up. It's not just about launching new bikes; it's about taking on established players and carving out a space in a very competitive market.
\n\n\n\n
Rivalry with Aprilia RS 457 and Tuono 457
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Aprilia has already made a splash with their RS 457, and the Tuono 457 is expected to follow suit. These bikes offer a blend of performance and style that appeals to younger riders. The TVS Apache RR 450 and Norton 450cc will need to offer something unique to stand out. It's going to be a battle of features, price, and brand appeal. Aprilia has the advantage of being an established international brand, but TVS has the home-field advantage with its extensive service network and understanding of the Indian market.
\n\n\n\n
Challenging Bajaj's Sub-500cc Dominance
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has been a dominant force in the sub-500cc segment for years, thanks to the Pulsar and Dominar range. These bikes are known for their affordability and reliability, making them a popular choice for a wide range of riders. TVS and Norton will need to convince buyers that their bikes offer better value or performance to sway them away from Bajaj's offerings. This could involve aggressive pricing strategies or highlighting specific features that Bajaj bikes lack.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Apache RTR 450 vs. KTM 390 Duke
\n\n\n\n
The KTM 390 Duke is another major player in this segment, known for its sporty handling and powerful engine. The Apache RTR 450 will likely be positioned as a direct competitor, offering a similar level of performance at a potentially more competitive price point. It's going to be interesting to see how TVS differentiates its bike from the Duke, whether it's through styling, features, or overall riding experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The success of TVS and Norton in the Indian market will depend on their ability to offer compelling products that cater to the specific needs and preferences of Indian riders. This includes factors such as fuel efficiency, reliability, and affordability, as well as performance and style.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Future Plans and Model Rollouts
\n\n\n\n
Upcoming Norton 1200cc Superbike
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Norton is gearing up to make a splash with a high-performance 1200cc superbike. The launch is expected to happen soon, and it's generating a lot of buzz. This bike is meant to showcase Norton's engineering and design capabilities. It's a bold move to enter the superbike segment, and it will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition.
\n\n\n\n
Six Norton Models Over Three Years
\n\n\n\n
Norton has big plans for the next few years. They're aiming to release six new models. This is a pretty aggressive timeline, and it shows they're serious about re-establishing themselves in the market. The models will likely cover a range of segments, from superbikes to more accessible bikes. It's a comprehensive strategy to capture different customer bases. The Ola Roadster X is also expected to arrive at showrooms soon.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Adventure Motorcycle RTX 300
\n\n\n\n
TVS is also looking to expand its lineup with an adventure motorcycle, the RTX 300. This would be a great addition to their portfolio, catering to the growing interest in adventure riding. It's a smart move to diversify and offer something for riders who want to explore beyond city limits. Here are some potential features:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Long-travel suspension
\n\n\n\n
Spoked wheels
\n\n\n\n
Rugged design
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The adventure segment is becoming increasingly popular, and TVS is positioning itself to take advantage of this trend. The RTX 300 could be a game-changer for the brand, attracting a new segment of riders and solidifying their position in the Indian market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668547\"]\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, what's the big takeaway here? TVS is really stepping up its game, and it looks like they're ready to shake things up in the motorcycle world. Getting these new 450cc bikes from Norton and TVS, all built on that BMW engine, is a pretty smart move. It means more choices for us riders, which is always a good thing. It'll be interesting to see how these new models do once they hit the roads. One thing's for sure: the next few years are going to be exciting for motorcycle fans in India and beyond.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the main idea behind the TVS, Norton, and BMW partnership?
\n\n\n\n
TVS and BMW Motorrad are working together to create a new motorcycle platform that uses a 450cc engine. This engine will be used in bikes from TVS, Norton, and BMW, with manufacturing happening in India.
\n\n\n\n
When will the first bikes from this partnership be available?
\n\n\n\n
The first BMW bike using this new 450cc engine, the F 450 GS, is expected to come out by the end of this year. Norton and TVS models based on the same engine will follow soon after.
\n\n\n\n
Tell me about the new 450cc engine.
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the new 450cc engine is a twin-cylinder inline engine that makes 48 horsepower and has a 6-speed gearbox. Each brand will give their bikes a unique look, even though they share many parts.
\n\n\n\n
What are Norton's plans for new motorcycles?
\n\n\n\n
Norton plans to launch six new motorcycle models over the next three years, starting with a 1,200cc superbike. They want to sell these bikes in India, the UK, and other parts of Europe.
\n\n\n\n
How will these new bikes compete in the Indian market?
\n\n\n\n
TVS aims to compete with other popular bikes like the Aprilia RS 457 and Tuono 457. They also want to challenge Bajaj, which currently sells a lot of motorcycles under 500cc in India.
\n\n\n\n
How does the trade agreement between India and the UK help Norton?
\n\n\n\n
The free trade agreement between India and the UK makes it easier to move parts and finished bikes between the two countries, which helps with manufacturing and sales for Norton.
Big news for motorcycle fans in India! It looks like TVS, along with BMW Motorrad, is getting ready to shake things up in the mid-range bike market. We're talking about new 450cc bikes from TVS Apache and Norton, all built on a BMW 450cc platform. This could be a game-changer, bringing some serious competition to the streets and trails. Get ready for some exciting new rides heading your way soon!
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
TVS and BMW are working together on a new 450cc motorcycle platform, sharing engineering and design to create new models.
\n\n\n\n
India will see new 450cc bikes, including a TVS Apache RR 450, Norton 450cc models, and the BMW F 450 GS.
\n\n\n\n
Norton Motorcycles is making a comeback in India, aiming for the premium bike market with new models.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing for these bikes will happen in India, focusing on both local and global sales, helped by trade agreements.
\n\n\n\n
The new bikes will use a twin-cylinder inline engine with 48 horsepower, but each brand will have its own look.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS and BMW Motorrad Collaboration
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The partnership between TVS Motor Company and BMW Motorrad is a pretty big deal, especially for the Indian motorcycle market. It's not just about slapping logos on the same bike; it's a deeper collaboration that's set to shake things up. I think it's cool how two different companies can come together and make something new.
\n\n\n\n
Joint Development of 450cc Platform
\n\n\n\n
This collaboration centers around the joint development of a brand new 450cc platform. This isn't just about one model; it's a foundation for multiple bikes across different brands. The shared platform approach allows both TVS and BMW to leverage each other's strengths, reducing development costs and time. It's a win-win situation, really. I'm curious to see how different the bikes will be, even though they share the same base.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Shared Engineering and Design
\n\n\n\n
Engineering and design are being shared between the two companies. This means that while each brand will maintain its distinctive styling, the core engineering principles and some design elements will be common. It's like they're sharing the same recipe but adding their own spices. I wonder if this will lead to some interesting design choices, or if the bikes will end up looking too similar. The TVS Apache RTR 310 is a great example of what they can achieve together.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Hub in India
\n\n\n\n
India is set to become a major manufacturing hub for these 450cc motorcycles. This is great news for the Indian economy, as it will create jobs and boost local manufacturing capabilities. Plus, manufacturing in India can help keep costs down, making these bikes more accessible to a wider range of customers. It's smart to use India as a base, given the growing demand for motorcycles there. I'm excited to see how this impacts the availability and pricing of the bikes.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The collaboration between TVS and BMW extends beyond just the 450cc platform. They're also working together on electric vehicle technology, which could lead to some exciting new EVs in the future. It's a long-term partnership with a lot of potential.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick summary of the benefits:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Reduced development costs
\n\n\n\n
Faster time to market
\n\n\n\n
Increased manufacturing capabilities
\n\n\n\n
Potential for global market expansion
\n
\n\n\n\n
New 450cc Motorcycles for India
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
It's exciting times for motorcycle enthusiasts in India! TVS is gearing up to launch its new range of 450cc motorcycles, and Norton is also joining the party with their own models. All of this is thanks to the collaboration with BMW and their new 450cc engine platform. It looks like TVS is ready to take on the sub-500cc market, currently dominated by Bajaj.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Apache RR 450 Flagship Model
\n\n\n\n
Rumors suggest that TVS will be launching a street naked version, likely called the Apache RTR 450. This model is expected to compete directly with the KTM 390 Duke and other similar bikes in the segment. It's going to be interesting to see how TVS positions this bike in terms of pricing and features. The Apache RR 310 has already proven to be a success, so expectations are high for its bigger sibling.
\n\n\n\n
Norton 450cc Offerings
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Norton is also planning to introduce 450cc motorcycles in India. The first model could be a retro roadster, designed to rival the Triumph Speed 400. The success of the Speed 400 in India has shown that there's a demand for well-priced, stylish bikes with a classic touch. It remains to be seen how TVS will market the Norton brand in India, given that it's not as well-known here as it is in other global markets.
\n\n\n\n
BMW F 450 GS Launch
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
BMW will also be launching its F 450 GS in India. This bike was first showcased as a concept at EICMA 2024 and is now in its final production stage. Test mules have been spotted frequently, indicating that the launch is imminent. The BMW F 450 GS will be powered by the same 450cc twin-cylinder engine co-developed with TVS.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The fact that all these bikes – TVS, Norton, and BMW – will be built at TVS’s factory in Hosur is a testament to the company's manufacturing capabilities and its commitment to the Indian market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Norton Motorcycles' India Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Revival of the Iconic British Brand
\n\n\n\n
TVS acquired Norton Motorcycles in 2020, and the plan is to bring back this iconic brand in a big way. The first Norton bikes are expected to hit the Indian market by the end of this year. TVS has invested heavily in reviving the brand, and now we're seeing the fruits of that labor. It's not just about slapping a Norton badge on any old bike; it's about restoring the prestige and legacy of a British legend.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Product Lineup for India
\n\n\n\n
Norton is likely to start with the V4SV model, followed by four more models in the first half of 2026. The initial production will be around 10,000 units per month, targeting sales in the UK, India, and Europe. The 450cc parallel-twin engine could power future Norton models, helping the brand stand out. The Norton V4SV model is expected to be the first offering.
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Premium Motorcycle Segment
\n\n\n\n
Norton aims to capture the premium motorcycle market in India, competing with brands like Aprilia. TVS plans to use separate dealerships for Norton and its premium TVS products to provide a better customer experience. This strategy mirrors what Hero MotoCorp is doing with its Premia showrooms and Honda with its Big Wing dealerships. The goal is to offer a refined purchase experience for customers looking for high-end bikes.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Norton's strategy involves not just launching bikes, but also creating a premium brand experience. This includes everything from the dealership environment to the after-sales service. It's about building a community around the Norton brand and making customers feel like they're part of something special.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at the planned rollout:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Late 2025: Launch of initial models like the V4SV
\n\n\n\n
First half of 2026: Introduction of four additional models
\n\n\n\n
Ongoing: Expansion of dealership network and customer support
\n
\n\n\n\n
Production and Market Expansion
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Capacity for Norton
\n\n\n\n
So, TVS is really ramping things up for Norton. They're planning to initially manufacture around 10,000 Norton motorcycles. This isn't just for India, but for global markets too. That's a lot of bikes! They've also brought in some new executive directors to help make sure everything goes smoothly. It sounds like they're serious about making this a success.
\n\n\n\n
Global and Domestic Market Focus
\n\n\n\n
With the new Norton models, TVS is aiming for the premium motorcycle market, both in India and internationally, including Europe. They're thinking about setting up exclusive dealerships for Norton and their premium TVS bikes to give customers a better experience. It's like how Hero MotoCorp has those Premia showrooms, or how Honda has the Big Wing dealerships.
\n\n\n\n
Free Trade Agreement Benefits
\n\n\n\n
One thing that's helping a lot is the free trade agreement between India and the UK. This makes it way easier to ship parts and even whole bikes back and forth. They can send parts to the UK to be assembled, or bring fully built bikes to India with lower import taxes. It's a big advantage for them.
\n\n\n\n
Engine Specifications and Performance
\n\n\n\n
New Twin-Cylinder Inline Engine
\n\n\n\n
The upcoming TVS Apache RR 450 and Norton 450cc models will feature a newly developed twin-cylinder, liquid-cooled engine. This engine is a product of the TVS and BMW Motorrad collaboration, and it's expected to deliver a significant step up in performance compared to existing single-cylinder offerings in the segment. The focus is on achieving a balance of power and refinement, suitable for both everyday riding and spirited performance.
\n\n\n\n
Power Output and Gearbox Details
\n\n\n\n
While exact figures are still under wraps, the engine is rumored to produce around 47 bhp. This output should place it competitively against rivals like the Aprilia RS 457. The gearbox is expected to be a six-speed unit, offering smooth and precise shifts. It's likely to include features like a slipper clutch to enhance control during aggressive downshifts. The engine is designed to provide a broad powerband, making it tractable in various riding conditions.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Landscape in India
\n\n\n\n
The Indian motorcycle market is about to get a whole lot more interesting. With TVS and Norton entering the 450cc segment, things are definitely going to heat up. It's not just about launching new bikes; it's about taking on established players and carving out a space in a very competitive market.
\n\n\n\n
Rivalry with Aprilia RS 457 and Tuono 457
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Aprilia has already made a splash with their RS 457, and the Tuono 457 is expected to follow suit. These bikes offer a blend of performance and style that appeals to younger riders. The TVS Apache RR 450 and Norton 450cc will need to offer something unique to stand out. It's going to be a battle of features, price, and brand appeal. Aprilia has the advantage of being an established international brand, but TVS has the home-field advantage with its extensive service network and understanding of the Indian market.
\n\n\n\n
Challenging Bajaj's Sub-500cc Dominance
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has been a dominant force in the sub-500cc segment for years, thanks to the Pulsar and Dominar range. These bikes are known for their affordability and reliability, making them a popular choice for a wide range of riders. TVS and Norton will need to convince buyers that their bikes offer better value or performance to sway them away from Bajaj's offerings. This could involve aggressive pricing strategies or highlighting specific features that Bajaj bikes lack.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Apache RTR 450 vs. KTM 390 Duke
\n\n\n\n
The KTM 390 Duke is another major player in this segment, known for its sporty handling and powerful engine. The Apache RTR 450 will likely be positioned as a direct competitor, offering a similar level of performance at a potentially more competitive price point. It's going to be interesting to see how TVS differentiates its bike from the Duke, whether it's through styling, features, or overall riding experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The success of TVS and Norton in the Indian market will depend on their ability to offer compelling products that cater to the specific needs and preferences of Indian riders. This includes factors such as fuel efficiency, reliability, and affordability, as well as performance and style.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Future Plans and Model Rollouts
\n\n\n\n
Upcoming Norton 1200cc Superbike
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Norton is gearing up to make a splash with a high-performance 1200cc superbike. The launch is expected to happen soon, and it's generating a lot of buzz. This bike is meant to showcase Norton's engineering and design capabilities. It's a bold move to enter the superbike segment, and it will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition.
\n\n\n\n
Six Norton Models Over Three Years
\n\n\n\n
Norton has big plans for the next few years. They're aiming to release six new models. This is a pretty aggressive timeline, and it shows they're serious about re-establishing themselves in the market. The models will likely cover a range of segments, from superbikes to more accessible bikes. It's a comprehensive strategy to capture different customer bases. The Ola Roadster X is also expected to arrive at showrooms soon.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Adventure Motorcycle RTX 300
\n\n\n\n
TVS is also looking to expand its lineup with an adventure motorcycle, the RTX 300. This would be a great addition to their portfolio, catering to the growing interest in adventure riding. It's a smart move to diversify and offer something for riders who want to explore beyond city limits. Here are some potential features:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Long-travel suspension
\n\n\n\n
Spoked wheels
\n\n\n\n
Rugged design
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The adventure segment is becoming increasingly popular, and TVS is positioning itself to take advantage of this trend. The RTX 300 could be a game-changer for the brand, attracting a new segment of riders and solidifying their position in the Indian market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668547\"]\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, what's the big takeaway here? TVS is really stepping up its game, and it looks like they're ready to shake things up in the motorcycle world. Getting these new 450cc bikes from Norton and TVS, all built on that BMW engine, is a pretty smart move. It means more choices for us riders, which is always a good thing. It'll be interesting to see how these new models do once they hit the roads. One thing's for sure: the next few years are going to be exciting for motorcycle fans in India and beyond.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the main idea behind the TVS, Norton, and BMW partnership?
\n\n\n\n
TVS and BMW Motorrad are working together to create a new motorcycle platform that uses a 450cc engine. This engine will be used in bikes from TVS, Norton, and BMW, with manufacturing happening in India.
\n\n\n\n
When will the first bikes from this partnership be available?
\n\n\n\n
The first BMW bike using this new 450cc engine, the F 450 GS, is expected to come out by the end of this year. Norton and TVS models based on the same engine will follow soon after.
\n\n\n\n
Tell me about the new 450cc engine.
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the new 450cc engine is a twin-cylinder inline engine that makes 48 horsepower and has a 6-speed gearbox. Each brand will give their bikes a unique look, even though they share many parts.
\n\n\n\n
What are Norton's plans for new motorcycles?
\n\n\n\n
Norton plans to launch six new motorcycle models over the next three years, starting with a 1,200cc superbike. They want to sell these bikes in India, the UK, and other parts of Europe.
\n\n\n\n
How will these new bikes compete in the Indian market?
\n\n\n\n
TVS aims to compete with other popular bikes like the Aprilia RS 457 and Tuono 457. They also want to challenge Bajaj, which currently sells a lot of motorcycles under 500cc in India.
\n\n\n\n
How does the trade agreement between India and the UK help Norton?
\n\n\n\n
The free trade agreement between India and the UK makes it easier to move parts and finished bikes between the two countries, which helps with manufacturing and sales for Norton.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 19, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/apache-450cc-vs-norton-450cc-bmw-450cc-platform-showdown-for-indian-motorcycle-fans/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9249,"title":"Hero Vida VX2 Electric Scooter: Highlights, Variants, and Launch Details for 2025","content":"\n
Big news for electric scooter fans! Hero MotoCorp is gearing up to launch a new electric scooter, the Hero Vida VX2, on July 1st. Everyone's wondering if this new model is just a rebranded version of the Vida Z, which we saw earlier, or if it's a completely new addition to the V2 lineup. This launch is a big deal for Hero, especially as they've seen a huge jump in sales recently. Let's dig into what we know about the Hero Vida VX2 Incoming 1st July – Rebranded Vida Z Or New V2 Lineup and what it could mean for the electric vehicle market.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Hero Vida VX2 is set to launch on July 1st, aiming to boost the company's electric scooter sales.
\n\n\n\n
There's a lot of talk about whether the Vida VX2 is a new name for the Vida Z, which was shown at the Bharat Mobility Expo.
\n\n\n\n
The new scooter is expected to have removable battery packs and a range of over 100 km.
\n\n\n\n
Its design is simple and family-friendly, looking a lot like popular petrol scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Hero plans to price the Vida VX2 affordably, placing it below current Vida V2 models to compete in the budget-friendly electric scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Launch Date Confirmed
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Set for July 1st
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so mark your calendars! Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the Vida VX2 is launching on July 1st. The buzz is real, and it looks like they're ready to shake up the electric scooter market. I've been seeing spy shots and teasers all over the place, and the anticipation is definitely building. It's happening soon!
\n\n\n\n
Anticipation Builds for New Electric Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Everyone's waiting to see what Hero has up its sleeve with this new electric scooter. Will it be a game-changer? Will it live up to the hype? I'm personally curious about the range and features. I've been reading comments online, and people are hoping for a good balance of performance and affordability. It's a pretty crowded market, so it'll be interesting to see how the VX2 stacks up against the competition.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Release to Boost Sales
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is probably hoping this launch will give their electric scooter sales a serious boost. They had a great April, with sales jumping way up, and the VX2 could keep that momentum going. It makes sense to release a new model now, especially with the growing demand for electric two-wheelers. Let's see if this new release will help them solidify their position as a major player in the EV game.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The electric vehicle market is getting more competitive every day. Hero needs to make a splash with the Vida VX2 to stand out from the crowd. A successful launch could mean big things for their future in the EV sector.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Rebranding Speculation: Vida Z or New V2 Lineup?
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so here's where things get interesting. With the Hero Vida VX2 launch date looming, there's a lot of chatter about what this scooter actually is. Is it a completely new model, or is it just a rebranded version of something we've already seen? Let's break it down.
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 as Rebranded Vida Z
\n\n\n\n
There's a strong theory that the Vida VX2 is simply the Vida Z in disguise. Remember the Vida Z? It was showcased earlier this year at the Bharat Mobility Expo, and before that at EICMA 2024. It was supposed to launch in July 2025. Now, the VX2 is coming out in July too. Coincidence? Maybe not. Name changes happen all the time in the auto industry for various reasons, like trademark issues or just a change in marketing strategy. It's entirely possible Hero decided to go with the VX2 name at the last minute. This could be a strategic move to boost sales and capture a wider audience with a fresh identity.
\n\n\n\n
Trademark Filings and Variant Names
\n\n\n\n
Here's another wrinkle: Hero has trademarked the \"Vida Z\" name. However, they also have trademark applications for VX2 variants like the VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go. This suggests that while the \"Vida Z\" name might stick around for future products, the VX2 lineup is being positioned as something distinct, with its own range of models. It's a bit confusing, I know. Maybe they're planning to use the Vida Z name for a different type of electric two-wheeler down the line?
\n\n\n\n
Unveiled Vida Z at Bharat Mobility Expo
\n\n\n\n
As mentioned, the Vida Z made an appearance at the Bharat Mobility Expo. It was supposed to be a global product, aimed at both the Indian and European markets. Test vehicles have been spotted, but strangely, there haven't been any sightings of a \"Vida VX2\" specifically. This adds fuel to the rebranding fire. It really does seem like the Vida VX2 could just be the production version of the Vida Z, with a new name slapped on it. We'll have to wait until July 1st to know for sure!
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Performance and Specifications
\n\n\n\n
Expected Battery Configurations
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so everyone's wondering what kind of battery setup we'll see on the Vida VX2. If the rumors are true and it's a rebranded Vida Z, then the base model might sport a single 2.2 kWh battery pack. But here's where it gets interesting: the higher-end variant could potentially pack two battery packs, bumping the total capacity up to around 3.4 kWh. That's a decent amount of juice for an electric scooter, and it could really make a difference in range and overall performance. It's all speculation right now, but it sounds promising, right?
\n\n\n\n
Projected Range and Power Output
\n\n\n\n
Range is a big deal for electric scooters, and the Vida VX2 is expected to deliver. With that potential 3.4 kWh battery, we're hearing whispers of a range exceeding 100 km. That would put it right in the mix with other popular models. As for power, the existing Vida V2 boasts a 6 kWh motor. The VX2, or Vida Z, might dial that back a bit to keep costs down. It's likely to use a direct drive permanent magnet motor, which should provide a good balance of efficiency and performance. It's all about finding that sweet spot between affordability and capability.
\n\n\n\n
Removable Battery Packs Feature
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest features expected on the Vida VX2 is removable battery packs. This is a game-changer because it gives you options. No charging station nearby? No problem. Just pop out the batteries and charge them at home or at the office. This adds a ton of flexibility and makes the scooter way more practical for everyday use. Plus, it addresses range anxiety, which is a major concern for a lot of potential electric scooter buyers. The Vida V2 electric scooter already has this feature, so it makes sense for the VX2 to follow suit.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Removable batteries are a big deal. They make charging way more convenient, especially if you live in an apartment or don't have easy access to a charging point. It's a feature that can really sway people who are on the fence about going electric.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what we might see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Single 2.2 kWh battery (base model)
\n\n\n\n
Dual 3.4 kWh battery (top variant)
\n\n\n\n
Projected range of over 100 km
\n\n\n\n
Removable battery packs for easy charging
\n
\n\n\n\n
Design Philosophy and Aesthetics
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Minimalist and Family-Oriented Design
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 seems to be embracing a design language that's both minimalist and geared towards family needs. It's not trying to be flashy; instead, it aims for a practical and approachable aesthetic. This design direction suggests a focus on functionality and ease of use, rather than aggressive styling.
\n\n\n\n
Comparison to Popular Petrol Scooters
\n\n\n\n
When you look at the Vida VX2, it's hard not to draw comparisons to existing petrol scooters. It seems like Hero is trying to bridge the gap, offering an electric alternative that doesn't feel too alien to riders accustomed to traditional scooters. It will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the likes of Honda Activa or TVS Jupiter in terms of overall appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features: Display, Charging, Storage
\n\n\n\n
Let's talk about the important stuff. We're expecting a decent digital display, hopefully with smartphone connectivity. Charging should be relatively straightforward, maybe with a portable charger option. And storage? Well, that's crucial. People need space for groceries, helmets, and all the other stuff we lug around. Here's what we hope to see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
A clear and informative display
\n\n\n\n
Easy and accessible charging solutions
\n\n\n\n
Ample under-seat storage
\n\n\n\n
Maybe even some front storage options
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The design choices here will really make or break the VX2. If it nails the basics – usability, practicality, and a clean look – it could be a winner. If it misses the mark, it might struggle to stand out in a crowded market. It's all about getting the details right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Ultimately, the design and features will play a big role in the success of the Vida VX2. It needs to be appealing, practical, and offer something that sets it apart from the competition. I'm curious to see if it can electric technology and design.
\n\n\n\n
Market Positioning and Affordability
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Affordable Electric Scooter Segment
\n\n\n\n
The Hero Vida VX2 is clearly aimed at the affordable end of the electric scooter market. It's designed to appeal to a broad range of consumers looking to switch to electric without breaking the bank. This means focusing on practical features and a price point that makes it a viable alternative to traditional petrol scooters. It's a smart move, considering the growing demand for budget-friendly EVs.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Pricing Against Rivals
\n\n\n\n
The success of the Vida VX2 hinges on its price. It needs to be competitive with established players like Ola, TVS, Ather, and Bajaj. If Hero can undercut these brands while still offering a decent range and features, it could seriously disrupt the market. It's a tough balancing act, but getting the price right is absolutely essential.
\n\n\n\n
Positioning Below Existing Vida V2 Models
\n\n\n\n
It seems likely the VX2 will be positioned as a more accessible option compared to the current Vida V1 models. This could mean a slightly smaller battery, fewer premium features, or a more basic design. The goal is to create a clear distinction in the lineup, offering something for everyone from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking a more premium electric scooter experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The strategy here is pretty straightforward: capture a larger share of the market by offering a more affordable option. It's a classic move in the auto industry, and if Hero plays its cards right, it could pay off big time.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Sales Momentum and Future Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Trademarked Variants and Future Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go Variants
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp isn't just launching the Vida VX2; they're planning a whole family of electric scooters. Trademark applications have been filed for Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go variants. It looks like they're trying to cover all the bases, from a base model to higher-spec versions. This approach allows them to target a wider range of customers with different needs and budgets. It's a smart move to maximize market penetration.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Use of Vida Z Trademark
\n\n\n\n
There's still a lot of speculation about whether the Vida VX2 will actually be a rebranded Vida Z. Remember the unveiled Vida Z at the Bharat Mobility Expo? It's possible Hero is keeping the Vida Z name alive for a future model or using it as a trim level. It's all a bit confusing, but it seems like Hero is keeping its options open. It'll be interesting to see how they play this out.
\n\n\n\n
Expanding the Vida Electric Scooter Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is clearly serious about the electric scooter market. Launching multiple variants of the Vida VX2, along with the potential Vida Z, shows they're committed to building a comprehensive lineup. This multi-pronged approach should help them compete with established players like Ola, TVS, and Ather. The goal is to have something for everyone, from budget-conscious buyers to those looking for premium features. It's all about expanding the Vida electric scooter portfolio and becoming a major player in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It seems like Hero is trying to create a full range of electric scooters to compete with other brands. By offering different models with varying features and price points, they hope to attract a wider customer base and establish themselves as a leader in the electric vehicle market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668191\"]\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Hero Vida?
\n\n\n\n
So, July 1st is almost here, and everyone's wondering if the new Hero Vida VX2 is just the Vida Z with a different name, or something totally new. Hero has been doing well with their electric scooters lately, especially after making them more affordable. It makes sense they'd want to keep that going. Whether it's a rebrand or a fresh model, the goal is probably to offer a good electric scooter that more people can buy. We'll just have to wait and see what Hero reveals on launch day.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is the Hero Vida VX2 going to be released?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the new Vida VX2 electric scooter will be launched on July 1st.
\n\n\n\n
Is the Vida VX2 the same as the Vida Z?
\n\n\n\n
It looks like the Vida VX2 might just be the Vida Z, which was shown off earlier this year. This is because the VX2 has been seen in spy photos, but the Vida Z was supposed to come out in July, and we haven't heard much about it since.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of battery and range can I expect from the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will likely come with a single 2.2 kWh battery or two batteries that add up to about 3.4 kWh. It's expected to go over 60 miles on a single charge and will have removable battery packs, just like the current Vida V2.
\n\n\n\n
What will the Vida VX2 look like?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will probably have a simple, family-friendly design, similar to popular gas scooters. It's expected to feature a rectangular headlight, a digital display, a USB charging port, front storage, and a backrest for the rider.
\n\n\n\n
How much will the Vida VX2 cost?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp wants the Vida VX2 to be an affordable electric scooter. It will be priced lower than the current Vida V2 models and will compete with scooters like the Ola S1X, TVS iQube, and Bajaj Chetak.
\n\n\n\n
Will there be different versions of the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has also filed trademarks for other versions of the scooter, like the Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go, suggesting they plan to offer a range of options in the future.
Big news for electric scooter fans! Hero MotoCorp is gearing up to launch a new electric scooter, the Hero Vida VX2, on July 1st. Everyone's wondering if this new model is just a rebranded version of the Vida Z, which we saw earlier, or if it's a completely new addition to the V2 lineup. This launch is a big deal for Hero, especially as they've seen a huge jump in sales recently. Let's dig into what we know about the Hero Vida VX2 Incoming 1st July – Rebranded Vida Z Or New V2 Lineup and what it could mean for the electric vehicle market.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Hero Vida VX2 is set to launch on July 1st, aiming to boost the company's electric scooter sales.
\n\n\n\n
There's a lot of talk about whether the Vida VX2 is a new name for the Vida Z, which was shown at the Bharat Mobility Expo.
\n\n\n\n
The new scooter is expected to have removable battery packs and a range of over 100 km.
\n\n\n\n
Its design is simple and family-friendly, looking a lot like popular petrol scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Hero plans to price the Vida VX2 affordably, placing it below current Vida V2 models to compete in the budget-friendly electric scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Launch Date Confirmed
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Set for July 1st
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so mark your calendars! Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the Vida VX2 is launching on July 1st. The buzz is real, and it looks like they're ready to shake up the electric scooter market. I've been seeing spy shots and teasers all over the place, and the anticipation is definitely building. It's happening soon!
\n\n\n\n
Anticipation Builds for New Electric Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Everyone's waiting to see what Hero has up its sleeve with this new electric scooter. Will it be a game-changer? Will it live up to the hype? I'm personally curious about the range and features. I've been reading comments online, and people are hoping for a good balance of performance and affordability. It's a pretty crowded market, so it'll be interesting to see how the VX2 stacks up against the competition.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Release to Boost Sales
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is probably hoping this launch will give their electric scooter sales a serious boost. They had a great April, with sales jumping way up, and the VX2 could keep that momentum going. It makes sense to release a new model now, especially with the growing demand for electric two-wheelers. Let's see if this new release will help them solidify their position as a major player in the EV game.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The electric vehicle market is getting more competitive every day. Hero needs to make a splash with the Vida VX2 to stand out from the crowd. A successful launch could mean big things for their future in the EV sector.
\n\n
\n
\n\n\n\n
Rebranding Speculation: Vida Z or New V2 Lineup?
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so here's where things get interesting. With the Hero Vida VX2 launch date looming, there's a lot of chatter about what this scooter actually is. Is it a completely new model, or is it just a rebranded version of something we've already seen? Let's break it down.
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 as Rebranded Vida Z
\n\n\n\n
There's a strong theory that the Vida VX2 is simply the Vida Z in disguise. Remember the Vida Z? It was showcased earlier this year at the Bharat Mobility Expo, and before that at EICMA 2024. It was supposed to launch in July 2025. Now, the VX2 is coming out in July too. Coincidence? Maybe not. Name changes happen all the time in the auto industry for various reasons, like trademark issues or just a change in marketing strategy. It's entirely possible Hero decided to go with the VX2 name at the last minute. This could be a strategic move to boost sales and capture a wider audience with a fresh identity.
\n\n\n\n
Trademark Filings and Variant Names
\n\n\n\n
Here's another wrinkle: Hero has trademarked the \"Vida Z\" name. However, they also have trademark applications for VX2 variants like the VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go. This suggests that while the \"Vida Z\" name might stick around for future products, the VX2 lineup is being positioned as something distinct, with its own range of models. It's a bit confusing, I know. Maybe they're planning to use the Vida Z name for a different type of electric two-wheeler down the line?
\n\n\n\n
Unveiled Vida Z at Bharat Mobility Expo
\n\n\n\n
As mentioned, the Vida Z made an appearance at the Bharat Mobility Expo. It was supposed to be a global product, aimed at both the Indian and European markets. Test vehicles have been spotted, but strangely, there haven't been any sightings of a \"Vida VX2\" specifically. This adds fuel to the rebranding fire. It really does seem like the Vida VX2 could just be the production version of the Vida Z, with a new name slapped on it. We'll have to wait until July 1st to know for sure!
\n\n\n\n
Hero Vida VX2 Performance and Specifications
\n\n\n\n
Expected Battery Configurations
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Okay, so everyone's wondering what kind of battery setup we'll see on the Vida VX2. If the rumors are true and it's a rebranded Vida Z, then the base model might sport a single 2.2 kWh battery pack. But here's where it gets interesting: the higher-end variant could potentially pack two battery packs, bumping the total capacity up to around 3.4 kWh. That's a decent amount of juice for an electric scooter, and it could really make a difference in range and overall performance. It's all speculation right now, but it sounds promising, right?
\n\n\n\n
Projected Range and Power Output
\n\n\n\n
Range is a big deal for electric scooters, and the Vida VX2 is expected to deliver. With that potential 3.4 kWh battery, we're hearing whispers of a range exceeding 100 km. That would put it right in the mix with other popular models. As for power, the existing Vida V2 boasts a 6 kWh motor. The VX2, or Vida Z, might dial that back a bit to keep costs down. It's likely to use a direct drive permanent magnet motor, which should provide a good balance of efficiency and performance. It's all about finding that sweet spot between affordability and capability.
\n\n\n\n
Removable Battery Packs Feature
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest features expected on the Vida VX2 is removable battery packs. This is a game-changer because it gives you options. No charging station nearby? No problem. Just pop out the batteries and charge them at home or at the office. This adds a ton of flexibility and makes the scooter way more practical for everyday use. Plus, it addresses range anxiety, which is a major concern for a lot of potential electric scooter buyers. The Vida V2 electric scooter already has this feature, so it makes sense for the VX2 to follow suit.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Removable batteries are a big deal. They make charging way more convenient, especially if you live in an apartment or don't have easy access to a charging point. It's a feature that can really sway people who are on the fence about going electric.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what we might see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Single 2.2 kWh battery (base model)
\n\n\n\n
Dual 3.4 kWh battery (top variant)
\n\n\n\n
Projected range of over 100 km
\n\n\n\n
Removable battery packs for easy charging
\n
\n\n\n\n
Design Philosophy and Aesthetics
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Minimalist and Family-Oriented Design
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 seems to be embracing a design language that's both minimalist and geared towards family needs. It's not trying to be flashy; instead, it aims for a practical and approachable aesthetic. This design direction suggests a focus on functionality and ease of use, rather than aggressive styling.
\n\n\n\n
Comparison to Popular Petrol Scooters
\n\n\n\n
When you look at the Vida VX2, it's hard not to draw comparisons to existing petrol scooters. It seems like Hero is trying to bridge the gap, offering an electric alternative that doesn't feel too alien to riders accustomed to traditional scooters. It will be interesting to see how it stacks up against the likes of Honda Activa or TVS Jupiter in terms of overall appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features: Display, Charging, Storage
\n\n\n\n
Let's talk about the important stuff. We're expecting a decent digital display, hopefully with smartphone connectivity. Charging should be relatively straightforward, maybe with a portable charger option. And storage? Well, that's crucial. People need space for groceries, helmets, and all the other stuff we lug around. Here's what we hope to see:
\n\n\n\n
\n
A clear and informative display
\n\n\n\n
Easy and accessible charging solutions
\n\n\n\n
Ample under-seat storage
\n\n\n\n
Maybe even some front storage options
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The design choices here will really make or break the VX2. If it nails the basics – usability, practicality, and a clean look – it could be a winner. If it misses the mark, it might struggle to stand out in a crowded market. It's all about getting the details right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Ultimately, the design and features will play a big role in the success of the Vida VX2. It needs to be appealing, practical, and offer something that sets it apart from the competition. I'm curious to see if it can electric technology and design.
\n\n\n\n
Market Positioning and Affordability
\n\n\n\n
Targeting Affordable Electric Scooter Segment
\n\n\n\n
The Hero Vida VX2 is clearly aimed at the affordable end of the electric scooter market. It's designed to appeal to a broad range of consumers looking to switch to electric without breaking the bank. This means focusing on practical features and a price point that makes it a viable alternative to traditional petrol scooters. It's a smart move, considering the growing demand for budget-friendly EVs.
\n\n\n\n
Competitive Pricing Against Rivals
\n\n\n\n
The success of the Vida VX2 hinges on its price. It needs to be competitive with established players like Ola, TVS, Ather, and Bajaj. If Hero can undercut these brands while still offering a decent range and features, it could seriously disrupt the market. It's a tough balancing act, but getting the price right is absolutely essential.
\n\n\n\n
Positioning Below Existing Vida V2 Models
\n\n\n\n
It seems likely the VX2 will be positioned as a more accessible option compared to the current Vida V1 models. This could mean a slightly smaller battery, fewer premium features, or a more basic design. The goal is to create a clear distinction in the lineup, offering something for everyone from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking a more premium electric scooter experience.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The strategy here is pretty straightforward: capture a larger share of the market by offering a more affordable option. It's a classic move in the auto industry, and if Hero plays its cards right, it could pay off big time.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Sales Momentum and Future Strategy
\n\n\n\n
Trademarked Variants and Future Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Vida VX2 Pro, Plus, and Go Variants
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp isn't just launching the Vida VX2; they're planning a whole family of electric scooters. Trademark applications have been filed for Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go variants. It looks like they're trying to cover all the bases, from a base model to higher-spec versions. This approach allows them to target a wider range of customers with different needs and budgets. It's a smart move to maximize market penetration.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Use of Vida Z Trademark
\n\n\n\n
There's still a lot of speculation about whether the Vida VX2 will actually be a rebranded Vida Z. Remember the unveiled Vida Z at the Bharat Mobility Expo? It's possible Hero is keeping the Vida Z name alive for a future model or using it as a trim level. It's all a bit confusing, but it seems like Hero is keeping its options open. It'll be interesting to see how they play this out.
\n\n\n\n
Expanding the Vida Electric Scooter Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp is clearly serious about the electric scooter market. Launching multiple variants of the Vida VX2, along with the potential Vida Z, shows they're committed to building a comprehensive lineup. This multi-pronged approach should help them compete with established players like Ola, TVS, and Ather. The goal is to have something for everyone, from budget-conscious buyers to those looking for premium features. It's all about expanding the Vida electric scooter portfolio and becoming a major player in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It seems like Hero is trying to create a full range of electric scooters to compete with other brands. By offering different models with varying features and price points, they hope to attract a wider customer base and establish themselves as a leader in the electric vehicle market.
\n
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"668191\"]\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Hero Vida?
\n\n\n\n
So, July 1st is almost here, and everyone's wondering if the new Hero Vida VX2 is just the Vida Z with a different name, or something totally new. Hero has been doing well with their electric scooters lately, especially after making them more affordable. It makes sense they'd want to keep that going. Whether it's a rebrand or a fresh model, the goal is probably to offer a good electric scooter that more people can buy. We'll just have to wait and see what Hero reveals on launch day.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is the Hero Vida VX2 going to be released?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has officially announced that the new Vida VX2 electric scooter will be launched on July 1st.
\n\n\n\n
Is the Vida VX2 the same as the Vida Z?
\n\n\n\n
It looks like the Vida VX2 might just be the Vida Z, which was shown off earlier this year. This is because the VX2 has been seen in spy photos, but the Vida Z was supposed to come out in July, and we haven't heard much about it since.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of battery and range can I expect from the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will likely come with a single 2.2 kWh battery or two batteries that add up to about 3.4 kWh. It's expected to go over 60 miles on a single charge and will have removable battery packs, just like the current Vida V2.
\n\n\n\n
What will the Vida VX2 look like?
\n\n\n\n
The Vida VX2 will probably have a simple, family-friendly design, similar to popular gas scooters. It's expected to feature a rectangular headlight, a digital display, a USB charging port, front storage, and a backrest for the rider.
\n\n\n\n
How much will the Vida VX2 cost?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp wants the Vida VX2 to be an affordable electric scooter. It will be priced lower than the current Vida V2 models and will compete with scooters like the Ola S1X, TVS iQube, and Bajaj Chetak.
\n\n\n\n
Will there be different versions of the Vida VX2?
\n\n\n\n
Hero MotoCorp has also filed trademarks for other versions of the scooter, like the Vida VX2 Pro, Vida VX2 Plus, and Vida VX2 Go, suggesting they plan to offer a range of options in the future.
\n\n\n\n\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 16, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/bonus-ggbet-799/hero-vida-vx2-electric-scooter-highlights-variants-and-launch-details-for-2025/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9232,"title":"TVS Jupiter 125 2025 Highlights: Price, Features, and What’s New","content":"\n
Big news from TVS! The new TVS Jupiter 125 Launched Priced At Rs 89000 is finally here, and it's looking pretty good. This updated scooter brings a bunch of changes, from how it looks to what's under the hood, plus some smart tech features. It seems like TVS really tried to make this one stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is out now, starting at Rs 89,000.
\n\n\n\n
It has new two-tone color choices and a comfier seat.
\n\n\n\n
The engine now includes iGo Assist for better performance.
\n\n\n\n
There is a strong metal body and plenty of storage space.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect features mean you get real-time info and navigation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS Jupiter 125 Unveiled
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Details
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so TVS finally dropped the new Jupiter 125! It's been a bit of a wait, but it's here now. The launch event was pretty standard, nothing too crazy. They talked about all the new features and improvements, but honestly, I was just waiting to see the actual scooter. It looks pretty slick in person, I gotta say. I think the updated Jupiter 125 scooter is going to be a hit.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Pricing Information
\n\n\n\n
Alright, let's talk money. The Jupiter 125 is hitting the market with a starting price of Rs 89,000. That's a bit higher than I expected, but considering all the new features, it's probably justified. Here's a quick breakdown:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Base Model: Rs 89,000
\n\n\n\n
Mid Variant: Expect around Rs 95,000
\n\n\n\n
Top-End Model: Could go up to Rs 1,00,000
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Keep in mind these are just initial prices, and they might change depending on the city and dealer. It's always a good idea to check with your local TVS showroom for the most accurate pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Introduction
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is aimed squarely at the family scooter segment. TVS is trying to position it as a practical yet stylish option for everyday use. They're really pushing the comfort and convenience aspects, which makes sense given their target audience. It'll be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition, especially the Activa 125. I think the TVS Jupiter has a real shot at grabbing a decent chunk of the market, though.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Styling And Design
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so the Jupiter 125 isn't just about what's under the hood; it's got some visual upgrades too. They've clearly put some thought into making it look a bit more premium and appealing. Let's dive into the specifics.
\n\n\n\n
Dual-Tone Color Options
\n\n\n\n
One of the first things you'll notice is the dual-tone color schemes. These aren't your run-of-the-mill paint jobs. The combination of colors gives it a more modern and sophisticated look. I saw one with an Ivory-Brown combo, and it looked pretty slick. It's a nice touch that sets it apart from some of the more basic scooters out there. The TVS Jupiter really pops with these new colors.
\n\n\n\n
Redesigned Seating Comfort
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
They've also tweaked the seat design, which is a big deal if you're spending any amount of time on it. The new single-piece seat is supposed to offer better support and comfort, especially for longer rides. I haven't personally tested it out yet, but that's the claim. A more comfortable ride is always a win, especially if you're using it for daily commutes. I'm curious to see how it holds up over time.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Wheel Enhancements
\n\n\n\n
Finally, the wheels have gotten some love too. They've gone with some premium looking alloys that add to the overall aesthetic. It's a subtle change, but it makes a difference. It's all about the details, right? These enhancements give the scooter a more polished and refined appearance. It's not just about getting from point A to point B; it's about doing it in style.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Overall, the styling and design updates seem to be focused on making the Jupiter 125 a more attractive and comfortable option. The dual-tone colors, improved seating, and enhanced wheels all contribute to a more premium feel. It's a solid effort to stand out in a crowded market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Engine Performance
\n\n\n\n
New iGo Assist Integration
\n\n\n\n
So, the Jupiter 125 comes with something called iGo Assist. Honestly, it sounds like something out of a sci-fi movie, but it's basically supposed to help with start-stop traffic. I guess it's supposed to make riding in the city a little less painful. I'm curious to see how well it actually works in real-world conditions, especially during rush hour.
\n\n\n\n
Optimized Power Output
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is designed to give you a good balance of power and fuel efficiency. It's not trying to be a sports scooter, but it should have enough pep to get you around town without feeling sluggish. I'm not expecting it to win any races, but a smooth and responsive engine is always a plus. It's all about that everyday usability, right?
\n\n\n\n
Efficient CVT Gearbox
\n\n\n\n
The scooter uses a CVT, or Continuously Variable Transmission. This means no gears to shift, just smooth acceleration. It's supposed to make the ride easier, especially for new riders. I've ridden scooters with CVTs before, and they can be pretty good. It really depends on how well it's tuned. A well-tuned CVT can make a scooter feel surprisingly quick. I hope this one is up to par.
\n\n\n\n
\n
I'm really interested in seeing how all these engine components work together in the real world. Specs on paper are one thing, but the actual riding experience is what really matters. I'm hoping for a smooth, responsive, and efficient ride. If it delivers on those fronts, it could be a winner.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Innovative Feature Set
\n\n\n\n
Durable Metal Maxx Body
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 isn't playing around when it comes to build quality. The Metal Maxx body isn't just for show; it's designed to withstand the daily grind. It gives the scooter a robust feel, which is something you'll appreciate if you're tired of flimsy plastic panels. It's built to last, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Generous Storage Solutions
\n\n\n\n
Storage is where this scooter shines. Forget struggling to fit your helmet; the Jupiter 125 boasts a seriously spacious under-seat storage area. We're talking about enough room for two helmets, which is a game-changer for anyone who regularly carries a passenger. Plus, the front fuel filler cap means no more awkward dismounting at the gas station. It's all about convenience.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect Connectivity
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
The SmartXonnect feature is a nice touch. It's not just about bells and whistles; it adds real value to your ride. From navigation assistance to call alerts, it keeps you connected without being distracting. It's a modern feature for a modern rider.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what you can expect:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Turn-by-turn navigation
\n\n\n\n
Call and SMS alerts
\n\n\n\n
Over-speeding alerts
\n\n\n\n
Last parked location
\n
\n\n\n\n
With the SmartXonnect variant, TVS is clearly trying to appeal to the tech-savvy crowd. It's a feature that integrates seamlessly into your daily commute, making life a little easier.
\n\n\n\n
Smart Connectivity Options
\n\n\n\n
Intuitive Reverse LCD Display
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 comes with a pretty neat reverse LCD display. It's not just about looking fancy; it's designed to give you the info you need at a glance. I found the display easy to read, even in direct sunlight, which is a big plus. It shows all the usual stuff like speed and fuel level, but it also integrates with the SmartXonnect features. It's a nice touch that makes the scooter feel more modern. The TVS Jupiter 125 SmartXonnect features are really something.
\n\n\n\n
Real-Time Information Alerts
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest things about the Jupiter 125 is the real-time information alerts. You can get call and text notifications right on the display. It's super handy when you're on the road and don't want to pull over to check your phone every five minutes. Plus, it shows overspeeding alerts, which is a good reminder to keep your speed in check. It's a simple feature, but it makes a big difference in terms of convenience and safety.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Connect App Integration
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Connect app is where things get really interesting. It connects your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth, unlocking a bunch of extra features. Here's a quick rundown:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Navigation Assist: Get turn-by-turn directions right on the display.
\n\n\n\n
Ride Stats: Track your trips, speed, and fuel consumption.
\n\n\n\n
Last Parked Location: Never forget where you parked again.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Honestly, the app is pretty user-friendly. It's not perfect, but it does what it's supposed to do. The navigation is especially useful, and the ride stats are fun to look at if you're into that kind of thing. It even has a USB charging port so your phone doesn't die on long rides.
\n
\n\n\n\n
It's a solid addition that adds a lot of value to the scooter.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667103\"]\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, there you have it. The new TVS Jupiter 125, with its fresh look and some cool new features, is out there. It's got those dual-tone colors, a comfy seat, and plenty of storage, which is always a plus. The engine got a little tweak too, and the SmartXonnect stuff means you can stay connected while you ride. For 89,000 rupees, it seems like a pretty good deal if you're looking for a scooter that's practical and has some modern touches. It'll be interesting to see how it does against other scooters in its class.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is a new scooter model from TVS, offering a bigger engine, fresh looks, and more cool features. It's designed to be strong and smart for daily rides.
\n\n\n\n
How much does the TVS Jupiter 125 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The starting price for the TVS Jupiter 125 is around Rs. 89,000. Prices might change a bit depending on where you buy it and what exact version you pick.
\n\n\n\n
Are there new colors or design changes?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the TVS Jupiter 125 comes with new two-tone color choices like Ivory-Brown and Ivory-Grey. It also has a comfy, redesigned seat and fancy diamond-cut alloy wheels.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does it have and how powerful is it?
\n\n\n\n
It has a 124.8cc engine that makes 8.7 horsepower and 11.1 Nm of pull. It also features something called \"iGo Assist\" and uses a smooth CVT gearbox.
\n\n\n\n
What are the main features of the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 has a strong \"Metal Maxx\" body, a huge storage space under the seat that fits two helmets, a front fuel filler, and a glove box. It also has a special screen that shows calls, messages, and other important info.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have smart connectivity features?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has \"SmartXonnect\" which links to your phone through the TVS Connect app. This lets you see navigation, alerts, and vehicle tracking right on the scooter's screen.
Big news from TVS! The new TVS Jupiter 125 Launched Priced At Rs 89000 is finally here, and it's looking pretty good. This updated scooter brings a bunch of changes, from how it looks to what's under the hood, plus some smart tech features. It seems like TVS really tried to make this one stand out.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is out now, starting at Rs 89,000.
\n\n\n\n
It has new two-tone color choices and a comfier seat.
\n\n\n\n
The engine now includes iGo Assist for better performance.
\n\n\n\n
There is a strong metal body and plenty of storage space.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect features mean you get real-time info and navigation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
TVS Jupiter 125 Unveiled
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Official Launch Details
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so TVS finally dropped the new Jupiter 125! It's been a bit of a wait, but it's here now. The launch event was pretty standard, nothing too crazy. They talked about all the new features and improvements, but honestly, I was just waiting to see the actual scooter. It looks pretty slick in person, I gotta say. I think the updated Jupiter 125 scooter is going to be a hit.
\n\n\n\n
Initial Pricing Information
\n\n\n\n
Alright, let's talk money. The Jupiter 125 is hitting the market with a starting price of Rs 89,000. That's a bit higher than I expected, but considering all the new features, it's probably justified. Here's a quick breakdown:
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Base Model: Rs 89,000
\n\n\n\n
Mid Variant: Expect around Rs 95,000
\n\n\n\n
Top-End Model: Could go up to Rs 1,00,000
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Keep in mind these are just initial prices, and they might change depending on the city and dealer. It's always a good idea to check with your local TVS showroom for the most accurate pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Introduction
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is aimed squarely at the family scooter segment. TVS is trying to position it as a practical yet stylish option for everyday use. They're really pushing the comfort and convenience aspects, which makes sense given their target audience. It'll be interesting to see how it stacks up against the competition, especially the Activa 125. I think the TVS Jupiter has a real shot at grabbing a decent chunk of the market, though.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Styling And Design
\n\n\n\n
Okay, so the Jupiter 125 isn't just about what's under the hood; it's got some visual upgrades too. They've clearly put some thought into making it look a bit more premium and appealing. Let's dive into the specifics.
\n\n\n\n
Dual-Tone Color Options
\n\n\n\n
One of the first things you'll notice is the dual-tone color schemes. These aren't your run-of-the-mill paint jobs. The combination of colors gives it a more modern and sophisticated look. I saw one with an Ivory-Brown combo, and it looked pretty slick. It's a nice touch that sets it apart from some of the more basic scooters out there. The TVS Jupiter really pops with these new colors.
\n\n\n\n
Redesigned Seating Comfort
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
They've also tweaked the seat design, which is a big deal if you're spending any amount of time on it. The new single-piece seat is supposed to offer better support and comfort, especially for longer rides. I haven't personally tested it out yet, but that's the claim. A more comfortable ride is always a win, especially if you're using it for daily commutes. I'm curious to see how it holds up over time.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Wheel Enhancements
\n\n\n\n
Finally, the wheels have gotten some love too. They've gone with some premium looking alloys that add to the overall aesthetic. It's a subtle change, but it makes a difference. It's all about the details, right? These enhancements give the scooter a more polished and refined appearance. It's not just about getting from point A to point B; it's about doing it in style.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Overall, the styling and design updates seem to be focused on making the Jupiter 125 a more attractive and comfortable option. The dual-tone colors, improved seating, and enhanced wheels all contribute to a more premium feel. It's a solid effort to stand out in a crowded market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Engine Performance
\n\n\n\n
New iGo Assist Integration
\n\n\n\n
So, the Jupiter 125 comes with something called iGo Assist. Honestly, it sounds like something out of a sci-fi movie, but it's basically supposed to help with start-stop traffic. I guess it's supposed to make riding in the city a little less painful. I'm curious to see how well it actually works in real-world conditions, especially during rush hour.
\n\n\n\n
Optimized Power Output
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 is designed to give you a good balance of power and fuel efficiency. It's not trying to be a sports scooter, but it should have enough pep to get you around town without feeling sluggish. I'm not expecting it to win any races, but a smooth and responsive engine is always a plus. It's all about that everyday usability, right?
\n\n\n\n
Efficient CVT Gearbox
\n\n\n\n
The scooter uses a CVT, or Continuously Variable Transmission. This means no gears to shift, just smooth acceleration. It's supposed to make the ride easier, especially for new riders. I've ridden scooters with CVTs before, and they can be pretty good. It really depends on how well it's tuned. A well-tuned CVT can make a scooter feel surprisingly quick. I hope this one is up to par.
\n\n\n\n
\n
I'm really interested in seeing how all these engine components work together in the real world. Specs on paper are one thing, but the actual riding experience is what really matters. I'm hoping for a smooth, responsive, and efficient ride. If it delivers on those fronts, it could be a winner.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Innovative Feature Set
\n\n\n\n
Durable Metal Maxx Body
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 isn't playing around when it comes to build quality. The Metal Maxx body isn't just for show; it's designed to withstand the daily grind. It gives the scooter a robust feel, which is something you'll appreciate if you're tired of flimsy plastic panels. It's built to last, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Generous Storage Solutions
\n\n\n\n
Storage is where this scooter shines. Forget struggling to fit your helmet; the Jupiter 125 boasts a seriously spacious under-seat storage area. We're talking about enough room for two helmets, which is a game-changer for anyone who regularly carries a passenger. Plus, the front fuel filler cap means no more awkward dismounting at the gas station. It's all about convenience.
\n\n\n\n
SmartXonnect Connectivity
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
The SmartXonnect feature is a nice touch. It's not just about bells and whistles; it adds real value to your ride. From navigation assistance to call alerts, it keeps you connected without being distracting. It's a modern feature for a modern rider.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what you can expect:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Turn-by-turn navigation
\n\n\n\n
Call and SMS alerts
\n\n\n\n
Over-speeding alerts
\n\n\n\n
Last parked location
\n
\n\n\n\n
With the SmartXonnect variant, TVS is clearly trying to appeal to the tech-savvy crowd. It's a feature that integrates seamlessly into your daily commute, making life a little easier.
\n\n\n\n
Smart Connectivity Options
\n\n\n\n
Intuitive Reverse LCD Display
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 comes with a pretty neat reverse LCD display. It's not just about looking fancy; it's designed to give you the info you need at a glance. I found the display easy to read, even in direct sunlight, which is a big plus. It shows all the usual stuff like speed and fuel level, but it also integrates with the SmartXonnect features. It's a nice touch that makes the scooter feel more modern. The TVS Jupiter 125 SmartXonnect features are really something.
\n\n\n\n
Real-Time Information Alerts
\n\n\n\n
One of the coolest things about the Jupiter 125 is the real-time information alerts. You can get call and text notifications right on the display. It's super handy when you're on the road and don't want to pull over to check your phone every five minutes. Plus, it shows overspeeding alerts, which is a good reminder to keep your speed in check. It's a simple feature, but it makes a big difference in terms of convenience and safety.
\n\n\n\n
TVS Connect App Integration
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Connect app is where things get really interesting. It connects your phone to the scooter via Bluetooth, unlocking a bunch of extra features. Here's a quick rundown:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Navigation Assist: Get turn-by-turn directions right on the display.
\n\n\n\n
Ride Stats: Track your trips, speed, and fuel consumption.
\n\n\n\n
Last Parked Location: Never forget where you parked again.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Honestly, the app is pretty user-friendly. It's not perfect, but it does what it's supposed to do. The navigation is especially useful, and the ride stats are fun to look at if you're into that kind of thing. It even has a USB charging port so your phone doesn't die on long rides.
\n
\n\n\n\n
It's a solid addition that adds a lot of value to the scooter.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667103\"]\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, there you have it. The new TVS Jupiter 125, with its fresh look and some cool new features, is out there. It's got those dual-tone colors, a comfy seat, and plenty of storage, which is always a plus. The engine got a little tweak too, and the SmartXonnect stuff means you can stay connected while you ride. For 89,000 rupees, it seems like a pretty good deal if you're looking for a scooter that's practical and has some modern touches. It'll be interesting to see how it does against other scooters in its class.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The TVS Jupiter 125 is a new scooter model from TVS, offering a bigger engine, fresh looks, and more cool features. It's designed to be strong and smart for daily rides.
\n\n\n\n
How much does the TVS Jupiter 125 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The starting price for the TVS Jupiter 125 is around Rs. 89,000. Prices might change a bit depending on where you buy it and what exact version you pick.
\n\n\n\n
Are there new colors or design changes?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, the TVS Jupiter 125 comes with new two-tone color choices like Ivory-Brown and Ivory-Grey. It also has a comfy, redesigned seat and fancy diamond-cut alloy wheels.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does it have and how powerful is it?
\n\n\n\n
It has a 124.8cc engine that makes 8.7 horsepower and 11.1 Nm of pull. It also features something called \"iGo Assist\" and uses a smooth CVT gearbox.
\n\n\n\n
What are the main features of the TVS Jupiter 125?
\n\n\n\n
The Jupiter 125 has a strong \"Metal Maxx\" body, a huge storage space under the seat that fits two helmets, a front fuel filler, and a glove box. It also has a special screen that shows calls, messages, and other important info.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have smart connectivity features?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has \"SmartXonnect\" which links to your phone through the TVS Connect app. This lets you see navigation, alerts, and vehicle tracking right on the scooter's screen.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 06, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/tvs/tvs-jupiter-125-2025-highlights-price-features-and-whats-new/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"11 min read"},{"id":9228,"title":"Bajaj Chetak 2025: Budget EV Launch","content":"\n
Bajaj Auto is getting ready to launch a new, more affordable electric scooter called the Chetak. It's supposed to come out in June. This move is all about helping Bajaj get an even bigger piece of the growing electric vehicle market. The company wants to make sure it stays ahead, especially with its popular Chetak lineup.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj Auto is launching an entry-level Chetak EV in June to expand its market presence.
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak brand has become a top seller in India's electric two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
New Chetak models, including an upgraded 2903 and more 35 Series variants, are coming soon.
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has greatly increased its retail stores and service centers across India.
\n\n\n\n
The company is dealing with possible supply issues for rare earth magnets, which are important for EV parts.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto To Expand Chetak Lineup With New Entry Level EV In June
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is gearing up to broaden its Chetak lineup with a new, entry-level electric vehicle (EV) slated for release in June. This move aims to strengthen Bajaj's position in the rapidly expanding EV market. The new model is expected to be an upgrade to the Chetak 2903, and it's designed to appeal to a broader range of consumers looking for affordable electric scooters.
\n\n\n\n
New Entry-Level Chetak EV Launch
\n\n\n\n
The launch is planned for June, and it's expected to introduce a more accessible price point for the Chetak brand. This new variant is part of Bajaj's strategy to capture a larger share of the entry-level EV market. The company is aiming to attract consumers who are looking for a reliable and affordable electric scooter for their daily commute.
\n\n\n\n
Strengthening Market Position
\n\n\n\n
By introducing a new entry-level EV, Bajaj aims to solidify its standing in the competitive Indian EV market. The Chetak has already gained traction, and this new model is expected to further boost its sales and market share. Bajaj is focusing on providing a compelling alternative to traditional petrol scooters, with the added benefit of lower running costs and reduced emissions.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Portfolio Expansion
\n\n\n\n
This launch is part of a broader strategy to expand the Chetak portfolio and cater to different consumer segments. Bajaj is committed to investing in the EV sector and developing a range of products that meet the diverse needs of Indian consumers. The company is also working on expanding its retail network to ensure that its products are easily accessible to customers across the country.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The introduction of the new entry-level Chetak EV is a strategic move by Bajaj Auto to capitalize on the growing demand for electric vehicles in India. By offering a more affordable option, Bajaj aims to attract a wider range of consumers and further strengthen its position in the EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Chetak's Dominance In The EV Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Market Share Surge
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has seen a significant jump in the electric vehicle market. The Chetak brand has really taken off. According to Rakesh Sharma, Executive Director at Bajaj Auto, the market share grew from 13% in Q4 FY24 to 25% in Q4 FY25. That's a 12-percentage-point increase! It's great to see traditional automakers like TVS Motor and Bajaj Auto making such big moves in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Top-Selling Electric Two-Wheeler
\n\n\n\n
That surge in market share has propelled Chetak to the top spot. It's now the number one electric scooter brand in India. This is a big deal, showing that Bajaj's strategy is working. They're not just making EVs; they're making EVs that people want to buy. The company now operates 310 Chetak experience centers and over 3000 points of sale (POS) nationwide. These efforts are part of a broader strategy to address emerging market sub-segments in FY26 and sustain leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Sustaining Leadership
\n\n\n\n
To keep its lead, Bajaj is focusing on a few key areas:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Expanding the Chetak lineup with new models like the upcoming entry-level EV.
\n\n\n\n
Scaling up its retail network to improve customer accessibility.
\n\n\n\n
Managing costs effectively to offer competitive pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj’s electric vehicle business has greatly benefited from falling input costs and government-backed production-linked incentive (PLI) schemes. These factors have enabled the company to offer competitively priced products while remaining profitable.
\n
\n\n\n\n
With these strategies, Bajaj aims to maintain its profitable growth and sustain its leadership in the EV market.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667020\"]\n\n\n\n
New Chetak Variants To Broaden Market Reach
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is strategically expanding its Chetak lineup to capture a larger share of the electric vehicle market. The company plans to introduce new variants aimed at different consumer segments, building on the success of existing models. This move is designed to solidify Bajaj's position and cater to a wider range of customer preferences.
\n\n\n\n
Upgrade To Chetak 2903
\n\n\n\n
Following the launch of the Chetak 3503, Bajaj is set to introduce an upgraded version of the Chetak 2903 in June. This refresh aims to enhance the entry-level offering, potentially including improvements to storage capacity and other features. The current Chetak 29 series is already a popular choice, and the updated model is expected to further boost its appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Chetak 35 Series Expansion
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak 35 Series, which debuted in December 2024, is a key platform for Bajaj's EV strategy. With the introduction of the 3503 variant in May, Bajaj is demonstrating its commitment to expanding this series. These models are designed to offer a balance of performance and features, catering to a broad spectrum of riders. The 35 Series is expected to see further additions in FY26, broadening its reach even more.
\n\n\n\n
Catering To Emerging Sub-Segments
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj aims to address emerging sub-segments within the EV market by introducing additional variants in FY26. This strategic move involves identifying specific customer needs and developing models that cater to those requirements. By offering a diverse range of options, Bajaj hopes to attract a wider customer base and sustain its leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj's strategy involves not only expanding its product lineup but also scaling up its retail infrastructure. The company now operates a significant number of experience centers and sales points across India, ensuring that customers have easy access to its products and services.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Current Chetak EV Lineup And Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Four Variants Available
\n\n\n\n
Currently, if you're looking at getting a Chetak, you've got a few choices. Bajaj offers four distinct models to suit different needs and budgets. It's pretty cool how they've managed to cover a range from basic to pretty well-equipped.
\n\n\n\n
Entry-Level To Top-End Models
\n\n\n\n
The lineup includes the base Chetak 2903, which is the most affordable option. Then there are the Chetak 3503 and 3502 models, sitting in the middle of the range. At the top end, you've got the Chetak 3501, which comes with all the bells and whistles. The Chetak 3503 is a solid choice for many.
\n\n\n\n
Meeting Diverse User Needs
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Chetak 2903 is great for those just getting into EVs and wanting something simple and cost-effective.
\n\n\n\n
The 3503 and 3502 offer a balance of features and price, appealing to a broader audience.
\n\n\n\n
The 3501 is for those who want the best technology and features Bajaj has to offer in an electric scooter.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth checking out the specific features of each model to see which one best fits your needs. Things like range, charging time, and included tech can vary quite a bit between the variants.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Expands Retail Network Across India
\n\n\n\n
Increased Experience Centers
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is seriously upping its game when it comes to getting their electric scooters out there. They've been busy setting up a bunch of Chetak experience centers all over the country. These aren't just your regular dealerships; they're designed to give potential buyers a real feel for the Chetak and what it's all about. It's like stepping into a mini-EV world, where you can check out the scooters, ask questions, and maybe even take one for a spin.
\n\n\n\n
Nationwide Sales Points
\n\n\n\n
It's not just about the fancy experience centers, though. Bajaj is also making sure you can find a Chetak pretty much anywhere you go. They've got a huge network of sales points spread across the country, so whether you're in a big city or a smaller town, you should be able to find Chetak electric scooters without too much trouble.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Customer Accessibility
\n\n\n\n
\n
The goal here is simple: make it as easy as possible for people to buy a Chetak. By having more locations and better-equipped showrooms, Bajaj is hoping to reach a wider audience and make the whole buying process smoother and more convenient. This is a big deal for anyone who's been thinking about switching to electric but hasn't quite made the leap yet.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what Bajaj is doing to boost customer accessibility:
\n\n\n\n
\n
More experience centers for a better test ride and buying experience.
\n\n\n\n
A wider network of sales points across India.
\n\n\n\n
Improved service and support at all locations.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Record-Breaking Revenue Driven By EV Growth
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Highest-Ever Domestic Revenue
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto really knocked it out of the park this past year! The company's domestic business hit an all-time high in revenue for FY25, showing a solid 12% jump compared to the year before. This growth was fueled by strong sales in both the two-wheeler and three-wheeler categories, which is pretty awesome. It's great to see them doing so well across different vehicle types.
\n\n\n\n
Significant EV Contribution
\n\n\n\n
Electric vehicles are really making a difference for Bajaj. EV sales contributed over ₹5,500 crore to their revenue, which is almost 20% of their domestic sales. That's a huge chunk! It really shows how much of a stronghold Bajaj has in the EV market. They're not just dabbling in EVs; they're seriously making waves. This is a testament to their Chetak electric scooter and its growing popularity.
\n\n\n\n
Profitable Growth In FY26
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is aiming for even more profitable growth in FY26. With the expansion of their retail network and the increasing demand for EVs, they're in a good position to keep growing. It'll be interesting to see how they navigate the challenges in the supply chain, but overall, things are looking pretty bright for them. They're definitely setting themselves up for continued success.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth noting that CFO Dinesh Thapar mentioned that cost optimization and government incentives, like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, have really helped their EV business. These factors have allowed them to offer competitive prices while still making a profit, which is a win-win situation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Addressing Supply Chain Challenges
\n\n\n\n
Rare Earth Magnet Concerns
\n\n\n\n
One of the biggest headaches for Bajaj, and really the whole EV industry, is getting enough rare earth magnets. These magnets are super important for making electric motors work, and right now, a lot of them come from China. It's not just about finding suppliers; it's about navigating a whole bunch of red tape.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Production Impacts
\n\n\n\n
If these supply chain issues don't get sorted out soon, there could be some serious problems. Bajaj might have to slow down production if they can't get enough magnets. It's a bit of a domino effect – no magnets, no motors; no motors, fewer scooters rolling off the assembly line. And that's not good for anyone, especially with the Chetak's popularity on the rise. The EV battery supply chain is fragile.
\n\n\n\n
Mitigation Strategies
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is trying to figure out ways to deal with this. Here are some things they're looking at:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Finding new suppliers from different countries.
\n\n\n\n
Working with the government to speed up the import approval process.
\n\n\n\n
Exploring alternative motor designs that don't rely so heavily on rare earth magnets.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's a tricky situation, but Bajaj seems determined to find a solution. They know that keeping the Chetak production line running smoothly is key to staying competitive in the rapidly growing EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping Things Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Bajaj Auto is really pushing hard with its Chetak electric scooters. They're bringing out this new, cheaper model in June, which makes sense given how well the Chetak has been doing. It's pretty cool how they've gone from a small market share to being number one in India for electric two-wheelers. They've also opened a ton of new stores, which should help people get their hands on these scooters. The only real worry is those rare earth magnets, but hopefully, they figure that out. It looks like Bajaj is set to keep leading the way in the electric scooter world for a while.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is Bajaj Auto launching its new entry-level Chetak EV?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto plans to launch a new, more affordable Chetak electric scooter by the end of June. This new model is meant to attract more buyers to the Chetak family.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of new Chetak EV is being launched?
\n\n\n\n
The new Chetak EV will be an improved version of the current Chetak 2903. It's designed to be more budget-friendly while still offering good features.
\n\n\n\n
How well is the Chetak performing in the EV market?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Chetak has become the top-selling electric two-wheeler in India. Its market share jumped from 13% to 25% in just one year, showing how popular it has become.
\n\n\n\n
How is Bajaj Auto making Chetaks more available to customers?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has greatly expanded its sales network. They now have 310 special Chetak stores and over 3,000 places across India where you can buy their vehicles. This makes it easier for customers to find and buy Chetaks.
\n\n\n\n
Did Bajaj Auto have a successful year financially because of EVs?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, Bajaj Auto had its best year ever for sales in India, with a 12% increase. Electric vehicles, like the Chetak, played a big part in this success, making up almost 20% of their total domestic sales.
\n\n\n\n
Are there any challenges Bajaj Auto is facing with EV production?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is worried about getting enough rare earth magnets, which are important parts for EV motors. There might be a shortage by July 2025, which could affect how many electric scooters they can make.
Bajaj Auto is getting ready to launch a new, more affordable electric scooter called the Chetak. It's supposed to come out in June. This move is all about helping Bajaj get an even bigger piece of the growing electric vehicle market. The company wants to make sure it stays ahead, especially with its popular Chetak lineup.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj Auto is launching an entry-level Chetak EV in June to expand its market presence.
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak brand has become a top seller in India's electric two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
New Chetak models, including an upgraded 2903 and more 35 Series variants, are coming soon.
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj has greatly increased its retail stores and service centers across India.
\n\n\n\n
The company is dealing with possible supply issues for rare earth magnets, which are important for EV parts.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto To Expand Chetak Lineup With New Entry Level EV In June
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is gearing up to broaden its Chetak lineup with a new, entry-level electric vehicle (EV) slated for release in June. This move aims to strengthen Bajaj's position in the rapidly expanding EV market. The new model is expected to be an upgrade to the Chetak 2903, and it's designed to appeal to a broader range of consumers looking for affordable electric scooters.
\n\n\n\n
New Entry-Level Chetak EV Launch
\n\n\n\n
The launch is planned for June, and it's expected to introduce a more accessible price point for the Chetak brand. This new variant is part of Bajaj's strategy to capture a larger share of the entry-level EV market. The company is aiming to attract consumers who are looking for a reliable and affordable electric scooter for their daily commute.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Strengthening Market Position
\n\n\n\n
By introducing a new entry-level EV, Bajaj aims to solidify its standing in the competitive Indian EV market. The Chetak has already gained traction, and this new model is expected to further boost its sales and market share. Bajaj is focusing on providing a compelling alternative to traditional petrol scooters, with the added benefit of lower running costs and reduced emissions.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Portfolio Expansion
\n\n\n\n
This launch is part of a broader strategy to expand the Chetak portfolio and cater to different consumer segments. Bajaj is committed to investing in the EV sector and developing a range of products that meet the diverse needs of Indian consumers. The company is also working on expanding its retail network to ensure that its products are easily accessible to customers across the country.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The introduction of the new entry-level Chetak EV is a strategic move by Bajaj Auto to capitalize on the growing demand for electric vehicles in India. By offering a more affordable option, Bajaj aims to attract a wider range of consumers and further strengthen its position in the EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Chetak's Dominance In The EV Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Market Share Surge
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has seen a significant jump in the electric vehicle market. The Chetak brand has really taken off. According to Rakesh Sharma, Executive Director at Bajaj Auto, the market share grew from 13% in Q4 FY24 to 25% in Q4 FY25. That's a 12-percentage-point increase! It's great to see traditional automakers like TVS Motor and Bajaj Auto making such big moves in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Top-Selling Electric Two-Wheeler
\n\n\n\n
That surge in market share has propelled Chetak to the top spot. It's now the number one electric scooter brand in India. This is a big deal, showing that Bajaj's strategy is working. They're not just making EVs; they're making EVs that people want to buy. The company now operates 310 Chetak experience centers and over 3000 points of sale (POS) nationwide. These efforts are part of a broader strategy to address emerging market sub-segments in FY26 and sustain leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
Sustaining Leadership
\n\n\n\n
To keep its lead, Bajaj is focusing on a few key areas:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Expanding the Chetak lineup with new models like the upcoming entry-level EV.
\n\n\n\n
Scaling up its retail network to improve customer accessibility.
\n\n\n\n
Managing costs effectively to offer competitive pricing.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj’s electric vehicle business has greatly benefited from falling input costs and government-backed production-linked incentive (PLI) schemes. These factors have enabled the company to offer competitively priced products while remaining profitable.
\n
\n\n\n\n
With these strategies, Bajaj aims to maintain its profitable growth and sustain its leadership in the EV market.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"667020\"]\n\n\n\n
New Chetak Variants To Broaden Market Reach
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is strategically expanding its Chetak lineup to capture a larger share of the electric vehicle market. The company plans to introduce new variants aimed at different consumer segments, building on the success of existing models. This move is designed to solidify Bajaj's position and cater to a wider range of customer preferences.
\n\n\n\n
Upgrade To Chetak 2903
\n\n\n\n
Following the launch of the Chetak 3503, Bajaj is set to introduce an upgraded version of the Chetak 2903 in June. This refresh aims to enhance the entry-level offering, potentially including improvements to storage capacity and other features. The current Chetak 29 series is already a popular choice, and the updated model is expected to further boost its appeal.
\n\n\n\n
Chetak 35 Series Expansion
\n\n\n\n
The Chetak 35 Series, which debuted in December 2024, is a key platform for Bajaj's EV strategy. With the introduction of the 3503 variant in May, Bajaj is demonstrating its commitment to expanding this series. These models are designed to offer a balance of performance and features, catering to a broad spectrum of riders. The 35 Series is expected to see further additions in FY26, broadening its reach even more.
\n\n\n\n
Catering To Emerging Sub-Segments
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj aims to address emerging sub-segments within the EV market by introducing additional variants in FY26. This strategic move involves identifying specific customer needs and developing models that cater to those requirements. By offering a diverse range of options, Bajaj hopes to attract a wider customer base and sustain its leadership in the EV space.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Bajaj's strategy involves not only expanding its product lineup but also scaling up its retail infrastructure. The company now operates a significant number of experience centers and sales points across India, ensuring that customers have easy access to its products and services.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Current Chetak EV Lineup And Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Four Variants Available
\n\n\n\n
Currently, if you're looking at getting a Chetak, you've got a few choices. Bajaj offers four distinct models to suit different needs and budgets. It's pretty cool how they've managed to cover a range from basic to pretty well-equipped.
\n\n\n\n
Entry-Level To Top-End Models
\n\n\n\n
The lineup includes the base Chetak 2903, which is the most affordable option. Then there are the Chetak 3503 and 3502 models, sitting in the middle of the range. At the top end, you've got the Chetak 3501, which comes with all the bells and whistles. The Chetak 3503 is a solid choice for many.
\n\n\n\n
Meeting Diverse User Needs
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Chetak 2903 is great for those just getting into EVs and wanting something simple and cost-effective.
\n\n\n\n
The 3503 and 3502 offer a balance of features and price, appealing to a broader audience.
\n\n\n\n
The 3501 is for those who want the best technology and features Bajaj has to offer in an electric scooter.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth checking out the specific features of each model to see which one best fits your needs. Things like range, charging time, and included tech can vary quite a bit between the variants.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Expands Retail Network Across India
\n\n\n\n
Increased Experience Centers
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is seriously upping its game when it comes to getting their electric scooters out there. They've been busy setting up a bunch of Chetak experience centers all over the country. These aren't just your regular dealerships; they're designed to give potential buyers a real feel for the Chetak and what it's all about. It's like stepping into a mini-EV world, where you can check out the scooters, ask questions, and maybe even take one for a spin.
\n\n\n\n
Nationwide Sales Points
\n\n\n\n
It's not just about the fancy experience centers, though. Bajaj is also making sure you can find a Chetak pretty much anywhere you go. They've got a huge network of sales points spread across the country, so whether you're in a big city or a smaller town, you should be able to find Chetak electric scooters without too much trouble.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Customer Accessibility
\n\n\n\n
\n
The goal here is simple: make it as easy as possible for people to buy a Chetak. By having more locations and better-equipped showrooms, Bajaj is hoping to reach a wider audience and make the whole buying process smoother and more convenient. This is a big deal for anyone who's been thinking about switching to electric but hasn't quite made the leap yet.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick rundown of what Bajaj is doing to boost customer accessibility:
\n\n\n\n
\n
More experience centers for a better test ride and buying experience.
\n\n\n\n
A wider network of sales points across India.
\n\n\n\n
Improved service and support at all locations.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Record-Breaking Revenue Driven By EV Growth
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Highest-Ever Domestic Revenue
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto really knocked it out of the park this past year! The company's domestic business hit an all-time high in revenue for FY25, showing a solid 12% jump compared to the year before. This growth was fueled by strong sales in both the two-wheeler and three-wheeler categories, which is pretty awesome. It's great to see them doing so well across different vehicle types.
\n\n\n\n
Significant EV Contribution
\n\n\n\n
Electric vehicles are really making a difference for Bajaj. EV sales contributed over ₹5,500 crore to their revenue, which is almost 20% of their domestic sales. That's a huge chunk! It really shows how much of a stronghold Bajaj has in the EV market. They're not just dabbling in EVs; they're seriously making waves. This is a testament to their Chetak electric scooter and its growing popularity.
\n\n\n\n
Profitable Growth In FY26
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto is aiming for even more profitable growth in FY26. With the expansion of their retail network and the increasing demand for EVs, they're in a good position to keep growing. It'll be interesting to see how they navigate the challenges in the supply chain, but overall, things are looking pretty bright for them. They're definitely setting themselves up for continued success.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's worth noting that CFO Dinesh Thapar mentioned that cost optimization and government incentives, like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, have really helped their EV business. These factors have allowed them to offer competitive prices while still making a profit, which is a win-win situation.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Addressing Supply Chain Challenges
\n\n\n\n
Rare Earth Magnet Concerns
\n\n\n\n
One of the biggest headaches for Bajaj, and really the whole EV industry, is getting enough rare earth magnets. These magnets are super important for making electric motors work, and right now, a lot of them come from China. It's not just about finding suppliers; it's about navigating a whole bunch of red tape.
\n\n\n\n
Potential Production Impacts
\n\n\n\n
If these supply chain issues don't get sorted out soon, there could be some serious problems. Bajaj might have to slow down production if they can't get enough magnets. It's a bit of a domino effect – no magnets, no motors; no motors, fewer scooters rolling off the assembly line. And that's not good for anyone, especially with the Chetak's popularity on the rise. The EV battery supply chain is fragile.
\n\n\n\n
Mitigation Strategies
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is trying to figure out ways to deal with this. Here are some things they're looking at:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Finding new suppliers from different countries.
\n\n\n\n
Working with the government to speed up the import approval process.
\n\n\n\n
Exploring alternative motor designs that don't rely so heavily on rare earth magnets.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's a tricky situation, but Bajaj seems determined to find a solution. They know that keeping the Chetak production line running smoothly is key to staying competitive in the rapidly growing EV market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping Things Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Bajaj Auto is really pushing hard with its Chetak electric scooters. They're bringing out this new, cheaper model in June, which makes sense given how well the Chetak has been doing. It's pretty cool how they've gone from a small market share to being number one in India for electric two-wheelers. They've also opened a ton of new stores, which should help people get their hands on these scooters. The only real worry is those rare earth magnets, but hopefully, they figure that out. It looks like Bajaj is set to keep leading the way in the electric scooter world for a while.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
When is Bajaj Auto launching its new entry-level Chetak EV?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto plans to launch a new, more affordable Chetak electric scooter by the end of June. This new model is meant to attract more buyers to the Chetak family.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of new Chetak EV is being launched?
\n\n\n\n
The new Chetak EV will be an improved version of the current Chetak 2903. It's designed to be more budget-friendly while still offering good features.
\n\n\n\n
How well is the Chetak performing in the EV market?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Chetak has become the top-selling electric two-wheeler in India. Its market share jumped from 13% to 25% in just one year, showing how popular it has become.
\n\n\n\n
How is Bajaj Auto making Chetaks more available to customers?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj Auto has greatly expanded its sales network. They now have 310 special Chetak stores and over 3,000 places across India where you can buy their vehicles. This makes it easier for customers to find and buy Chetaks.
\n\n\n\n
Did Bajaj Auto have a successful year financially because of EVs?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, Bajaj Auto had its best year ever for sales in India, with a 12% increase. Electric vehicles, like the Chetak, played a big part in this success, making up almost 20% of their total domestic sales.
\n\n\n\n
Are there any challenges Bajaj Auto is facing with EV production?
\n\n\n\n
Bajaj is worried about getting enough rare earth magnets, which are important parts for EV motors. There might be a shortage by July 2025, which could affect how many electric scooters they can make.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Jun 06, 2025","url":"/news/bikes/bajaj/bajaj-chetak-2025-budget-ev-launch/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"14 min read"},{"id":9227,"title":"Piaggio vs Honda Activa: Which Mass Market Scooter Should You Buy in 2025?","content":"\n
Piaggio, a well-known Italian company, is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. Right now, they mostly sell fancy scooters like Vespa and Aprilia there. But things are changing. They're looking at making more affordable scooters for everyday people. This move could help them reach a lot more customers in India, especially with the country's growing middle class. They're also thinking about using their India factory to make scooters for other places, like Africa. It's a big shift in their plans, and they're going to check everything out carefully starting in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is looking into joining India's mass-market scooter business, moving beyond just premium models.
\n\n\n\n
They plan to use India as a base to make and send scooters to African countries.
\n\n\n\n
The company is working on new, cheaper scooters for India, while still keeping their high-end Vespa and Aprilia lines.
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful about electric scooters in India because profits are low right now.
\n\n\n\n
Their current Indian setup includes making premium scooters and being a big player in diesel three-wheelers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio Eyes Entry Into India’s Mass Scooter Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio, the Italian automaker currently known for its premium Vespa and Aprilia scooters, is seriously considering a move into India's mass-market scooter segment. This is a big deal because it signals a potential shift in strategy for the company. They're thinking about competing with the big players in the Indian scooter market, which is growing fast. The company will start evaluating prospects in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Shift Towards Mass Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio's potential entry into the mass market represents a significant strategic shift. They're moving beyond their niche of premium scooters to target a much larger customer base. This move is driven by the desire to tap into the growing demand for affordable scooters in India.
\n\n\n\n
Beyond Premium: Targeting India’s Middle Class
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio recognizes the potential of India's expanding middle class. They see that more people have more money to spend, and they want a piece of that pie. This means developing scooters that are priced competitively and appeal to a broader range of consumers. The current Vespa offerings are great, but they only reach a small part of the market.
\n\n\n\n
Evaluating Prospects in June 2025
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio plans to begin a thorough evaluation of its prospects in the Indian mass-market scooter segment in June 2025. This evaluation will likely involve assessing market demand, competitor analysis, and feasibility studies. The results of this evaluation will determine whether Piaggio proceeds with its plans to launch new scooters in India.
\n\n\n\n
\n
This evaluation is a crucial step for Piaggio. It will help them understand the challenges and opportunities of entering the mass-market segment. If the evaluation is positive, Piaggio could become a major player in the Indian scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Leveraging India as an Export Hub
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio isn't just looking at India as a place to sell scooters; they're also eyeing it as a launchpad for exports, particularly to Africa. It's a two-birds-one-stone kind of strategy. If they can get production humming in India, they can then use that base to serve other markets. Makes sense, right?
\n\n\n\n
New Scooter Range for Indian Consumers
\n\n\n\n
So, the plan is to develop a new range of scooters specifically for Indian consumers. These scooters will be designed to meet the needs and preferences of the local market, which means focusing on things like fuel efficiency, affordability, and durability. But here's the kicker: these same scooters could also be a hit in other developing markets, like those in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
Export Base for African Markets
\n\n\n\n
Africa is a big part of Piaggio's plan. They see it as a region with untapped potential and a growing demand for affordable transportation. By setting up India as an export hub, they can efficiently supply scooters to African markets without having to build separate manufacturing facilities. It's all about optimizing their operations and taking advantage of economies of scale.
\n\n\n\n
Long-Term Growth Potential in Africa
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio believes that Africa offers significant long-term growth opportunities. The company is betting that as economies in Africa continue to develop, the demand for personal transportation will increase, creating a large market for scooters and other two-wheeled vehicles.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at why Africa is so appealing:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Growing population
\n\n\n\n
Increasing urbanization
\n\n\n\n
Rising disposable incomes
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is positioning itself to capitalize on these trends and become a major player in the African scooter market.
\n\n\n\n
Product Strategy and Market Positioning
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is making some serious moves to shake up its market positioning in India. It's not just about the fancy Vespas anymore; they're looking at the bigger picture.
\n\n\n\n
Developing Competitively Priced Scooters
\n\n\n\n
To really grab a piece of the Indian market, Piaggio knows it needs to play the price game. They're restructuring internally to focus on developing scooters that can compete head-to-head with the established players. This means finding ways to cut costs without sacrificing quality, a tough balancing act in a market where every rupee counts. It's all about offering value that appeals to the average Indian consumer.
\n\n\n\n
Maintaining Premium Vespa and Aprilia Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Even with the push into the mass market, Piaggio isn't abandoning its roots. The premium Vespa and Aprilia brands will still have a place, catering to those who want something a little more special. It's about having something for everyone, from the budget-conscious to the style-conscious. The plan is to keep these brands distinct, ensuring they continue to represent quality and design.
\n\n\n\n
Competing with High-Volume Players
\n\n\n\n
Taking on giants like Honda and TVS won't be easy. These companies have a massive head start and a loyal customer base. Piaggio's strategy involves:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Aggressive pricing on new models.
\n\n\n\n
Building a strong distribution network.
\n\n\n\n
Focusing on fuel efficiency and reliability.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio understands the challenges ahead. They're not expecting to become the top seller overnight, but they're in it for the long haul. The goal is to steadily gain market share by offering a compelling alternative to the established brands. They are hoping to launch a new scooter range tailored for Indian consumers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Cautious Approach to Electric Vehicles
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is playing it cool when it comes to diving headfirst into the electric vehicle market in India. They've got their reasons, and they're not shy about them.
\n\n\n\n
Low Profit Margins in Indian EV Market
\n\n\n\n
The big issue? Profit margins. Piaggio isn't convinced that the Indian EV market is lucrative enough right now. It's a tough game, and they're not seeing the kind of returns that would justify a massive investment. They're watching closely, but for now, they're keeping their powder dry. It's a smart move to wait and see how things shake out before committing fully. The company is monitoring the situation, especially in the three-wheeler electric vehicle space.
\n\n\n\n
Focus on Internal Combustion Engine Scooters
\n\n\n\n
For the time being, Piaggio is sticking with what they know: internal combustion engine (ICE) scooters. They're focusing on developing new engines that are both powerful and fuel-efficient. This allows them to cater to the current market demands while keeping an eye on the evolving EV landscape. It's a practical approach that balances immediate needs with future possibilities.
\n\n\n\n
Equipped with Existing EV Options
\n\n\n\n
That's not to say Piaggio is ignoring EVs altogether. They already have electric models available, particularly in Europe. They're ready to roll out those options in India when the time is right. They have tech for EV switch, but let customers decide. It's more about timing and market readiness than a complete rejection of electric mobility. They're just waiting for the stars to align before making a big push.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is taking a measured approach, balancing growth with caution. They're not afraid to wait for the right moment, and they're not going to jump into a market without a clear path to profitability. It's a smart, strategic move that could pay off big time in the long run.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at their strategy:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Prioritize profitability over early market entry.
\n\n\n\n
Continue developing ICE engines for current demand.
\n\n\n\n
Monitor the EV market and prepare for future opportunities.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Dynamics and Consumer Trends
\n\n\n\n
India’s Expanding Middle-Class Consumer Base
\n\n\n\n
India's middle class is growing, and it's a big deal for the auto industry. More people have more money to spend, and that includes buying scooters. This expansion is creating a larger market for companies like Piaggio to target. It's not just about the numbers; it's about changing aspirations and lifestyles.
\n\n\n\n
Impact of Growing GDP Per Capita
\n\n\n\n
As India's GDP per capita increases, so does the purchasing power of its citizens. This means more people can afford vehicles, including scooters. The rise in income levels directly translates to increased demand for personal transportation. It's a pretty straightforward connection, and it's driving a lot of the growth in the two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
Dominance of Honda and TVS Models
\n\n\n\n
Right now, Honda and TVS are the big players in the Indian scooter market. They've got a strong hold, and it's going to be tough for Piaggio to break through. They have established brands, extensive distribution networks, and models that are well-suited to the Indian consumer. Piaggio will need a solid strategy to compete with these established giants.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Indian scooter market is fiercely competitive. To succeed, Piaggio needs to understand the preferences of Indian consumers, offer competitively priced products, and build a strong brand presence. It's a challenging but potentially rewarding market for those who get it right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio’s Current Indian Presence
\n\n\n\n
Premium Vespa and Aprilia Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is currently known in India mainly for its premium scooter brands, Vespa and Aprilia. These scooters target the higher end of the market, offering stylish designs and advanced features. However, Piaggio recognizes that to truly capture a significant share of the Indian market, it needs to expand its reach beyond this niche.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Plant in Baramati, Maharashtra
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio has a manufacturing facility located in Baramati, Maharashtra. This plant serves as a crucial hub for producing vehicles for the Indian market and potentially for exports to other regions, like Africa. The Baramati plant is key to Piaggio's localization efforts and its ability to offer competitively priced scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Leading Player in Diesel Three-Wheeler Segment
\n\n\n\n
While Piaggio is exploring the mass scooter market, it's already a leading player in India's diesel three-wheeler segment. This existing presence gives Piaggio a strong foundation in the Indian automotive landscape, with established distribution networks and manufacturing expertise. Piaggio sold 106,800 vehicles globally in the first quarter of 2025.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's established presence in the three-wheeler market provides a valuable operational framework. This existing infrastructure can be adapted and expanded to support the company's entry into the mass scooter segment, offering synergies in manufacturing, distribution, and after-sales service.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at Piaggio's current market segments in India:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Premium Scooters (Vespa, Aprilia)
\n\n\n\n
Diesel Three-Wheelers
\n\n\n\n
Potential Mass-Market Scooters (Future)
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Future Product Development
\n\n\n\n
New Engine with Focus on Performance and Fuel Economy
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is reportedly working on a new engine specifically tailored for the Indian market. The primary goals are to achieve a sweet spot between performance and fuel efficiency. This is a critical factor, as Indian consumers are highly sensitive to mileage. The engine is expected to be modern, meeting the latest emission standards while delivering a peppy riding experience. It's all about finding that balance that appeals to the practical yet performance-oriented Indian buyer.
\n\n\n\n
Complete Localization for Indian Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio aims for complete localization of its products in India. This means sourcing components and manufacturing processes locally to reduce costs and improve competitiveness. Localization isn't just about cutting expenses; it's also about creating jobs and supporting the local economy. A fully localized product can be priced more aggressively and is less susceptible to currency fluctuations. This move will help PIAGF stock in the long run.
\n\n\n\n
Potential for 125cc, 150cc, and 200cc Options
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is exploring various engine displacement options to cater to a wider range of consumers. The 125cc segment is popular for its affordability and fuel efficiency, while the 150cc and 200cc segments offer more power and performance. The company might introduce models in all three categories to compete effectively with existing players. This multi-pronged approach allows Piaggio to capture different segments of the market, appealing to both budget-conscious commuters and performance enthusiasts. Piaggio India already introduces ABS & CBS in Vespa and Aprilia scooters.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's future product development strategy seems well-thought-out, focusing on localization, fuel efficiency, and performance. This approach should help them gain a stronger foothold in the competitive Indian scooter market. The company is also keeping a close eye on the electric vehicle segment, ready to adapt as the market evolves.
\n
\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Piaggio in India?
\n\n\n\n
So, Piaggio is really thinking about jumping into India's big scooter market. It's a pretty smart move, especially with more people there looking for affordable rides. They're not just looking at India, though; they want to use it as a base to send scooters to Africa too. It's a big change from their usual fancy Vespa and Aprilia models. They're being careful with electric scooters for now, which makes sense given the market. It'll be interesting to see if they can really make a dent against the big players. We'll just have to wait and see how it all plays out.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"666805\"]\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
Why is Piaggio looking at India's mass scooter market?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. They want to sell more affordable scooters to regular people, not just their fancy ones.
\n\n\n\n
When will Piaggio decide about this new plan?
\n\n\n\n
They're doing a check-up, like a study, to see if it's a good idea. They'll start looking closely in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Will Piaggio make new scooters for India and export them?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, if things go well, they plan to make new scooters especially for India. They also want to use their factory in India to send scooters to countries in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
How will Piaggio make their new scooters affordable?
\n\n\n\n
They want to make scooters that don't cost too much, so more people can buy them. But they will still sell their expensive Vespa and Aprilia scooters too.
\n\n\n\n
Is Piaggio making electric scooters for India?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful with electric scooters in India because it's hard to make a lot of money from them right now. They're focusing on gas-powered scooters for now.
\n\n\n\n
What does Piaggio already sell in India?
\n\n\n\n
They currently sell high-end Vespa and Aprilia scooters. They also have a factory in Maharashtra and
Piaggio, a well-known Italian company, is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. Right now, they mostly sell fancy scooters like Vespa and Aprilia there. But things are changing. They're looking at making more affordable scooters for everyday people. This move could help them reach a lot more customers in India, especially with the country's growing middle class. They're also thinking about using their India factory to make scooters for other places, like Africa. It's a big shift in their plans, and they're going to check everything out carefully starting in June 2025.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is looking into joining India's mass-market scooter business, moving beyond just premium models.
\n\n\n\n
They plan to use India as a base to make and send scooters to African countries.
\n\n\n\n
The company is working on new, cheaper scooters for India, while still keeping their high-end Vespa and Aprilia lines.
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful about electric scooters in India because profits are low right now.
\n\n\n\n
Their current Indian setup includes making premium scooters and being a big player in diesel three-wheelers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio Eyes Entry Into India’s Mass Scooter Market
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio, the Italian automaker currently known for its premium Vespa and Aprilia scooters, is seriously considering a move into India's mass-market scooter segment. This is a big deal because it signals a potential shift in strategy for the company. They're thinking about competing with the big players in the Indian scooter market, which is growing fast. The company will start evaluating prospects in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Shift Towards Mass Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio's potential entry into the mass market represents a significant strategic shift. They're moving beyond their niche of premium scooters to target a much larger customer base. This move is driven by the desire to tap into the growing demand for affordable scooters in India.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Beyond Premium: Targeting India’s Middle Class
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio recognizes the potential of India's expanding middle class. They see that more people have more money to spend, and they want a piece of that pie. This means developing scooters that are priced competitively and appeal to a broader range of consumers. The current Vespa offerings are great, but they only reach a small part of the market.
\n\n\n\n
Evaluating Prospects in June 2025
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio plans to begin a thorough evaluation of its prospects in the Indian mass-market scooter segment in June 2025. This evaluation will likely involve assessing market demand, competitor analysis, and feasibility studies. The results of this evaluation will determine whether Piaggio proceeds with its plans to launch new scooters in India.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
This evaluation is a crucial step for Piaggio. It will help them understand the challenges and opportunities of entering the mass-market segment. If the evaluation is positive, Piaggio could become a major player in the Indian scooter market.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Leveraging India as an Export Hub
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio isn't just looking at India as a place to sell scooters; they're also eyeing it as a launchpad for exports, particularly to Africa. It's a two-birds-one-stone kind of strategy. If they can get production humming in India, they can then use that base to serve other markets. Makes sense, right?
\n\n\n\n
New Scooter Range for Indian Consumers
\n\n\n\n
So, the plan is to develop a new range of scooters specifically for Indian consumers. These scooters will be designed to meet the needs and preferences of the local market, which means focusing on things like fuel efficiency, affordability, and durability. But here's the kicker: these same scooters could also be a hit in other developing markets, like those in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
Export Base for African Markets
\n\n\n\n
Africa is a big part of Piaggio's plan. They see it as a region with untapped potential and a growing demand for affordable transportation. By setting up India as an export hub, they can efficiently supply scooters to African markets without having to build separate manufacturing facilities. It's all about optimizing their operations and taking advantage of economies of scale.
\n\n\n\n
Long-Term Growth Potential in Africa
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio believes that Africa offers significant long-term growth opportunities. The company is betting that as economies in Africa continue to develop, the demand for personal transportation will increase, creating a large market for scooters and other two-wheeled vehicles.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at why Africa is so appealing:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Growing population
\n\n\n\n
Increasing urbanization
\n\n\n\n
Rising disposable incomes
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is positioning itself to capitalize on these trends and become a major player in the African scooter market.
\n\n\n\n
Product Strategy and Market Positioning
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is making some serious moves to shake up its market positioning in India. It's not just about the fancy Vespas anymore; they're looking at the bigger picture.
\n\n\n\n
Developing Competitively Priced Scooters
\n\n\n\n
To really grab a piece of the Indian market, Piaggio knows it needs to play the price game. They're restructuring internally to focus on developing scooters that can compete head-to-head with the established players. This means finding ways to cut costs without sacrificing quality, a tough balancing act in a market where every rupee counts. It's all about offering value that appeals to the average Indian consumer.
\n\n\n\n
Maintaining Premium Vespa and Aprilia Portfolio
\n\n\n\n
Even with the push into the mass market, Piaggio isn't abandoning its roots. The premium Vespa and Aprilia brands will still have a place, catering to those who want something a little more special. It's about having something for everyone, from the budget-conscious to the style-conscious. The plan is to keep these brands distinct, ensuring they continue to represent quality and design.
\n\n\n\n
Competing with High-Volume Players
\n\n\n\n
Taking on giants like Honda and TVS won't be easy. These companies have a massive head start and a loyal customer base. Piaggio's strategy involves:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Aggressive pricing on new models.
\n\n\n\n
Building a strong distribution network.
\n\n\n\n
Focusing on fuel efficiency and reliability.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio understands the challenges ahead. They're not expecting to become the top seller overnight, but they're in it for the long haul. The goal is to steadily gain market share by offering a compelling alternative to the established brands. They are hoping to launch a new scooter range tailored for Indian consumers.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Cautious Approach to Electric Vehicles
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is playing it cool when it comes to diving headfirst into the electric vehicle market in India. They've got their reasons, and they're not shy about them.
\n\n\n\n
Low Profit Margins in Indian EV Market
\n\n\n\n
The big issue? Profit margins. Piaggio isn't convinced that the Indian EV market is lucrative enough right now. It's a tough game, and they're not seeing the kind of returns that would justify a massive investment. They're watching closely, but for now, they're keeping their powder dry. It's a smart move to wait and see how things shake out before committing fully. The company is monitoring the situation, especially in the three-wheeler electric vehicle space.
\n\n\n\n
Focus on Internal Combustion Engine Scooters
\n\n\n\n
For the time being, Piaggio is sticking with what they know: internal combustion engine (ICE) scooters. They're focusing on developing new engines that are both powerful and fuel-efficient. This allows them to cater to the current market demands while keeping an eye on the evolving EV landscape. It's a practical approach that balances immediate needs with future possibilities.
\n\n\n\n
Equipped with Existing EV Options
\n\n\n\n
That's not to say Piaggio is ignoring EVs altogether. They already have electric models available, particularly in Europe. They're ready to roll out those options in India when the time is right. They have tech for EV switch, but let customers decide. It's more about timing and market readiness than a complete rejection of electric mobility. They're just waiting for the stars to align before making a big push.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio is taking a measured approach, balancing growth with caution. They're not afraid to wait for the right moment, and they're not going to jump into a market without a clear path to profitability. It's a smart, strategic move that could pay off big time in the long run.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at their strategy:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Prioritize profitability over early market entry.
\n\n\n\n
Continue developing ICE engines for current demand.
\n\n\n\n
Monitor the EV market and prepare for future opportunities.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Market Dynamics and Consumer Trends
\n\n\n\n
India’s Expanding Middle-Class Consumer Base
\n\n\n\n
India's middle class is growing, and it's a big deal for the auto industry. More people have more money to spend, and that includes buying scooters. This expansion is creating a larger market for companies like Piaggio to target. It's not just about the numbers; it's about changing aspirations and lifestyles.
\n\n\n\n
Impact of Growing GDP Per Capita
\n\n\n\n
As India's GDP per capita increases, so does the purchasing power of its citizens. This means more people can afford vehicles, including scooters. The rise in income levels directly translates to increased demand for personal transportation. It's a pretty straightforward connection, and it's driving a lot of the growth in the two-wheeler market.
\n\n\n\n
Dominance of Honda and TVS Models
\n\n\n\n
Right now, Honda and TVS are the big players in the Indian scooter market. They've got a strong hold, and it's going to be tough for Piaggio to break through. They have established brands, extensive distribution networks, and models that are well-suited to the Indian consumer. Piaggio will need a solid strategy to compete with these established giants.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Indian scooter market is fiercely competitive. To succeed, Piaggio needs to understand the preferences of Indian consumers, offer competitively priced products, and build a strong brand presence. It's a challenging but potentially rewarding market for those who get it right.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio’s Current Indian Presence
\n\n\n\n
Premium Vespa and Aprilia Offerings
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is currently known in India mainly for its premium scooter brands, Vespa and Aprilia. These scooters target the higher end of the market, offering stylish designs and advanced features. However, Piaggio recognizes that to truly capture a significant share of the Indian market, it needs to expand its reach beyond this niche.
\n\n\n\n
Manufacturing Plant in Baramati, Maharashtra
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio has a manufacturing facility located in Baramati, Maharashtra. This plant serves as a crucial hub for producing vehicles for the Indian market and potentially for exports to other regions, like Africa. The Baramati plant is key to Piaggio's localization efforts and its ability to offer competitively priced scooters.
\n\n\n\n
Leading Player in Diesel Three-Wheeler Segment
\n\n\n\n
While Piaggio is exploring the mass scooter market, it's already a leading player in India's diesel three-wheeler segment. This existing presence gives Piaggio a strong foundation in the Indian automotive landscape, with established distribution networks and manufacturing expertise. Piaggio sold 106,800 vehicles globally in the first quarter of 2025.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's established presence in the three-wheeler market provides a valuable operational framework. This existing infrastructure can be adapted and expanded to support the company's entry into the mass scooter segment, offering synergies in manufacturing, distribution, and after-sales service.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at Piaggio's current market segments in India:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Premium Scooters (Vespa, Aprilia)
\n\n\n\n
Diesel Three-Wheelers
\n\n\n\n
Potential Mass-Market Scooters (Future)
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Future Product Development
\n\n\n\n
New Engine with Focus on Performance and Fuel Economy
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is reportedly working on a new engine specifically tailored for the Indian market. The primary goals are to achieve a sweet spot between performance and fuel efficiency. This is a critical factor, as Indian consumers are highly sensitive to mileage. The engine is expected to be modern, meeting the latest emission standards while delivering a peppy riding experience. It's all about finding that balance that appeals to the practical yet performance-oriented Indian buyer.
\n\n\n\n
Complete Localization for Indian Market
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio aims for complete localization of its products in India. This means sourcing components and manufacturing processes locally to reduce costs and improve competitiveness. Localization isn't just about cutting expenses; it's also about creating jobs and supporting the local economy. A fully localized product can be priced more aggressively and is less susceptible to currency fluctuations. This move will help PIAGF stock in the long run.
\n\n\n\n
Potential for 125cc, 150cc, and 200cc Options
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is exploring various engine displacement options to cater to a wider range of consumers. The 125cc segment is popular for its affordability and fuel efficiency, while the 150cc and 200cc segments offer more power and performance. The company might introduce models in all three categories to compete effectively with existing players. This multi-pronged approach allows Piaggio to capture different segments of the market, appealing to both budget-conscious commuters and performance enthusiasts. Piaggio India already introduces ABS & CBS in Vespa and Aprilia scooters.
\n\n\n\n
\n
Piaggio's future product development strategy seems well-thought-out, focusing on localization, fuel efficiency, and performance. This approach should help them gain a stronger foothold in the competitive Indian scooter market. The company is also keeping a close eye on the electric vehicle segment, ready to adapt as the market evolves.
\n
\n\n\n\n
What's Next for Piaggio in India?
\n\n\n\n
So, Piaggio is really thinking about jumping into India's big scooter market. It's a pretty smart move, especially with more people there looking for affordable rides. They're not just looking at India, though; they want to use it as a base to send scooters to Africa too. It's a big change from their usual fancy Vespa and Aprilia models. They're being careful with electric scooters for now, which makes sense given the market. It'll be interesting to see if they can really make a dent against the big players. We'll just have to wait and see how it all plays out.
\n\n\n\n[totalpoll id=\"666805\"]\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
Why is Piaggio looking at India's mass scooter market?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is thinking about getting into India's big scooter market. They want to sell more affordable scooters to regular people, not just their fancy ones.
\n\n\n\n
When will Piaggio decide about this new plan?
\n\n\n\n
They're doing a check-up, like a study, to see if it's a good idea. They'll start looking closely in June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Will Piaggio make new scooters for India and export them?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, if things go well, they plan to make new scooters especially for India. They also want to use their factory in India to send scooters to countries in Africa.
\n\n\n\n
How will Piaggio make their new scooters affordable?
\n\n\n\n
They want to make scooters that don't cost too much, so more people can buy them. But they will still sell their expensive Vespa and Aprilia scooters too.
\n\n\n\n
Is Piaggio making electric scooters for India?
\n\n\n\n
Piaggio is being careful with electric scooters in India because it's hard to make a lot of money from them right now. They're focusing on gas-powered scooters for now.
\n\n\n\n
What does Piaggio already sell in India?
\n\n\n\n
They currently sell high-end Vespa and Aprilia scooters. They also have a factory in Maharashtra and
Triumph has just dropped its new Thruxton 400 in India, and it's a pretty big deal for cafe racer fans. This bike brings back that classic look we all love but with some modern touches. It's based on the Speed 400, so you know it's got good bones, and the price point is definitely making waves. India is the first stop for this bike, with more countries to follow.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The New Triumph Thruxton 400 has officially launched in India with a starting price of Rs 2.74 Lakh.
\n\n\n\n
It features a 398cc TR-Series engine that produces 42 PS of peak power.
\n\n\n\n
The bike sports a classic cafe racer design, including clip-on handlebars and a bullet seat cowl.
\n\n\n\n
It's built on a dedicated chassis with revised suspension for sharper handling.
\n\n\n\n
Modern rider aids like ride-by-wire throttle and switchable traction control are included.
\n
\n\n\n\n
New Triumph Thruxton 400 Unveiled
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Global Debut in India
\n\n\n\n
Triumph Motorcycles has officially pulled the wraps off the new Thruxton 400, and guess what? India gets to see it first. This marks the global debut for this bike, which is set to roll out to other markets later this year. It’s joining Triumph’s popular 400cc lineup, following the success of the Speed 400 and Scrambler 400 X. It seems like Triumph is really focusing on this segment, and it’s pretty cool that India is getting this exclusive first look.
\n\n\n\n
Iconic Cafe Racer Reimagined
\n\n\n\n
This new Thruxton 400 is all about bringing back that classic cafe racer vibe, but with a modern twist. You know, the kind of bike that just looks cool parked anywhere. It’s got that signature silhouette that made the original Thruxton famous. Think clip-on handlebars, a nicely sculpted fuel tank that’s actually shaped to help you grip it with your knees, and a neat little bullet seat cowl that matches the paint. They’ve even added bar-end mirrors and a clean tail section with a short mudguard. It’s a good mix of old-school looks and modern touches, with some nice two-tone paint options to make it stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Attractive Starting Price
\n\n\n\n
Now, let's talk numbers. The Thruxton 400 is launching with a starting price of Rs 2,74,137 (ex-showroom). That’s a pretty competitive spot for a Triumph, especially considering the style and the brand name. It looks like Triumph is aiming to make this iconic cafe racer style more accessible to a wider range of riders, maybe even a younger crowd who appreciate that classic look but want modern performance. It’s definitely going to shake things up in its segment.
\n\n\n\n
Engine and Performance Specifications
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Underneath its classic cafe racer shell, the new Triumph Thruxton 400 packs a punch with its specially tuned 398cc TR-Series engine. This liquid-cooled, single-cylinder unit is designed to offer a lively performance, especially at higher revs. Triumph claims it delivers a peak output of 42 PS, which should make for some spirited riding.
\n\n\n\n
398cc TR-Series Engine
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the Thruxton 400 is its 398cc displacement. This engine is a reworked version of Triumph's TR-Series, featuring a revised camshaft and specific tuning to emphasize its top-end performance. It's built for a refined yet engaging experience, with liquid cooling and a 6-speed gearbox to keep things smooth.
\n\n\n\n
42 PS Peak Power
\n\n\n\n
With a maximum power output of 42 PS, the Thruxton 400 is positioned to offer a sporty feel. This power figure, achieved at 9,000 rpm, suggests the engine likes to be revved, which is typical for a cafe racer style bike. It's paired with a torque figure of 37.5 Nm at 7,500 rpm, aiming for a good balance of grunt and high-revving fun.
\n\n\n\n
Engaging Throttle Response
\n\n\n\n
To make the most of its performance, the Thruxton 400 features a ride-by-wire throttle system. This technology usually translates to a more precise and immediate throttle response, making the bike feel more connected to the rider's inputs. Combined with the engine's tuning, it should provide an enjoyable and responsive ride, whether you're cruising or pushing it a bit. You can check out more details on the Triumph Thruxton 400 and its specifications.
\n\n\n\n
Design and Styling Elements
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Classic Cafe Racer Silhouette
\n\n\n\n
The new Triumph Thruxton 400 really leans into its heritage, bringing back that unmistakable cafe racer look. It’s got all the classic lines you’d expect, from the sculpted fuel tank to that sleek, color-matched bullet seat cowl. It’s a bike that definitely turns heads, blending old-school cool with a modern finish. You can see the effort put into making it look authentic, like a proper nod to the bikes of yesteryear. It’s a really distinctive style that sets it apart.
\n\n\n\n
Clip-On Handlebars and Bullet Seat Cowl
\n\n\n\n
When you look at the Thruxton 400, the clip-on handlebars immediately signal its sporty intent. They’re positioned to give you a more engaged riding stance, which is pretty standard for this kind of bike. Then there’s the bullet seat cowl; it’s not just for looks, it really completes that classic cafe racer profile. It gives the rear end a clean, minimalist appearance, which I think is a big part of its charm. It’s these details that really make the bike feel special and true to its roots. You can check out some of the styling details on Triumph's official site.
\n\n\n\n
Modern Detailing and Colour Options
\n\n\n\n
While it’s got that vintage vibe, Triumph didn’t skimp on modern touches. You’ll find things like LED lighting all around, which is a nice practical update. The paint schemes are also pretty sharp, often featuring dual-tone options with subtle graphics that add a bit of flair without being over the top. It’s a good mix – you get the classic silhouette but with the kind of finish and details you’d expect from a contemporary motorcycle. It makes the bike feel both timeless and current at the same time.
\n\n\n\n
Rider Aids and Technology
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Even though the new Triumph Thruxton 400 looks like it rolled right out of the past, it's packed with modern tech to make riding safer and more enjoyable. Triumph really focused on giving riders control and confidence, which is pretty cool.
\n\n\n\n
Ride-by-Wire Throttle
\n\n\n\n
This bike uses a ride-by-wire system for the throttle. What that means is there's no physical cable connecting the throttle grip to the engine. Instead, a sensor reads how much you twist the grip and sends an electronic signal to the engine's throttle body. This usually makes the throttle response feel more precise and can help with smoother acceleration, especially when you're just starting off or trying to maintain a steady speed. It's a nice touch that makes the bike feel more connected to you.
\n\n\n\n
Switchable Traction Control
\n\n\n\n
For those times when the road gets a bit slick, the Thruxton 400 comes with switchable traction control. This system monitors the speed of the rear wheel. If it detects that the rear wheel is spinning faster than it should (like if you hit some gravel or wet paint), it can reduce engine power slightly to help you regain grip. The best part is that you can turn it off if you want to, giving you the choice based on the riding conditions or your preference. It’s a good safety net to have, especially if you’re new to cafe racers or riding in varied weather.
\n\n\n\n
Torque-Assist Clutch
\n\n\n\n
Dealing with clutch pull can sometimes be a pain, especially in stop-and-go traffic. The Thruxton 400 features a torque-assist clutch, often called a slipper clutch. This system helps reduce the force needed to pull the clutch lever, making it feel lighter and easier on your hand. More importantly, it also helps prevent the rear wheel from locking up if you downshift too aggressively. This means fewer jerky movements and a smoother ride, particularly when you’re downshifting for corners or coming to a stop. It really makes a difference in overall comfort and control.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The integration of these rider aids is subtle, designed to complement the classic feel of the Thruxton 400 without making it feel overly electronic or intrusive. It’s about enhancing the riding experience, not taking over.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Pricing and Market Positioning
\n\n\n\n
Launch Price Rs 2.74 Lakh
\n\n\n\n
The new Triumph Thruxton 400 has officially landed with a starting price of Rs 2,74,137 (ex-showroom). This puts it right into a competitive spot in the market, especially for those looking for that classic cafe racer vibe without breaking the bank. It's definitely an attractive entry point for a brand like Triumph.
\n\n\n\n
Most Affordable Cafe Racer
\n\n\n\n
Triumph is really pushing this as their most accessible cafe racer yet. For a long time, getting that authentic cafe racer look and feel meant a much higher price tag. The Thruxton 400 changes that narrative, bringing the iconic style and a decent performance package to a wider audience. It’s a smart move to capture riders who might have been priced out of the segment before.
\n\n\n\n
Competition in the Segment
\n\n\n\n
This bike is stepping into a space with some established players. You've got bikes that offer similar retro styling or performance in this price bracket. The Thruxton 400's advantage lies in its Triumph heritage and that specific cafe racer focus. It’s going to be interesting to see how it stacks up against rivals that might offer different features or perhaps a slightly different riding experience. It really comes down to what a rider values most – the brand, the specific style, or the overall package.
\n\n\n\n
Here's a quick look at how it positions itself:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Brand Heritage: Triumph brings a legacy of performance and style.
\n\n\n\n
Cafe Racer Focus: Dedicated styling and ergonomics for that classic look.
\n\n\n\n
Modern Performance: A new engine tuned for a lively ride.
\n\n\n\n
Accessible Price: Making the cafe racer dream more attainable.
\n
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Thruxton 400 aims to blend timeless cafe racer aesthetics with modern engineering, all while hitting a price point that should attract a lot of attention from both new and experienced riders looking for something stylish and fun.
\n
\n\n\n\n
So, What's the Verdict on the New Thruxton 400?
\n\n\n\n
Alright, so Triumph's dropped the Thruxton 400 in India, and it's looking pretty sharp. For around Rs 2.74 lakh, you're getting that classic cafe racer vibe with a modern twist, all thanks to its 398cc engine that puts out a decent 42 PS. It’s based on the Speed 400 but gets its own sporty feel with a tweaked chassis and suspension. It’s definitely aimed at riders who want that iconic look without breaking the bank, and it’s cool that India gets it first. While it might not have all the bells and whistles like smartphone connectivity that some rivals offer, it brings that unmistakable Triumph style and performance to a more accessible price point. If you're into the cafe racer scene and want something that looks good and feels good to ride, this new Thruxton 400 seems like a solid contender.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
How much does the Triumph Thruxton 400 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The new Triumph Thruxton 400 costs Rs 2.74 lakh in India. This makes it a pretty affordable option if you want a cool-looking cafe racer bike.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does the Thruxton 400 have?
\n\n\n\n
This cafe racer has a 398cc engine that can produce 42 horsepower. It's designed to give you a fun and speedy ride.
\n\n\n\n
Does the Thruxton 400 look like a cafe racer?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has classic cafe racer looks with low handlebars you can grip from above, a sleek seat, and a cool, sporty style. It also has some modern touches.
\n\n\n\n
How is the bike's handling and suspension?
\n\n\n\n
It's built on a special frame for better handling, and the suspension is set up for a sporty feel. It has front forks that go up and down and a shock absorber in the back.
\n\n\n\n
What modern technology does the Thruxton 400 have?
\n\n\n\n
It comes with helpful features like a throttle that works electronically (ride-by-wire), traction control that you can turn on or off, and a clutch that makes it easier to downshift.
\n\n\n\n
Where was the Triumph Thruxton 400 first introduced?
\n\n\n\n
India is the first country where this bike was launched. Triumph plans to release it in other countries later in the year.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/offbeat/new-thruxton-400-launch-key-details/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-16.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-16.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-08T14:58:31","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-08T14:58:31","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 08, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/offbeat/new-thruxton-400-launch-key-details/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"12 min read"},{"id":9315,"title":"Range Rover Sport SV Carbon 2025: Key Highlights, Performance, and Features Revealed","content":"\n
So, Land Rover just dropped another special edition of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one's all about shedding some pounds. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and yeah, the name tells you pretty much everything. It's basically the same powerful SUV we know, but with a serious focus on using carbon fiber everywhere it makes sense to cut weight. It's supposed to be the last hurrah for this high-performance version, and it's showing up at Monterey Car Week soon.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is the latest, and final, high-performance version of the Range Rover Sport lineup.
\n\n\n\n
It heavily features carbon fiber components, including an optional exposed carbon fiber hood and 23-inch carbon fiber wheels, aiming for significant weight reduction.
\n\n\n\n
Power comes from a 626 hp twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine, offering brisk acceleration and a top speed of 180 mph.
\n\n\n\n
The interior also gets carbon fiber accents, with performance seats featuring carbon fiber backs and an option for leather-free upholstery.
\n\n\n\n
This special edition will debut at Monterey Car Week, with ordering expected to begin later this year, though US pricing is still unannounced.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Range Rover Sport SV Carbon: The Lightweight Champion
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Introducing the Ultimate Expression of Lightweight Performance
\n\n\n\n
Land Rover is rolling out a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one really leans into the whole lightweight thing. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and honestly, the name tells you most of what you need to know. It’s all about shedding pounds to make this already powerful SUV even quicker and more agile. Think of it as the top-tier performance model, but with a serious diet.
\n\n\n\n
A Final Flourish for the High-Performance Lineup
\n\n\n\n
This Carbon edition seems to be a way to really cap off the current generation of the high-performance Range Rover Sport. It’s like the grand finale, showing off what’s possible when you focus on making it as light as possible without sacrificing that signature Range Rover luxury. It’s definitely aimed at folks who want the absolute best in terms of speed and handling from their big SUV.
\n\n\n\n
Monterey Car Week Debut
\n\n\n\n
Get ready, because this new model is set to make its big splash at Monterey Car Week. It’s the perfect place for something like this, where all sorts of automotive enthusiasts gather to check out the latest and greatest. Land Rover will be showing it off, and it’s expected to grab a lot of attention, especially from people who appreciate serious performance engineering. It’s a pretty big deal for the brand, showing off their latest performance tech.
\n\n\n\n
Engineered for Speed and Composure
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Twin-Turbo V8 Powerhouse
\n\n\n\n
Under the hood, this special edition Range Rover Sport SV Carbon packs a serious punch. It's got a twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine that puts out a hefty 626 horsepower and 553 lb-ft of torque. This setup means you get serious grunt for quick acceleration and confident overtaking. It’s a real beast, ready to move.
\n\n\n\n
Acceleration and Top Speed
\n\n\n\n
When you put your foot down, this thing really goes. It can hit 60 mph from a standstill in just 3.7 seconds, which is pretty impressive for an SUV of this size. And if you find an open stretch of road, it’ll keep pulling all the way up to a top speed of 180 mph. It’s engineered to be fast, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Air Suspension System
\n\n\n\n
To keep all that power in check and make sure the ride is smooth, Land Rover has fitted an advanced air suspension system. This isn't just for comfort, though. It includes special tuning for pitch and roll control. What that means is the car stays more level when you're cornering hard, accelerating, or braking. It really helps with the overall composure and makes the vehicle feel more planted, even when you're pushing it. It’s a big part of what makes the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon handle so well, contributing to its reputation as a vehicle with exceptional mechanical refinement. You can read more about the general capabilities of the Range Rover Sport here.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The suspension system is designed to balance outright performance with the kind of composed ride you expect from a Range Rover. It’s a tricky balance to strike, but they seem to have nailed it with this model.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Extensive Carbon Fiber Integration
\n\n\n\n
This Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the whole lightweight performance thing, and you can see it everywhere. It’s not just for show; this is about shaving off pounds to make it handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Forged Carbon Exterior Pack
\n\n\n\n
Right off the bat, you get the Forged Carbon Exterior Pack as standard. This means you’ll see some cool carbon fiber bits around the active quad exhausts. It gives the rear end a really distinct look, you know?
\n\n\n\n
Optional Exposed Carbon Fiber Hood
\n\n\n\n
If you want to go even further, there’s an option for an exposed carbon fiber hood. It’s a pretty bold statement and really highlights the performance focus of this particular model. You can also get a twill carbon finish on the exhaust finishers if that’s your thing.
\n\n\n\n
23-Inch Carbon Fiber Wheels
\n\n\n\n
Now, this is a big one. While it comes standard with 23-inch forged alloy wheels, you can upgrade to a set of 23-inch carbon fiber wheels. These aren't just for looks; they significantly cut down on unsprung weight, which makes a real difference in how the car feels when you're driving it. It’s part of what helps this special edition Range Rover shave off weight.
\n\n\n\n
Here’s a quick look at what you can get:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Standard Wheels: 23-inch forged alloy with anodized black brake calipers.
Choosing these carbon fiber components, especially the wheels and the optional carbon ceramic brakes, really pushes the performance envelope for the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon. It’s all about reducing mass where it counts the most.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Weight Savings and Performance Enhancements
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Substantial Weight Reduction
\n\n\n\n
This special edition really leans into shedding pounds, and it makes a difference. When you spec out all the lightweight options, like the forged carbon exterior bits and those cool carbon fiber wheels, you're looking at a total weight saving of up to 168 pounds compared to a similar P530 model. That's a pretty significant chunk of weight, almost like taking a whole person out of the car. This focus on reducing mass is key to how the SV Carbon feels on the road. It's not just about numbers; it's about making the whole driving experience sharper and more responsive. It's a real commitment to making this Range Rover Sport as agile as possible.
\n\n\n\n
Optional Carbon Ceramic Braking System
\n\n\n\n
For those who want the absolute best in stopping power, there's an optional carbon ceramic braking system. This setup includes beefy eight-piston calipers, and you can even choose the color – black, blue, carbon bronze, or yellow. These aren't just for looks, though. Carbon ceramic brakes are known for their incredible heat resistance and fade-free performance, especially during spirited driving. They work hand-in-hand with the weight savings to give you more confidence when you're pushing the car.
\n\n\n\n
Impact on Acceleration and Handling
\n\n\n\n
So, what does all this weight saving actually do? Well, it directly translates into quicker acceleration and more nimble handling. While the engine power stays the same – a stout 626 horsepower from that twin-turbo V8 – the reduced weight means the power feels more immediate. The car can get up to speed faster, and it feels more eager to change direction. The advanced air suspension system also plays a big role here, keeping the body controlled during cornering, braking, and acceleration. It’s all about making the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon feel more connected to the road and more engaging to drive. You can expect a 0-60 mph time of just 3.7 seconds, which is seriously quick for a vehicle of this size. The top speed is electronically limited to 180 mph. The combination of less weight and a sophisticated suspension means the car handles better, feels more planted, and is just plain more fun to drive, especially when you're exploring its limits. It’s a noticeable difference that makes the SV Carbon feel like a true performance machine. You can find out more about the performance specs on the Range Rover website.
\n\n\n\n
Luxurious and Performance-Oriented Interior
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Carbon Fiber-Backed Performance Seats
\n\n\n\n
The inside of the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the performance theme, and it starts with the seats. You get these really cool carbon fiber-backed performance seats. They’ve got integrated headrests, sculpted bolsters to keep you in place, and even illuminated SV logos. It’s a nice touch that makes them feel pretty special.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Interior Trim Options
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the seats, the cabin gets a dose of carbon fiber in the trim pieces, adding to that lightweight, sporty vibe. You can also choose from a few different interior themes to personalize your ride. There are options like Ebony, Rosewood/Ebony, and Light Cloud/Ebony. For those who prefer a more sustainable approach, there’s also a Cinder Grey/Ebony theme that uses a leather-free material called Ultrafabrics.
\n\n\n\n
Leather-Free Ultrafabric Upholstery
\n\n\n\n
Speaking of that leather-free option, the Ultrafabric material is actually pretty impressive. It gives the interior a premium feel without using any animal products. It’s part of the Cinder Grey/Ebony interior theme, which also includes woven accents on the dashboard. It’s a good choice if you want that high-performance look and feel but with a different material.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The attention to detail inside the SV Carbon is pretty evident. From the materials used to the specific design elements, it all points towards a focus on both luxury and the driving experience. It’s not just about going fast; it’s about feeling good while you’re doing it.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Availability and Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Ordering Information
\n\n\n\n
Getting your hands on the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon Edition involves a specific ordering process, typically managed through authorized Land Rover dealerships. Given its limited-run nature, it's advisable to connect with your local dealer early to express interest and understand the allocation timeline. Availability is expected to be quite restricted.
\n\n\n\n
US Pricing Expectations
\n\n\n\n
While official US pricing hasn't been fully detailed, we can look at the UK figures for a strong indication. The Range Rover Sport SV starts at £139,995 in the UK, with the SV Black variant around £154,975. The top-tier Carbon Edition is slated to begin at approximately £165,045. Converting these figures, you can expect the US MSRP to likely start in the ballpark of $200,000, possibly a bit higher, depending on options and market adjustments. It's a significant investment for a truly special vehicle.
\n\n\n\n
Position within the SV Range
\n\n\n\n
The SV Carbon Edition represents the absolute pinnacle of the Range Rover Sport lineup, specifically within the SV (Special Vehicle Operations) division. It's designed as a final, high-impact send-off for this generation of the performance-focused Sport. This edition builds upon the already potent SV model, adding exclusive carbon fiber elements and further weight reduction to create the most dynamic and visually striking Range Rover Sport to date. It's positioned as the ultimate expression of lightweight performance and exclusivity for the model.
\n\n\n\n
The Carbon Touch
\n\n\n\n
So, the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is here, and it's all about shedding some pounds with a lot of carbon fiber bits. It looks pretty sharp, especially if you go for those carbon wheels and that exposed hood. Inside, it's still the same plush Range Rover experience, just with some added carbon accents. Power-wise, it's the same strong V8 we've seen, but the weight savings should make it feel a bit quicker and more agile. It’s definitely a more focused version for those who want the ultimate performance from their Range Rover Sport, and it’s ready to order soon.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon?
\n\n\n\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV that uses a lot of carbon fiber parts to make it lighter. Think of it like replacing heavier parts with lighter, super-strong ones.
\n\n\n\n
How is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon made lighter?
\n\n\n\n
This special model uses carbon fiber for things like the exterior body pieces, the hood, and even the wheels. These parts help cut down on the car's weight, making it faster and handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have a powerful engine?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has a powerful V8 engine that's like a big, strong motor. It can go from 0 to 60 miles per hour very quickly, in just 3.7 seconds, and can reach speeds up to 180 miles per hour.
\n\n\n\n
How much weight does it save?
\n\n\n\n
The car can lose up to 168 pounds (about 76 kilograms) compared to other similar Range Rovers if you choose all the lightweight options. That's like taking out a passenger!
\n\n\n\n
What's the inside like?
\n\n\n\n
Inside, you'll find cool seats with backs made of carbon fiber. You can also choose special interior trims and even a material called Ultrafabric, which is a fancy, leather-free option.
\n\n\n\n
When can I buy one and how much will it cost?
\n\n\n\n
You can start ordering this special Range Rover later this year. The exact price hasn't been announced yet, but it's expected to be a high-end, premium vehicle.
So, Land Rover just dropped another special edition of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one's all about shedding some pounds. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and yeah, the name tells you pretty much everything. It's basically the same powerful SUV we know, but with a serious focus on using carbon fiber everywhere it makes sense to cut weight. It's supposed to be the last hurrah for this high-performance version, and it's showing up at Monterey Car Week soon.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is the latest, and final, high-performance version of the Range Rover Sport lineup.
\n\n\n\n
It heavily features carbon fiber components, including an optional exposed carbon fiber hood and 23-inch carbon fiber wheels, aiming for significant weight reduction.
\n\n\n\n
Power comes from a 626 hp twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine, offering brisk acceleration and a top speed of 180 mph.
\n\n\n\n
The interior also gets carbon fiber accents, with performance seats featuring carbon fiber backs and an option for leather-free upholstery.
\n\n\n\n
This special edition will debut at Monterey Car Week, with ordering expected to begin later this year, though US pricing is still unannounced.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Range Rover Sport SV Carbon: The Lightweight Champion
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Introducing the Ultimate Expression of Lightweight Performance
\n\n\n\n
Land Rover is rolling out a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV, and this one really leans into the whole lightweight thing. They're calling it the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon, and honestly, the name tells you most of what you need to know. It’s all about shedding pounds to make this already powerful SUV even quicker and more agile. Think of it as the top-tier performance model, but with a serious diet.
\n\n\n\n
A Final Flourish for the High-Performance Lineup
\n\n\n\n
This Carbon edition seems to be a way to really cap off the current generation of the high-performance Range Rover Sport. It’s like the grand finale, showing off what’s possible when you focus on making it as light as possible without sacrificing that signature Range Rover luxury. It’s definitely aimed at folks who want the absolute best in terms of speed and handling from their big SUV.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Monterey Car Week Debut
\n\n\n\n
Get ready, because this new model is set to make its big splash at Monterey Car Week. It’s the perfect place for something like this, where all sorts of automotive enthusiasts gather to check out the latest and greatest. Land Rover will be showing it off, and it’s expected to grab a lot of attention, especially from people who appreciate serious performance engineering. It’s a pretty big deal for the brand, showing off their latest performance tech.
\n\n\n\n
Engineered for Speed and Composure
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Twin-Turbo V8 Powerhouse
\n\n\n\n
Under the hood, this special edition Range Rover Sport SV Carbon packs a serious punch. It's got a twin-turbo 4.4-liter V8 engine that puts out a hefty 626 horsepower and 553 lb-ft of torque. This setup means you get serious grunt for quick acceleration and confident overtaking. It’s a real beast, ready to move.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Acceleration and Top Speed
\n\n\n\n
When you put your foot down, this thing really goes. It can hit 60 mph from a standstill in just 3.7 seconds, which is pretty impressive for an SUV of this size. And if you find an open stretch of road, it’ll keep pulling all the way up to a top speed of 180 mph. It’s engineered to be fast, plain and simple.
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Air Suspension System
\n\n\n\n
To keep all that power in check and make sure the ride is smooth, Land Rover has fitted an advanced air suspension system. This isn't just for comfort, though. It includes special tuning for pitch and roll control. What that means is the car stays more level when you're cornering hard, accelerating, or braking. It really helps with the overall composure and makes the vehicle feel more planted, even when you're pushing it. It’s a big part of what makes the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon handle so well, contributing to its reputation as a vehicle with exceptional mechanical refinement. You can read more about the general capabilities of the Range Rover Sport here.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The suspension system is designed to balance outright performance with the kind of composed ride you expect from a Range Rover. It’s a tricky balance to strike, but they seem to have nailed it with this model.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Extensive Carbon Fiber Integration
\n\n\n\n
This Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the whole lightweight performance thing, and you can see it everywhere. It’s not just for show; this is about shaving off pounds to make it handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Forged Carbon Exterior Pack
\n\n\n\n
Right off the bat, you get the Forged Carbon Exterior Pack as standard. This means you’ll see some cool carbon fiber bits around the active quad exhausts. It gives the rear end a really distinct look, you know?
\n\n\n\n
Optional Exposed Carbon Fiber Hood
\n\n\n\n
If you want to go even further, there’s an option for an exposed carbon fiber hood. It’s a pretty bold statement and really highlights the performance focus of this particular model. You can also get a twill carbon finish on the exhaust finishers if that’s your thing.
\n\n\n\n
23-Inch Carbon Fiber Wheels
\n\n\n\n
Now, this is a big one. While it comes standard with 23-inch forged alloy wheels, you can upgrade to a set of 23-inch carbon fiber wheels. These aren't just for looks; they significantly cut down on unsprung weight, which makes a real difference in how the car feels when you're driving it. It’s part of what helps this special edition Range Rover shave off weight.
\n\n\n\n
Here’s a quick look at what you can get:
\n\n\n\n
\n
Standard Wheels: 23-inch forged alloy with anodized black brake calipers.
Choosing these carbon fiber components, especially the wheels and the optional carbon ceramic brakes, really pushes the performance envelope for the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon. It’s all about reducing mass where it counts the most.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Weight Savings and Performance Enhancements
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Substantial Weight Reduction
\n\n\n\n
This special edition really leans into shedding pounds, and it makes a difference. When you spec out all the lightweight options, like the forged carbon exterior bits and those cool carbon fiber wheels, you're looking at a total weight saving of up to 168 pounds compared to a similar P530 model. That's a pretty significant chunk of weight, almost like taking a whole person out of the car. This focus on reducing mass is key to how the SV Carbon feels on the road. It's not just about numbers; it's about making the whole driving experience sharper and more responsive. It's a real commitment to making this Range Rover Sport as agile as possible.
\n\n\n\n
Optional Carbon Ceramic Braking System
\n\n\n\n
For those who want the absolute best in stopping power, there's an optional carbon ceramic braking system. This setup includes beefy eight-piston calipers, and you can even choose the color – black, blue, carbon bronze, or yellow. These aren't just for looks, though. Carbon ceramic brakes are known for their incredible heat resistance and fade-free performance, especially during spirited driving. They work hand-in-hand with the weight savings to give you more confidence when you're pushing the car.
\n\n\n\n
Impact on Acceleration and Handling
\n\n\n\n
So, what does all this weight saving actually do? Well, it directly translates into quicker acceleration and more nimble handling. While the engine power stays the same – a stout 626 horsepower from that twin-turbo V8 – the reduced weight means the power feels more immediate. The car can get up to speed faster, and it feels more eager to change direction. The advanced air suspension system also plays a big role here, keeping the body controlled during cornering, braking, and acceleration. It’s all about making the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon feel more connected to the road and more engaging to drive. You can expect a 0-60 mph time of just 3.7 seconds, which is seriously quick for a vehicle of this size. The top speed is electronically limited to 180 mph. The combination of less weight and a sophisticated suspension means the car handles better, feels more planted, and is just plain more fun to drive, especially when you're exploring its limits. It’s a noticeable difference that makes the SV Carbon feel like a true performance machine. You can find out more about the performance specs on the Range Rover website.
\n\n\n\n
Luxurious and Performance-Oriented Interior
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Carbon Fiber-Backed Performance Seats
\n\n\n\n
The inside of the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon really leans into the performance theme, and it starts with the seats. You get these really cool carbon fiber-backed performance seats. They’ve got integrated headrests, sculpted bolsters to keep you in place, and even illuminated SV logos. It’s a nice touch that makes them feel pretty special.
\n\n\n\n
Premium Interior Trim Options
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the seats, the cabin gets a dose of carbon fiber in the trim pieces, adding to that lightweight, sporty vibe. You can also choose from a few different interior themes to personalize your ride. There are options like Ebony, Rosewood/Ebony, and Light Cloud/Ebony. For those who prefer a more sustainable approach, there’s also a Cinder Grey/Ebony theme that uses a leather-free material called Ultrafabrics.
\n\n\n\n
Leather-Free Ultrafabric Upholstery
\n\n\n\n
Speaking of that leather-free option, the Ultrafabric material is actually pretty impressive. It gives the interior a premium feel without using any animal products. It’s part of the Cinder Grey/Ebony interior theme, which also includes woven accents on the dashboard. It’s a good choice if you want that high-performance look and feel but with a different material.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The attention to detail inside the SV Carbon is pretty evident. From the materials used to the specific design elements, it all points towards a focus on both luxury and the driving experience. It’s not just about going fast; it’s about feeling good while you’re doing it.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Availability and Pricing
\n\n\n\n
Ordering Information
\n\n\n\n
Getting your hands on the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon Edition involves a specific ordering process, typically managed through authorized Land Rover dealerships. Given its limited-run nature, it's advisable to connect with your local dealer early to express interest and understand the allocation timeline. Availability is expected to be quite restricted.
\n\n\n\n
US Pricing Expectations
\n\n\n\n
While official US pricing hasn't been fully detailed, we can look at the UK figures for a strong indication. The Range Rover Sport SV starts at £139,995 in the UK, with the SV Black variant around £154,975. The top-tier Carbon Edition is slated to begin at approximately £165,045. Converting these figures, you can expect the US MSRP to likely start in the ballpark of $200,000, possibly a bit higher, depending on options and market adjustments. It's a significant investment for a truly special vehicle.
\n\n\n\n
Position within the SV Range
\n\n\n\n
The SV Carbon Edition represents the absolute pinnacle of the Range Rover Sport lineup, specifically within the SV (Special Vehicle Operations) division. It's designed as a final, high-impact send-off for this generation of the performance-focused Sport. This edition builds upon the already potent SV model, adding exclusive carbon fiber elements and further weight reduction to create the most dynamic and visually striking Range Rover Sport to date. It's positioned as the ultimate expression of lightweight performance and exclusivity for the model.
\n\n\n\n
The Carbon Touch
\n\n\n\n
So, the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is here, and it's all about shedding some pounds with a lot of carbon fiber bits. It looks pretty sharp, especially if you go for those carbon wheels and that exposed hood. Inside, it's still the same plush Range Rover experience, just with some added carbon accents. Power-wise, it's the same strong V8 we've seen, but the weight savings should make it feel a bit quicker and more agile. It’s definitely a more focused version for those who want the ultimate performance from their Range Rover Sport, and it’s ready to order soon.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon?
\n\n\n\n
The Range Rover Sport SV Carbon is a special version of the Range Rover Sport SV that uses a lot of carbon fiber parts to make it lighter. Think of it like replacing heavier parts with lighter, super-strong ones.
\n\n\n\n
How is the Range Rover Sport SV Carbon made lighter?
\n\n\n\n
This special model uses carbon fiber for things like the exterior body pieces, the hood, and even the wheels. These parts help cut down on the car's weight, making it faster and handle better.
\n\n\n\n
Does it have a powerful engine?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has a powerful V8 engine that's like a big, strong motor. It can go from 0 to 60 miles per hour very quickly, in just 3.7 seconds, and can reach speeds up to 180 miles per hour.
\n\n\n\n
How much weight does it save?
\n\n\n\n
The car can lose up to 168 pounds (about 76 kilograms) compared to other similar Range Rovers if you choose all the lightweight options. That's like taking out a passenger!
\n\n\n\n
What's the inside like?
\n\n\n\n
Inside, you'll find cool seats with backs made of carbon fiber. You can also choose special interior trims and even a material called Ultrafabric, which is a fancy, leather-free option.
\n\n\n\n
When can I buy one and how much will it cost?
\n\n\n\n
You can start ordering this special Range Rover later this year. The exact price hasn't been announced yet, but it's expected to be a high-end, premium vehicle.
\n\n\n\n\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 07, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/cars/range-rover-sport-sv-carbon-2025-key-highlights-performance-and-features-revealed/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"13 min read"},{"id":9314,"title":"2025 Suzuki Avenis: Dual-Tone Edition Unveiled","content":"\n
Suzuki is mixing things up for its sporty scooter, the Avenis. They've just rolled out a fresh dual-tone color option for the 2025 model year. It’s a pretty cool look, and it seems like Suzuki is trying to give riders more ways to show off their personal style. This new paint job doesn't change the price, which is good to know. It’s all about keeping the scooter looking sharp and appealing to younger riders.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now features a new dual-tone color scheme: Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
This new colorway is available across the Standard Edition and the Ride Connect Edition variants at no extra cost.
\n\n\n\n
The scooter retains its 124.3cc engine, producing 8.58 bhp and 10 Nm of torque, along with Suzuki Eco Performance technology.
\n\n\n\n
Pricing for the 2025 Suzuki Avenis starts at Rs 91,400 for the Standard Edition and goes up to Rs 94,000 for the Special Edition.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki aims to cater to evolving rider preferences by adding stylish options that express individuality.
\n
\n\n\n\n
2025 Suzuki Avenis Gets A New Dual-Tone Colourway
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is shaking things up for the 2025 model year with a fresh look for its sporty Avenis scooter. A new dual-tone colorway has just been introduced, aiming to give riders, especially the younger crowd, a more vibrant way to express themselves on the road. This new option is called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, and it’s a pretty sharp combination that adds a bit of flair to the scooter’s already sporty personality.
\n\n\n\n
New Colourway Introduced For The Sporty Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is really trying to keep the Avenis feeling fresh and exciting. This new color scheme is all about adding a bold twist to its look, making it stand out a bit more. It’s a move that shows Suzuki is paying attention to what riders want, especially when it comes to personal style.
\n\n\n\n
Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black Debuts
\n\n\n\n
This specific new colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, is the star of the show for this update. It’s a combination of a muted silver with a matte finish and a glossy black, creating a nice contrast. It’s a sophisticated yet sporty look that should appeal to a lot of people looking for something a little different.
\n\n\n\n
No Additional Cost For The New Dual-Tone Option
\n\n\n\n
Here’s some good news: Suzuki isn’t charging extra for this new color. You get the Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black option at the same price as the other colors. This makes it an even more attractive choice for anyone considering the Avenis, as you can get a fresh look without breaking the bank. It’s a smart move by Suzuki to offer more choice without a price hike, making the Suzuki Avenis a more compelling package.
\n\n\n\n
Pricing And Variants Of The 2025 Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n
Standard Edition Priced At Rs 91,400
\n\n\n\n
The base model of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis, the Standard Edition, comes in at an ex-showroom price of Rs 91,400. This version offers the core Avenis experience without the extra connectivity features.
\n\n\n\n
Avenis (Ride Connect Edition) At Rs 93,200
\n\n\n\n
For those who want a bit more tech, the Avenis with the Ride Connect Edition is available for Rs 93,200 (ex-showroom). This variant typically includes Bluetooth connectivity for smartphone integration, letting you stay connected on the go.
\n\n\n\n
Special Edition Available For Rs 94,000
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki also offers a Special Edition of the Avenis, priced at Rs 94,000 (ex-showroom). This edition usually comes with a unique color scheme, like the Metallic Matte Black No. 2 / Matte Titanium Silver, giving it a distinct look.
\n\n\n\n
It's good to see Suzuki keeping the pricing straightforward across the different versions of the Avenis. The introduction of the new dual-tone colorway doesn't add any extra cost, which is a nice touch for buyers looking for a fresh look. This makes the sporty scooter even more appealing, especially for younger riders wanting to stand out. You can check out the different color options available for the Suzuki Avenis to see which one fits your style best.
\n\n\n\n
Powertrain And Performance Unchanged
\n\n\n\n
124.3cc Engine Delivers 8.58 bhp
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis remains its reliable 124.3cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled engine. This powerplant is tuned to produce a peak output of 8.58 bhp, which is plenty for zipping around town. It’s a straightforward, no-fuss engine that’s built for everyday use.
\n\n\n\n
10 Nm Of Peak Torque
\n\n\n\n
Complementing the horsepower figure, the Avenis also offers 10 Nm of peak torque. This torque is available at 5,500 rpm, meaning you get a decent pull from the scooter when you need to accelerate or tackle inclines. It’s enough grunt for most urban riding scenarios.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki Eco Performance Engine Technology
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki has equipped the Avenis with its Suzuki Eco Performance (SEP) engine technology. This system is designed to optimize fuel efficiency without sacrificing performance. While the exact mileage figures can vary based on riding conditions and how you ride, the SEP technology aims to make your rides more economical. It’s all about getting good bang for your buck, making the Avenis a practical choice for daily commuting. You can check out more details on the Suzuki Avenis specifications to see how it stacks up.
\n\n\n\n
Other Colour Options For The Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki hasn't forgotten about those who prefer a more classic look for their sporty scooter. Beyond the new dual-tone option, the Avenis 125 is still available in a few other eye-catching color schemes. These options allow riders to pick a style that truly matches their personality.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red
\n\n\n\n
This combination offers a sleek base of black with vibrant red accents, giving it a dynamic and aggressive feel. It’s a popular choice for those who want their scooter to stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
For a brighter, more energetic vibe, the Champion Yellow option is fantastic. The bold yellow paired with gloss black creates a cheerful yet sporty appearance, perfect for sunny rides.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White
\n\n\n\n
This option provides a clean and sophisticated look. The contrast between the glossy black and the crisp white is timeless and always looks sharp.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
If you prefer a simpler, monochromatic style, the all-Glossy Sparkle Black variant is available. It’s understated but still carries that sporty edge that the Avenis is known for. This option is a great way to keep things simple while still looking good on the Suzuki Avenis.
\n\n\n\n
These color choices mean there’s likely an Avenis to suit almost everyone’s taste, proving Suzuki is thinking about rider preferences across the board.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's Commitment To Evolving Rider Preferences
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki really seems to be paying attention to what riders want these days. It's not just about slapping on a new paint job; they're trying to add a bit of flair to the Avenis's already sporty look.
\n\n\n\n
Adding A Bold Twist To Sporty Personality
\n\n\n\n
This new dual-tone colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, definitely gives the scooter a more dynamic appearance. It’s a way to make the Avenis stand out a bit more on the road, adding a bit of edge to its design.
\n\n\n\n
Expressing Style On The Streets
\n\n\n\n
Scooters are often a reflection of the rider's personality, and Suzuki understands that. Offering these updated color options gives young riders a chance to really show off their individual style when they're out and about. It’s about making a statement without saying a word.
\n\n\n\n
Enhancing Appeal For Young Customers
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's goal here is pretty clear: make the Avenis even more attractive to the younger crowd. By keeping up with current trends and offering fresh looks, they’re making sure the Avenis stays relevant and desirable. It’s a smart move to connect with a demographic that values both performance and personal expression, like the new Suzuki GSX-8T.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It feels like Suzuki is trying to keep the Avenis exciting, not just as a mode of transport, but as something that reflects the rider's vibe. The new colors are a simple but effective way to do that.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Compliance With Emission Norms
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is keeping things fresh for the 2025 model year, and that includes making sure their scooters are up to snuff with the latest environmental rules. The whole Suzuki two-wheeler lineup now meets the new OBD-2B emission regulations. This means the Avenis is compliant with these updated standards, which is pretty important for any new vehicle hitting the market these days.
\n\n\n\n
Meets New OBD-2B Emission Regulations
\n\n\n\n
So, what does OBD-2B actually mean for riders? Basically, it's a set of stricter rules for vehicle emissions. Suzuki has updated its scooters, including the Avenis, to make sure they pass these tests. This is a big deal because it shows Suzuki is committed to producing cleaner vehicles. It’s good to know that the scooter you’re riding is performing within these new environmental guidelines. You can check out more about the Suzuki Access 125 updates which also comply with these norms.
\n\n\n\n
Cosmetic Updates For The New Model Year
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the regulatory stuff, Suzuki has also given the Avenis some minor cosmetic tweaks for the 2025 model year. While the mechanicals and performance are staying the same, these small visual changes, like the new dual-tone colorway we talked about, help keep the scooter looking sharp and appealing to riders. It’s these little updates that keep the Avenis competitive in a busy market.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Suzuki's Avenis is getting a fresh look for 2025 with this new dual-tone paint job. It's the same sporty scooter we know, just with a bit more flair. If you were already eyeing the Avenis, this new color option might just be the nudge you need. It doesn't change how it rides or what it costs, but hey, a new color can make a big difference in how you feel about your ride. It’s a simple update, but sometimes that’s all it takes to keep things interesting.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What's new with the 2025 Suzuki Avenis color options?
\n\n\n\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now comes in a cool new two-tone color called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black. It's like a mix of shiny black and a special silver.
\n\n\n\n
Does the new color cost more?
\n\n\n\n
Nope, there's no extra charge for this new two-tone color! Suzuki is offering it at the same price as the other colors.
\n\n\n\n
Has the engine changed for the 2025 model?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter still has the same engine, which is a 124.3cc engine. It makes about 8.58 horsepower and has a torque of 10 Nm. It also uses Suzuki's special fuel-saving technology.
\n\n\n\n
Are there other colors available for the Suzuki Avenis?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, besides the new silver and black, you can also get it in Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red, Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black, Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White, and plain Glossy Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
Why did Suzuki add a new color?
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is adding this new color to make the scooter look even sportier and cooler, especially for younger riders who like to show off their style.
\n\n\n\n
Does the 2025 Avenis follow new rules?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter meets the latest emission rules, called OBD-2B. This update is mainly about making the scooter look fresh with new colors.
Suzuki is mixing things up for its sporty scooter, the Avenis. They've just rolled out a fresh dual-tone color option for the 2025 model year. It’s a pretty cool look, and it seems like Suzuki is trying to give riders more ways to show off their personal style. This new paint job doesn't change the price, which is good to know. It’s all about keeping the scooter looking sharp and appealing to younger riders.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now features a new dual-tone color scheme: Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
This new colorway is available across the Standard Edition and the Ride Connect Edition variants at no extra cost.
\n\n\n\n
The scooter retains its 124.3cc engine, producing 8.58 bhp and 10 Nm of torque, along with Suzuki Eco Performance technology.
\n\n\n\n
Pricing for the 2025 Suzuki Avenis starts at Rs 91,400 for the Standard Edition and goes up to Rs 94,000 for the Special Edition.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki aims to cater to evolving rider preferences by adding stylish options that express individuality.
\n
\n\n\n\n
2025 Suzuki Avenis Gets A New Dual-Tone Colourway
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is shaking things up for the 2025 model year with a fresh look for its sporty Avenis scooter. A new dual-tone colorway has just been introduced, aiming to give riders, especially the younger crowd, a more vibrant way to express themselves on the road. This new option is called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, and it’s a pretty sharp combination that adds a bit of flair to the scooter’s already sporty personality.
\n\n\n\n
New Colourway Introduced For The Sporty Scooter
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is really trying to keep the Avenis feeling fresh and exciting. This new color scheme is all about adding a bold twist to its look, making it stand out a bit more. It’s a move that shows Suzuki is paying attention to what riders want, especially when it comes to personal style.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black Debuts
\n\n\n\n
This specific new colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, is the star of the show for this update. It’s a combination of a muted silver with a matte finish and a glossy black, creating a nice contrast. It’s a sophisticated yet sporty look that should appeal to a lot of people looking for something a little different.
\n\n\n\n
No Additional Cost For The New Dual-Tone Option
\n\n\n\n
Here’s some good news: Suzuki isn’t charging extra for this new color. You get the Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black option at the same price as the other colors. This makes it an even more attractive choice for anyone considering the Avenis, as you can get a fresh look without breaking the bank. It’s a smart move by Suzuki to offer more choice without a price hike, making the Suzuki Avenis a more compelling package.
\n\n
\n\n\n\n
Pricing And Variants Of The 2025 Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n
Standard Edition Priced At Rs 91,400
\n\n\n\n
The base model of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis, the Standard Edition, comes in at an ex-showroom price of Rs 91,400. This version offers the core Avenis experience without the extra connectivity features.
\n\n\n\n
Avenis (Ride Connect Edition) At Rs 93,200
\n\n\n\n
For those who want a bit more tech, the Avenis with the Ride Connect Edition is available for Rs 93,200 (ex-showroom). This variant typically includes Bluetooth connectivity for smartphone integration, letting you stay connected on the go.
\n\n\n\n
Special Edition Available For Rs 94,000
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki also offers a Special Edition of the Avenis, priced at Rs 94,000 (ex-showroom). This edition usually comes with a unique color scheme, like the Metallic Matte Black No. 2 / Matte Titanium Silver, giving it a distinct look.
\n\n\n\n
It's good to see Suzuki keeping the pricing straightforward across the different versions of the Avenis. The introduction of the new dual-tone colorway doesn't add any extra cost, which is a nice touch for buyers looking for a fresh look. This makes the sporty scooter even more appealing, especially for younger riders wanting to stand out. You can check out the different color options available for the Suzuki Avenis to see which one fits your style best.
\n\n\n\n
Powertrain And Performance Unchanged
\n\n\n\n
124.3cc Engine Delivers 8.58 bhp
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the 2025 Suzuki Avenis remains its reliable 124.3cc, single-cylinder, air-cooled engine. This powerplant is tuned to produce a peak output of 8.58 bhp, which is plenty for zipping around town. It’s a straightforward, no-fuss engine that’s built for everyday use.
\n\n\n\n
10 Nm Of Peak Torque
\n\n\n\n
Complementing the horsepower figure, the Avenis also offers 10 Nm of peak torque. This torque is available at 5,500 rpm, meaning you get a decent pull from the scooter when you need to accelerate or tackle inclines. It’s enough grunt for most urban riding scenarios.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki Eco Performance Engine Technology
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki has equipped the Avenis with its Suzuki Eco Performance (SEP) engine technology. This system is designed to optimize fuel efficiency without sacrificing performance. While the exact mileage figures can vary based on riding conditions and how you ride, the SEP technology aims to make your rides more economical. It’s all about getting good bang for your buck, making the Avenis a practical choice for daily commuting. You can check out more details on the Suzuki Avenis specifications to see how it stacks up.
\n\n\n\n
Other Colour Options For The Suzuki Avenis
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Suzuki hasn't forgotten about those who prefer a more classic look for their sporty scooter. Beyond the new dual-tone option, the Avenis 125 is still available in a few other eye-catching color schemes. These options allow riders to pick a style that truly matches their personality.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red
\n\n\n\n
This combination offers a sleek base of black with vibrant red accents, giving it a dynamic and aggressive feel. It’s a popular choice for those who want their scooter to stand out.
\n\n\n\n
Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
For a brighter, more energetic vibe, the Champion Yellow option is fantastic. The bold yellow paired with gloss black creates a cheerful yet sporty appearance, perfect for sunny rides.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White
\n\n\n\n
This option provides a clean and sophisticated look. The contrast between the glossy black and the crisp white is timeless and always looks sharp.
\n\n\n\n
Glossy Sparkle Black
\n\n\n\n
If you prefer a simpler, monochromatic style, the all-Glossy Sparkle Black variant is available. It’s understated but still carries that sporty edge that the Avenis is known for. This option is a great way to keep things simple while still looking good on the Suzuki Avenis.
\n\n\n\n
These color choices mean there’s likely an Avenis to suit almost everyone’s taste, proving Suzuki is thinking about rider preferences across the board.
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's Commitment To Evolving Rider Preferences
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki really seems to be paying attention to what riders want these days. It's not just about slapping on a new paint job; they're trying to add a bit of flair to the Avenis's already sporty look.
\n\n\n\n
Adding A Bold Twist To Sporty Personality
\n\n\n\n
This new dual-tone colorway, Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black, definitely gives the scooter a more dynamic appearance. It’s a way to make the Avenis stand out a bit more on the road, adding a bit of edge to its design.
\n\n\n\n
Expressing Style On The Streets
\n\n\n\n
Scooters are often a reflection of the rider's personality, and Suzuki understands that. Offering these updated color options gives young riders a chance to really show off their individual style when they're out and about. It’s about making a statement without saying a word.
\n\n\n\n
Enhancing Appeal For Young Customers
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki's goal here is pretty clear: make the Avenis even more attractive to the younger crowd. By keeping up with current trends and offering fresh looks, they’re making sure the Avenis stays relevant and desirable. It’s a smart move to connect with a demographic that values both performance and personal expression, like the new Suzuki GSX-8T.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It feels like Suzuki is trying to keep the Avenis exciting, not just as a mode of transport, but as something that reflects the rider's vibe. The new colors are a simple but effective way to do that.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Compliance With Emission Norms
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is keeping things fresh for the 2025 model year, and that includes making sure their scooters are up to snuff with the latest environmental rules. The whole Suzuki two-wheeler lineup now meets the new OBD-2B emission regulations. This means the Avenis is compliant with these updated standards, which is pretty important for any new vehicle hitting the market these days.
\n\n\n\n
Meets New OBD-2B Emission Regulations
\n\n\n\n
So, what does OBD-2B actually mean for riders? Basically, it's a set of stricter rules for vehicle emissions. Suzuki has updated its scooters, including the Avenis, to make sure they pass these tests. This is a big deal because it shows Suzuki is committed to producing cleaner vehicles. It’s good to know that the scooter you’re riding is performing within these new environmental guidelines. You can check out more about the Suzuki Access 125 updates which also comply with these norms.
\n\n\n\n
Cosmetic Updates For The New Model Year
\n\n\n\n
Beyond the regulatory stuff, Suzuki has also given the Avenis some minor cosmetic tweaks for the 2025 model year. While the mechanicals and performance are staying the same, these small visual changes, like the new dual-tone colorway we talked about, help keep the scooter looking sharp and appealing to riders. It’s these little updates that keep the Avenis competitive in a busy market.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, Suzuki's Avenis is getting a fresh look for 2025 with this new dual-tone paint job. It's the same sporty scooter we know, just with a bit more flair. If you were already eyeing the Avenis, this new color option might just be the nudge you need. It doesn't change how it rides or what it costs, but hey, a new color can make a big difference in how you feel about your ride. It’s a simple update, but sometimes that’s all it takes to keep things interesting.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What's new with the 2025 Suzuki Avenis color options?
\n\n\n\n
The 2025 Suzuki Avenis now comes in a cool new two-tone color called Metallic Matte Platinum Silver No.2 / Glass Sparkle Black. It's like a mix of shiny black and a special silver.
\n\n\n\n
Does the new color cost more?
\n\n\n\n
Nope, there's no extra charge for this new two-tone color! Suzuki is offering it at the same price as the other colors.
\n\n\n\n
Has the engine changed for the 2025 model?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter still has the same engine, which is a 124.3cc engine. It makes about 8.58 horsepower and has a torque of 10 Nm. It also uses Suzuki's special fuel-saving technology.
\n\n\n\n
Are there other colors available for the Suzuki Avenis?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, besides the new silver and black, you can also get it in Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Mira Red, Champion Yellow No. 2 / Glossy Sparkle Black, Glossy Sparkle Black / Pearl Glacier White, and plain Glossy Sparkle Black.
\n\n\n\n
Why did Suzuki add a new color?
\n\n\n\n
Suzuki is adding this new color to make the scooter look even sportier and cooler, especially for younger riders who like to show off their style.
\n\n\n\n
Does the 2025 Avenis follow new rules?
\n\n\n\n
The scooter meets the latest emission rules, called OBD-2B. This update is mainly about making the scooter look fresh with new colors.
\n","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 06, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/suzuki/2025-suzuki-avenis-dual-tone-edition-unveiled/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"12 min read"},{"id":9313,"title":"Vinfast VF 6 & VF 7 Variants: 2025 Colours, Features, and Pricing Revealed!","content":"\n
So, VinFast is getting ready to drop its VF6 and VF7 electric SUVs in India soon. Pre-bookings are already happening, and now we're getting a clearer picture of what to expect. The company has just spilled the beans on the different versions, or 'variants,' of the VF6 and VF7, plus all the color choices available. It looks like they're trying to cover a few different bases with these models, offering various options for buyers. Let's break down what Vinfast VF 6 and VF 7 Variants, Colour Details Revealed Before Launch.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF6 will be offered in two main variants: Earth and Wind.
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF7 will come in three distinct variants: Earth, Wind, and Sky.
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF6 and VF7 will share the same six exterior color options: Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint.
\n\n\n\n
Interior themes will differ between variants, with Earth models featuring an all-black scheme, while Wind and Sky variants will get a Mocca Brown and black dual-tone look.
\n\n\n\n
Specific feature and powertrain details for India-spec models are still being finalized, but international versions offer a glimpse into the tech and battery options.
\n\n\n\n
VinFast VF6 Variant Breakdown
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is getting ready to launch its VF6 electric SUV, and they've spilled the beans on the different versions available. It looks like customers will have two main choices: the Earth and the Wind variants.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Earth Variant Details
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The Earth variant is set to come with a straightforward, all-black interior theme. This choice usually gives a clean and classic feel to the cabin, making it a safe bet for many buyers. It's all about a no-fuss, sophisticated look inside.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Wind Variant Features
\n\n\n\n
Now, the Wind variant steps it up a bit with a more premium interior. This version will feature a Mocca Brown and black dual-tone theme. This kind of two-tone treatment often adds a bit more visual interest and a sense of spaciousness to the interior. Plus, it's expected to pack in more features, like ventilated front seats and a powered driver's seat, making it a more comfortable option for longer drives.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Interior Colour Themes
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
So, to sum up the interior color options for the VF6, you've got a couple of distinct paths. The Earth model sticks to a solid, all-black interior, which is always a popular choice for its timeless appeal and ease of maintenance. On the other hand, the Wind model offers a more sophisticated Mocca Brown and black combination. This dual-tone approach is designed to give the cabin a more upscale and modern vibe, really changing the feel of the space.
\n\n\n\n
VinFast VF7 Variant Options
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
VinFast is rolling out its VF7 electric SUV in India with a clear strategy, offering three distinct variants to cater to a range of buyers. These options are named Earth, Wind, and Sky, each designed to provide a unique blend of features and performance. While the full breakdown of what each variant includes is still under wraps, this tiered approach suggests VinFast is aiming to hit different price points and appeal to both value-focused and more premium EV enthusiasts. It’s a smart move to capture a wider audience right from the start.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Earth Variant
\n\n\n\n
The Earth variant is expected to serve as the entry point into the VF7 lineup. While specific details are limited, it's likely to come with a solid foundation of features, possibly focusing on core EV functionality and safety. This trim will probably appeal to those who want the VF7's distinctive style and electric powertrain without all the bells and whistles, making it a more accessible option.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Wind Variant
\n\n\n\n
Stepping up, the Wind variant is anticipated to offer a more balanced package, adding desirable features that enhance the driving experience and comfort. Think along the lines of upgraded interior materials or perhaps some additional convenience features. This could be the sweet spot for many buyers looking for a good mix of technology and practicality.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Sky Variant
\n\n\n\n
Topping the range, the Sky variant is positioned as the premium offering. This version will likely boast the most extensive list of features, potentially including advanced driver assistance systems, a more luxurious interior finish, and perhaps even performance enhancements. If you're looking for the full VF7 experience, the Sky variant is probably where you'll find it. It's worth noting that the VF7, like the VF6, is expected to come standard with advanced safety features, including autonomous emergency braking, lane-keeping assist, and blind-spot monitoring, providing a comprehensive suite of driver assistance technologies. You can find more details on the VF7's safety features at VinFast VF 7 Eco.
\n\n\n\n
It's also worth mentioning that the exterior colour palette is expected to be consistent across all three VF7 variants. Buyers will have a choice of six shades: Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint. This means you can pick your preferred colour regardless of which trim level you choose.
\n\n\n\n
Exterior Colour Palette For Both Models
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
When it comes to picking out your new VinFast VF 6 or VF 7, the exterior color options are pretty straightforward, and thankfully, they're the same for both models. This makes choosing a bit easier, as you don't have to worry about one car getting all the cool shades.
\n\n\n\n
Shared Colour Options
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF 6 and VF 7 will be available in a selection of six colors. These include some classic choices and a few more vibrant ones to help your EV stand out. You'll find options like Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint. It's great that VinFast is offering a good range of choices right from the start.
\n\n\n\n
Unique Colour Choices
\n\n\n\n
While most colors are shared, there's a slight difference to note. The VF 7 gets an extra color option that isn't available on the VF 6. This specific hue, which hasn't been officially named yet, adds a bit more exclusivity to the larger model. It's always nice when there's a little something extra for the top-tier vehicle, though it might leave VF 6 buyers wishing for that one extra shade.
\n\n\n\n
Colour Availability Across Trims
\n\n\n\n
Good news here: all the exterior colors will be available across all the different trims for both the VF 6 and VF 7. So, whether you go for the Earth, Wind, or Sky variant of the VF 7, or the Earth or Wind trim of the VF 6, you won't be limited in your color selection. This means you can pick the trim level that best suits your needs and still get the exterior color you really want. You can check out the VF 6 and its available colors on the VinFast VF 6 page.
\n\n\n\n
Interior Design And Colour Schemes
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is really mixing things up with the interior design for the VF6 and VF7, giving buyers some distinct choices depending on which model and trim level they pick. It looks like they're aiming for a premium feel, even in the more basic versions.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Interior Styling
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The VF6 is going for a clean and modern look inside. The base 'Earth' variant sticks with a straightforward, all-black interior theme. This usually gives a classic, no-nonsense vibe that's easy to keep clean. It’s a safe bet for a lot of people, honestly.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Interior Ambiance
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Things get a bit more interesting with the VF7. The 'Earth' trim here also gets an all-black interior, similar to the VF6. However, when you step up to the 'Wind' and 'Sky' variants of the VF7, VinFast is introducing a dual-tone theme. This involves a mix of Mocca Brown and black, which should add a touch of warmth and sophistication to the cabin. It’s a nice way to differentiate the higher trims and make them feel a bit more special.
\n\n\n\n
Dual-Tone Interior Options
\n\n\n\n
So, to break it down, the dual-tone option, specifically the Mocca Brown and black combination, is reserved for the VF7 'Wind' and 'Sky' models. The VF6 models, including the 'Wind' trim, seem to stick with either the all-black theme or potentially other single-tone options, though the details for the VF6 'Wind' interior aren't as clearly stated as the VF7's dual-tone setup. It’s a smart move to offer these different interior palettes to appeal to a wider range of tastes and preferences.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features And Technology
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Standard Features
\n\n\n\n
The VF6 is set to come with a pretty decent tech package. You'll find a 12.9-inch touchscreen that handles most of the car's functions, which is pretty standard these days for EVs. It also gets a head-up display, which is nice for keeping your eyes on the road. For comfort, there's automatic climate control, and if you opt for the higher trim, you get heated and ventilated front seats. Safety is also covered with multiple airbags and a 360-degree camera system. Plus, it's expected to have Level 2 ADAS features, which is a good start for driver assistance.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Advanced Technology
\n\n\n\n
The VF7 really steps things up in the tech department. It boasts a larger 15-inch touchscreen that seems to be the centerpiece of the dash. You also get a head-up display, which is always a plus. For convenience, there's a panoramic sunroof, wireless phone charging, and a 360-degree camera system. The interior styling is also quite modern, with a focus on a clean, tech-forward look. It feels like VinFast is really trying to make these cars feel premium and up-to-date with the latest gadgets.
\n\n\n\n
Safety Suite And ADAS
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF6 and VF7 are looking pretty solid on the safety front. They're expected to come with a good number of airbags, likely around 8. A 360-degree camera is standard, which is super helpful for parking and low-speed maneuvers. What's really interesting is the inclusion of a full suite of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS). This usually means things like adaptive cruise control, lane departure warning, and blind-spot monitoring.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The ADAS features are a big deal for making driving safer and less stressful, especially on longer trips. It's good to see VinFast putting this in from the start.
\n
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is really pushing the technology angle with these new EVs. You can check out some of the VF7's specs on their official website. It seems like they're aiming to compete with established players by offering a lot of modern tech and safety features right out of the gate. It'll be interesting to see how it all performs once they're actually on the road.
\n\n\n\n
Powertrain Specifications Revealed
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is gearing up to launch its new electric vehicles, the VF6 and VF7, and we're getting a clearer picture of what's under the hood. The company has been pretty tight-lipped about the specifics for the Indian market, but we've managed to piece together some details about the powertrains.
\n\n\n\n
VF6 Battery And Performance
\n\n\n\n
The VF6 is set to come with a 59.6kWh battery pack. While the exact power output and range figures for the Indian version are still under wraps, international specs give us a hint. We're expecting it to be a capable city car, likely offering a good balance between efficiency and everyday driving needs. It's designed to be an accessible entry into the EV market.
\n\n\n\n
VF7 Drivetrain Configurations
\n\n\n\n
For the VF7, things get a bit more interesting. It's confirmed to use a 70.8 kWh battery pack. This battery can be paired with either a single motor for front-wheel drive or dual motors for all-wheel drive. The single-motor setup is expected to produce around 201 horsepower, while the dual-motor version could push out as much as 354 horsepower. This dual-motor setup should provide some serious acceleration. The all-wheel-drive variant is even rumored to hit 100 kmph in under 6 seconds, which is pretty quick for an SUV.
\n\n\n\n
Range Estimates
\n\n\n\n
VinFast has provided some range estimates, though these are often based on the NEDC cycle, which can differ from real-world driving. For the VF7, the claimed range is up to 496 km with the larger battery. The VF6, with its smaller battery, will naturally have a different range, but specific figures are still pending. It's always a good idea to check out independent reviews once the cars are released to get a better idea of actual driving range.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's important to remember that these are preliminary details, and VinFast might adjust specifications for the Indian market. We'll be keeping a close eye on any official announcements.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping Up the VinFast VF 6 and VF 7 Details
\n\n\n\n
So, that's the lowdown on the VinFast VF 6 and VF 7 variants and color choices. It looks like VinFast is aiming to offer a good range of options for buyers, from the interior themes to the exterior shades. With pre-bookings already open, it's clear they're pushing hard for their Indian launch. We'll have to wait a bit longer for the full specs and pricing, but getting these details out now gives everyone a much better idea of what to expect from these new electric SUVs. It's definitely an interesting time for electric vehicles in India, and VinFast is making its presence known.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
What are the different versions of the VinFast VF6?
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF6 will be offered in two main versions: the Earth and the Wind. Each of these will have different interior color choices. The Earth version gets a simple all-black interior, while the Wind version steps it up with a stylish two-tone look, mixing brown with black.
\n\n\n\n
How many versions of the VinFast VF7 are available?
\n\n\n\n
The VinFast VF7 comes with more choices, featuring three versions: Earth, Wind, and Sky. This gives buyers more options to pick the one that best suits their needs and preferences.
\n\n\n\n
What exterior colors can I choose from for the VF6 and VF7?
\n\n\n\n
Both the VF6 and VF7 will be available in the same six exterior colors: Jet Black, Desat Silver, Infinity Blanc, Crimson Red, Zenith Grey, and Urban Mint. This means you have a good range of choices to make your car stand out.
\n\n\n\n
What are the interior color options for these cars?
\n\n\n\n
Inside, the VF6 has an all-black theme for the Earth model and a brown and black mix for the Wind model. The VF7 also offers a similar dual-tone interior, usually in brown and black, for its higher-end versions, giving a more premium feel.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of batteries and power do these electric cars have?
\n\n\n\n
While specific power and range figures for India might still be fully detailed, the VF6 uses a 59.6 kWh battery. The VF7 globally has options like a 70.8 kWh or 75.3 kWh battery, with power going up to 354 PS and ranges reaching around 450 km, depending on the setup.
\n\n\n\n
When will the VinFast VF6 and VF7 be available in India?
\n\n\n\n
VinFast is planning to launch these cars in India soon. Pre-bookings are already open, and the company is showcasing them in malls across 11 major cities to give people a closer look before they officially hit the market.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/cars/car-wraps/vinfast-vf-6-vf-7-variants-2025-colours-features-and-pricing-revealed/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Vinfast-VF-6-VF-7-Variants-2025-Colours-Features-and-Pricing-Revealed.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Vinfast-VF-6-VF-7-Variants-2025-Colours-Features-and-Pricing-Revealed.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-06T12:59:28","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-06T12:59:28","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 06, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/cars/car-wraps/vinfast-vf-6-vf-7-variants-2025-colours-features-and-pricing-revealed/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9312,"title":"Oben Rorr EZ Sigma 2025 Highlights","content":"\n
So, Oben Electric just dropped their new Rorr EZ Sigma electric motorcycle, and it's got some interesting updates. They're calling it the next step for their Rorr platform, aiming to make daily rides better. It's hitting the market with a pretty decent introductory price, which is always good to see, especially with all the new tech packed in. They've even made it available on Amazon, which is a bit different for a bike launch.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
\n
The Next Gen Oben Rorr EZ Sigma Electric Motorcycle Launch Price Rs 1.27 Lakh is the latest offering from Oben Electric.
\n\n\n\n
It comes with two battery options: 3.4 kWh and 4.4 kWh, priced at Rs 1.27 lakh and Rs 1.37 lakh respectively as introductory offers.
\n\n\n\n
Key new features include a reverse mode, a 5-inch TFT color display with navigation, and an ergonomically redesigned seat.
\n\n\n\n
The motorcycle boasts a top speed of 95 km/h and a claimed range of up to 175 km, with fast charging capabilities.
\n\n\n\n
Bookings are open for Rs 2,999, with deliveries starting August 15, 2025, and it's also available for purchase via Amazon.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Next Gen Oben Rorr EZ Sigma Electric Motorcycle Launch Price Rs 1.27 Lakh
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma has officially landed, and it's looking to shake things up in the electric commuter bike scene. This next-gen model builds on the Rorr EZ platform, bringing some pretty neat upgrades for everyday riders. It's hitting the market with a special introductory price, which is always a good sign for early adopters.
\n\n\n\n
Oben Rorr EZ Sigma Unveiled
\n\n\n\n
Oben Electric has rolled out the Rorr EZ Sigma, positioning it as a smarter, more evolved version of their existing Rorr EZ. They've focused on making it better for city riding and longer commutes, which is what most people are looking for in an electric bike these days. It’s designed and built right here in India, keeping our roads in mind.
\n\n\n\n
Introductory Pricing Details
\n\n\n\n
So, let's talk numbers. The Rorr EZ Sigma kicks off with an introductory price of ₹1.27 lakh for the 3.4 kWh battery version. If you need a bit more juice, there's also a 4.4 kWh variant available for ₹1.37 lakh. These prices are ex-showroom and are only for a limited time, so if you're interested, you might want to act fast before they go up.
\n\n\n\n
Booking and Delivery Information
\n\n\n\n
Ready to put your name down? You can book the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma right now for ₹2,999. Deliveries are slated to start from August 15, 2025. Plus, you can check it out and even take a test ride at Oben dealerships across the country.
\n\n\n\n
Key Features and Design Enhancements
\n\n\n\n
Updated Aesthetics and Color Options
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma keeps the general look of the previous model but adds some fresh touches. You'll notice bolder graphics that give it a more aggressive stance. Plus, there's a new Electric Red color option to go along with the existing Photon White, Electro Amber, and Surge Cyan. It's a nice way to personalize your ride.
\n\n\n\n
Ergonomic Seat Redesign
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
They've actually gone back and redesigned the seat to be more comfortable, especially for longer rides. This is a big deal for anyone who plans on using the bike for commuting or weekend trips. A more comfortable seat means you can ride longer without feeling worn out. It's these kinds of thoughtful updates that really make a difference in daily use.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced Ground Clearance and Tires
\n\n\n\n
To make sure it handles Indian city roads well, the Rorr EZ Sigma gets a bit more ground clearance, now at 200 mm. It also comes with wider 17-inch tires. These wider tires, specifically 130/70-17, should give you better grip and control, which is always a good thing, especially when you're dealing with different road conditions or need to brake suddenly. This makes the bike feel more planted and stable on the road, giving you more confidence when you're riding. You can find more details about the bike's performance on the Oben website.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The focus on practical improvements like a better seat and more capable tires shows Oben is listening to rider feedback and trying to make the Rorr EZ Sigma a more practical choice for everyday use.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Advanced Technology and Connectivity
\n\n\n\n
The new Oben Rorr EZ Sigma electric motorcycle isn't just about getting from point A to point B; it's packed with tech to make that journey smoother and more connected. One of the neatest additions is the new Reverse Mode. This feature is a real lifesaver when you're trying to back out of a tight parking spot or a crowded garage. It makes maneuvering at low speeds much less of a hassle.
\n\n\n\n
New Reverse Mode Functionality
\n\n\n\n
This reverse assist is a simple but effective addition for urban riders. It's designed to help you get out of tricky situations without a lot of fuss. Just engage the mode, and the bike will gently move backward.
\n\n\n\n
5-Inch TFT Color Display with Navigation
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Your ride information is now presented on a bright, clear 5-inch TFT color display. This screen isn't just for showing your speed and battery level; it also includes built-in navigation, so you can keep your eyes on the road instead of glancing at your phone. Plus, you'll get alerts for incoming calls, messages, and even music controls right on the display. It really helps keep everything accessible.
\n\n\n\n
Oben Electric App Integration
\n\n\n\n
When you get the Rorr EZ Sigma, you also get a one-year subscription to the Oben Electric App. This app connects your smartphone to the motorcycle, giving you access to some pretty useful features. You can track your rides, see the bike's location using GPS, and even get remote diagnostics. It's a good way to stay in touch with your bike and monitor its health. The app also helps you find charging stations, which is always handy for electric vehicles. You can check out more about the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma on Amazon.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The integration of navigation and smart alerts on the TFT display, combined with the practical reverse mode, shows Oben is thinking about the everyday challenges riders face in the city. It’s these thoughtful tech additions that can really make a difference in how you use an electric motorcycle daily.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Battery Options and Performance Specifications
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Oben Electric is offering the Rorr EZ Sigma with two different battery pack sizes, both built using their own LFP battery tech. This means they're designed to handle India's weather better and should last longer than some other types. You can choose between a 3.4 kWh pack or a larger 4.4 kWh one.
\n\n\n\n
Dual Battery Variants Available
\n\n\n\n
The two battery options give riders a choice based on their needs and budget. The 3.4 kWh version is priced at ₹1.27 lakh, while the 4.4 kWh model goes for ₹1.37 lakh. These are introductory prices, so they won't stay this low forever.
\n\n\n\n
Top Speed and Acceleration Figures
\n\n\n\n
No matter which battery you pick, the Rorr EZ Sigma has the same performance specs. It can hit a top speed of 95 km/h. Getting up to speed is pretty quick too; it can go from 0 to 40 km/h in just 3.3 seconds. This is thanks to its 52 Nm of torque, which is pretty good for this class of bike.
\n\n\n\n
Charging Capabilities and Range
\n\n\n\n
When it comes to range, the 3.4 kWh battery is good for up to 140 km (IDC certified), and the bigger 4.4 kWh battery can take you up to 175 km (also IDC certified). Both battery packs support fast charging, which is a big plus. You can get a charge from 0% to 80% in about 1.5 hours. This makes it easier to top up if you're on a longer trip. For those who want extra peace of mind, there's an optional Battery Protect 8/80 Plan available. You can also find charging stations easily using the Oben Electric App, which is included for a year with the bike. This app connects you to a network of over 68,000 charging points across the country, making it easier to plan your rides. You can check out more about their battery technology on their website.
\n\n\n\n
\n
The LFP battery technology used by Oben Electric is a key selling point, offering improved thermal resistance and a longer lifespan compared to other battery chemistries. This focus on durability and performance aims to provide a reliable riding experience for everyday use.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Safety and Security Measures
\n\n\n\n
When you're out riding the Next Gen Oben Rorr EZ Sigma, staying safe and secure is a big deal. Oben Electric has put some thought into this, giving the bike a few features to help you out. They've included Unified Brake Assist (UBA) which helps make your braking more controlled, especially when you need to stop quickly. There's also a Driver Alert System (DAS) that's supposed to keep you more aware of what's going on around you. For better grip on the road, it comes with wide tires, and it can handle a bit of water, up to 230 mm, which is handy for those unexpected puddles or monsoon showers.
\n\n\n\n
Unified Brake Assist and Driver Alert System
\n\n\n\n
These systems are designed to work together to give you more confidence on the road. The UBA helps distribute braking force, making stops smoother, while the DAS is there to give you little nudges if it senses something might be off. It's all about making the ride safer.
\n\n\n\n
Water-Wading Depth and Tire Grip
\n\n\n\n
With a water-wading depth of 230 mm, the Rorr EZ Sigma is better prepared for wet conditions than some other bikes. Plus, those wide tires offer a good contact patch with the road, which should translate to better stability and handling, especially when you're cornering or braking. It’s good to know you have that extra bit of traction when you need it.
\n\n\n\n
Theft Protection and Vandalism Alerts
\n\n\n\n
Oben hasn't forgotten about security either. The bike has features like geo-fencing, so you can set up virtual boundaries and get alerted if the bike moves outside of them. There's also a battery lock to keep the power source secure, and it even has vandalism alerts. This means if someone tries to mess with your bike, you should get a notification. You can find out more about the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma on Amazon for purchase.
\n\n\n\n
\n
It's always a good idea to familiarize yourself with all the safety and security features of any new vehicle you get. Understanding how these systems work can make a big difference in your day-to-day riding experience and peace of mind.
\n
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Warranty and Purchase Accessibility
\n\n\n\n
When you're looking at the new Oben Rorr EZ Sigma, it's good to know what kind of support you get after you buy it. Oben Electric is offering a special deal to make owning this bike even better. They have an optional Battery Protect 8/80 Plan that covers your battery for eight years or up to 80,000 kilometers, whichever comes first. This plan costs an extra ₹9,999, but it gives you some serious peace of mind, especially with electric vehicles. It's transferable too, which is a nice touch if you ever decide to sell the bike.
\n\n\n\n
Optional Battery Protect Plan
\n\n\n\n
This plan is pretty straightforward. It's designed to protect you against any unexpected issues with the battery, which is a big part of the bike's value. It's a good idea to consider it, especially since battery technology is still evolving.
\n\n\n\n
Purchase Through Amazon
\n\n\n\n
One of the cool things about the Rorr EZ Sigma is how easy it is to buy. Besides checking it out at their showrooms, you can also find it on Amazon. This makes it super accessible for a lot of people who prefer shopping online. It's a big step for electric bikes to be available on major e-commerce platforms like Amazon India.
\n\n\n\n
Test Rides and Dealership Network
\n\n\n\n
Before you commit, Oben Electric wants you to experience the bike firsthand. They've got test rides available at their showrooms all over India. So, you can go, feel the ride, check out the features, and make sure it's the right fit for you. It’s always best to try before you buy, right?
\n\n\n\n
Wrapping It Up
\n\n\n\n
So, the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma is officially here, and it looks like Oben Electric is really trying to make a splash in the electric commuter bike scene. With a starting price of ₹1.27 lakh, it’s definitely aiming for a good chunk of the market. They've added some neat features like that reverse mode, which could be a lifesaver in tight spots, and a better display. Plus, the extended battery warranty is a nice touch for peace of mind. It’ll be interesting to see how it stacks up against other bikes once people start riding them regularly, but for now, it seems like a solid step forward for Oben.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
How much does the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma cost?
\n\n\n\n
The new Oben Rorr EZ Sigma electric motorcycle starts at Rs 1.27 lakh for the version with a 3.4 kWh battery. If you want the bigger 4.4 kWh battery, it costs Rs 1.37 lakh. These are special prices for a short time, so they might go up later.
\n\n\n\n
When can I book and receive the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma?
\n\n\n\n
You can book the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma by paying Rs 2,999. The company started letting people take test rides at their stores, and the bikes will start being delivered on August 15, 2025.
\n\n\n\n
What new features does the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma have?
\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma has some cool new things like a reverse mode to help you park easily. It also has a 5-inch color screen that shows you where to go (navigation) and alerts you for calls, messages, and music.
\n\n\n\n
How fast can it go and how far can it travel on one charge?
\n\n\n\n
The Oben Rorr EZ Sigma can go up to 95 km per hour. It has two battery choices: one that can go about 140 km on a single charge and another that can go around 175 km.
\n\n\n\n
Is there a warranty available for the battery?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, Oben Electric offers an extra warranty plan called the Battery Protect 8/80 Plan. This plan covers the battery for 8 years or 80,000 km, whichever comes first, and it costs Rs 9,999.
\n\n\n\n
Where can I buy the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma?
\n\n\n\n
You can buy the Oben Rorr EZ Sigma through Amazon, which makes it easier to get. You can also test ride it at Oben dealerships all over India.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/oben-rorr-ez-sigma-2025-highlights/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-2025-Highlights.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-2025-Highlights.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-05T13:53:17","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-05T13:53:17","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 05, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/oben-rorr-ez-sigma-2025-highlights/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"15 min read"},{"id":9311,"title":"2025 Yamaha MT-15 Ver 2.0: Price, New Features & Colours Explained","content":"\n
So, Yamaha just dropped the 2025 MT-15 Version 2.0, and it's got some pretty cool updates. They're calling it the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Ver 2.0 Launch Price Rs 1.69 L – New Colours, TFT Display, which is a mouthful, I know. Basically, it's got a new screen, some fresh paint jobs, and a few other bits that make it a bit more modern. I'm curious to see how these changes shake out for riders, especially with the new tech they've added. It seems like they're really trying to appeal to the younger crowd with this one, which makes sense for this kind of bike.
\n\n\n\n
Key Takeaways
\n\n\n\n
The 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 is here, starting at Rs 1.69 lakh for the standard model and Rs 1.80 lakh for the DLX version.
\n\n\n\n
A big change is the new colour TFT display, which now includes turn-by-turn navigation, connecting via the Y-Connect app.
\n\n\n\n
You can get it in three new colours: Ice Storm DLX, Vivid Violet Metallic DLX, and Metallic Silver Cyan for the standard model.
\n\n\n\n
The bike still uses the same 155cc liquid-cooled engine with VVA, paired with a six-speed gearbox and an Assist & Slipper Clutch.
\n\n\n\n
Safety gets a boost with the addition of a Traction Control System (TCS), which isn't common in this class.
\n\n\n\n
2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 Pricing And Variants
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Yamaha has rolled out the 2025 version of its popular MT-15 streetfighter, and it comes with a couple of different price points depending on the trim. The standard model kicks things off at Rs. 1.69 lakh, making it a pretty accessible entry into Yamaha's aggressive MT lineup. If you're looking for a bit more flair and features, the DLX variant is also available, though it comes with a slightly higher price tag. It's good to see Yamaha offering choices here, catering to different budgets and preferences within the same model.
\n\n\n\n
Standard Variant Pricing
\n\n\n\n
The base model of the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 is priced at Rs. 1,69,550 (ex-showroom). This version offers the core MT-15 experience with its performance and styling, but without some of the premium features found on the DLX trim. It's a solid option for riders who want the aggressive naked bike look and feel without breaking the bank.
\n\n\n\n
DLX Variant Pricing
\n\n\n\n
For those who want a bit more, the DLX variant is priced at Rs. 1,80,500 (ex-showroom). This higher price point gets you access to the new colour TFT display with navigation and other connected features, plus some of the newer colour options. It's aimed at riders who appreciate the latest tech and a more premium aesthetic. This variant really steps up the bike's connectivity game.
\n\n\n\n
Ex-Showroom Delhi Costs
\n\n\n\n
To be clear, the prices mentioned are ex-showroom figures for Delhi. This means the final on-road price will include other charges like registration, insurance, and local taxes, which will vary depending on your specific location. So, while the Rs. 1.69 lakh figure is a good starting point, remember to factor in those additional costs when budgeting for your new Yamaha MT-15 V2.
\n\n\n\n
Technological Advancements In The New Model
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha really stepped up the game with the 2025 MT-15 Version 2.0, especially when it comes to tech. They've listened to what riders want, and it shows. The biggest news is the new color TFT display, which is a pretty sweet upgrade from the old LCD. It makes everything look sharper and more modern.
\n\n\n\n
Colour TFT Display With Navigation
\n\n\n\n
This new display isn't just for looks; it actually comes with turn-by-turn navigation. This is a huge deal for anyone who rides in unfamiliar areas or just likes to plan their routes. It means you can keep your eyes on the road more and fiddle with your phone less. It’s a feature that really makes the bike feel more premium and practical for everyday use.
\n\n\n\n
Bluetooth Connectivity Via Y-Connect App
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
Pairing your smartphone is now a breeze thanks to Bluetooth connectivity and the Yamaha Y-Connect app. This lets you link your phone directly to the bike, which is pretty cool. You can see all sorts of info right there on the display or through the app.
\n\n\n\n
Enhanced App Features For Riders
\n\n\n\n
The Y-Connect app has also gotten a bunch of useful updates. You can now check things like maintenance reminders, find your parked bike, see your fuel consumption in real-time, and even get malfunction notifications. There's also a revs dashboard and a rider ranking system, which adds a bit of fun competition if you're into that sort of thing. It’s all about making the riding experience more connected and informative. You can check out more details about the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2 DLX and its features.
\n\n\n\n
Fresh Colour Options For 2025
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha is really shaking things up for 2025 with the MT-15 Version 2.0, and a big part of that is the fresh coat of paint they're offering. They know that looks matter, especially to the younger crowd they're targeting. So, they've rolled out some seriously cool new colorways that should definitely turn heads.
\n\n\n\n
Ice Storm DLX Debut
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
This is a pretty big deal because the 'Ice Storm' color is a staple in the MT series globally, and it's finally making its way to India with the DLX trim. It gives the bike a really clean, almost frosty look that’s super appealing.
\n\n\n\n
Vivid Violet Metallic Appeal
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
If you're looking for something a bit more vibrant, the 'Vivid Violet Metallic' option for the DLX model should be right up your alley. It’s got this sporty, energetic vibe that just screams performance.
\n\n\n\n
Metallic Silver Cyan For Standard
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n
And for the standard variant, Yamaha is bringing in 'Metallic Silver Cyan'. This one sounds like it’s going for a bold, aggressive stance on the road, which fits the MT-15's 'Dark Side of Japan' theme perfectly.
\n\n\n\n
It's great to see Yamaha offering these distinct choices. It really lets riders pick a bike that matches their personality. Plus, the existing Metallic Black color is still available, so there are plenty of options to go around.
\n\n\n\n
Engine Performance And Drivetrain
\n\n\n\n
The heart of the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 is its proven 155cc liquid-cooled engine, featuring Variable Valve Actuation (VVA). This setup allows the engine to deliver a strong 18.4 PS of power and 14.1 Nm of torque, with peak performance available across a good portion of the rev range. Yamaha has really tuned this engine to be punchy in the mid-range, making it feel lively for city riding. It's the same engine found in the R15, so you know it's got some serious capability.
\n\n\n\n
155cc Liquid-Cooled VVA Engine
\n\n\n\n
This engine is pretty advanced for its class. The VVA system helps it breathe better at different RPMs, giving you a good mix of low-end response and top-end power. It's a high-revving unit that can easily push past 10,000 rpm, and it's known for being quite fuel-efficient too, with many riders reporting figures well over 50 kmpl.
\n\n\n\n
Six-Speed Gearbox With Assist & Slipper Clutch
\n\n\n\n
Paired with this capable engine is a smooth-shifting six-speed gearbox. What really makes a difference here is the Assist & Slipper Clutch. This system not only makes the clutch lever feel lighter, reducing hand fatigue in traffic, but it also helps prevent the rear wheel from locking up during aggressive downshifts. It makes for a more controlled and enjoyable ride, especially when you're pushing it a bit.
\n\n\n\n
Traction Control System For Safety
\n\n\n\n
One of the standout features for this segment is the inclusion of a Traction Control System (TCS). This electronic aid monitors wheel speed and can intervene if it detects the rear wheel losing grip, like on wet or slippery roads. It's a great safety net that adds a significant layer of confidence for the rider, especially for those newer to riding or when conditions aren't ideal.
\n\n\n\n
\n
While the engine is peppy and responsive, don't expect it to feel strained past 120 kmph. There are also some minor vibrations that can be felt on the footpegs at higher speeds, but overall, it's a very refined package for its displacement.
\n
\n\n\n\n
Key Features And Rider Engagement
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha really packed the 2025 MT-15 Version 2.0 with stuff to make your rides better. It’s not just about looking cool; it’s about how the bike feels and works for you.
\n\n\n\n
Bi-functional LED Headlamp
\n\n\n\n
This bike’s got a new LED projector headlamp. It’s designed to give you a really clear view at night, making those evening rides a lot safer. Plus, it’s got those sharp-looking LED DRLs (Daytime Running Lights) that make the bike stand out even when the sun’s up.
\n\n\n\n
Multi-Function LCD Display
\n\n\n\n
Forget basic speedometers. The MT-15 now sports a multi-function LCD display. It shows you everything you need to know – gear position, fuel economy, and even has a rev limiter warning. It’s all laid out clearly so you can keep your eyes on the road.
\n\n\n\n
Assist & Slipper Clutch Functionality
\n\n\n\n
This is a big one for rider engagement. The assist and slipper clutch makes downshifting smoother and easier. It helps prevent the rear wheel from locking up during aggressive downshifts, which means less chance of a skid and a more controlled ride, especially when you’re pushing the bike a bit. It really makes a difference when you’re weaving through traffic or coming into a corner.
\n\n\n\n
The Takeaway
\n\n\n\n
So, Yamaha's really giving the MT-15 Version 2.0 a solid update for 2025. Adding that color TFT display with navigation is a big deal, especially for younger riders who want all the tech. Plus, the new colors give it a fresh look. It’s still got that same peppy 155cc engine and sharp handling that people like, and now with traction control, it feels a bit safer too. For the price, it seems like Yamaha is trying to keep it competitive while adding more value. It’s definitely a bike worth checking out if you’re in the market for a stylish, tech-forward streetfighter.
\n\n\n\n
Frequently Asked Questions
\n\n\n\n
How much does the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 cost?
\n\n\n\n
The new 2025 Yamaha MT-15 Version 2.0 costs Rs 1.69 lakh for the basic model and Rs 1.80 lakh for the fancier DLX model. These prices are before any taxes and fees in Delhi.
\n\n\n\n
What's new with the technology on this bike?
\n\n\n\n
The biggest new thing is a color screen that shows you where to go, like a mini GPS. It also connects to your phone using an app called Y-Connect, so you can see things like when to service your bike or where you parked it.
\n\n\n\n
What new colors can I get for the 2025 MT-15?
\n\n\n\n
Yamaha added three cool new colors: Ice Storm for the DLX model, Vivid Violet Metallic for the DLX model, and Metallic Silver Cyan for the regular model. The old Metallic Black color is still available too.
\n\n\n\n
What kind of engine does the 2025 MT-15 have?
\n\n\n\n
It has the same 155cc engine that's cooled by liquid. This engine is good for about 18.4 horsepower. It also has a six-speed transmission with a special clutch that makes shifting smoother and safer, especially when you slow down.
\n\n\n\n
How does the bike handle and what makes it stable?
\n\n\n\n
The bike is built on a strong frame called a Deltabox frame, which is known for making the bike handle well. It also has an aluminum swingarm, like those used in MotoGP racing, and front forks that look cool and help with a smoother ride.
\n\n\n\n
Does the 2025 Yamaha MT-15 have traction control?
\n\n\n\n
Yes, it has a Traction Control System (TCS). This is a safety feature that helps stop the rear wheel from spinning too much if you hit a slippery spot, giving you more control.
\n","slug":"https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/yamaha/2025-yamaha-mt-15-ver-2-0-price-new-features-colours-explained/","excerpt":"","featuredImageUrl":"https://ic4.maxabout.us//news-images/2025/08/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-14.jpg","featuredImageUrlValue":"https://ic4.maxabout.us/news-images/2025/08/Top-10-Scooters-FY25-Highlights-14.jpg","metaTitle":"","metaDescription":"","metaKeywords":"","variantId":0,"createdDate":"2025-08-05T13:16:05","addedBy":0,"updatedDate":"2025-08-05T13:16:05","updatedBy":0,"isDraft":false,"highlight":"","imageFileId":0,"slugBackup":"","viewCount":0,"tags":"ImportedFromWordpress","processedContent":"","featuredImageAltTag":"","category":"","author":"","authorName":"","categoryName":"","authorId":0,"categoryId":0,"authorBio":"","authorDesignation":"","authorSpecialization":"","authorProfileImageUrl":"","authorTwitterUrl":"","authorLinkedInUrl":"","authorInstagramUrl":"","authorFacebookUrl":"","authorSlug":"","status":"Published","publishedDate":null,"visible":true,"likeCount":0,"commentCount":0,"isFeatured":false,"sortOrder":0,"publishedDateFormatted":"Draft","createdDateFormatted":"Aug 05, 2025","url":"/news/https://news.maxabout.com/bikes/yamaha/2025-yamaha-mt-15-ver-2-0-price-new-features-colours-explained/","isPublished":true,"readingTime":"12 min read"}],"pageSize":6,"context":null},"message":"Blogs retrieved successfully","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":true}},{"id":"1765391476562-xzzy97","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.562Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/VehicleDetails/GetAll?pageNo=1&pageSize=8&filters=POPULAR&distinctByModel=true","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"bikes","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":false},{"id":"1765391476564-ejeost","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.564Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/VehicleDetails/GetAll?pageNo=1&pageSize=6&filters=RECENT&distinctByModel=true","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"bikes","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":false},{"id":"1765391476565-wltzq","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.565Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/VehicleDetails/GetAll?pageNo=1&pageSize=6&filters=FEATURED&distinctByModel=true","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"bikes","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":false},{"id":"1765391476565-04e2c","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.565Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/Comments/GetAllComments?pageNo=1&pageSize=10&url=tvs&approved=true&visible=true","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"bikes","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":true,"status":200,"responseTime":97,"responseData":{"data":{"items":[],"totalItems":0,"totalPages":0,"currentPage":1,"pageSize":10,"hasNext":false,"hasPrevious":false},"message":"Comments retrieved successfully","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":true}},{"id":"1765391476566-5gqwc9","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.566Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/Question/GetAllQuestions?pageNo=1&pageSize=6&visible=true&approved=true","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"bikes","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":true,"status":200,"responseTime":201,"responseData":{"data":{"items":[],"totalItems":6291,"totalPages":1049,"currentPage":1,"pageSize":6,"hasNext":true,"hasPrevious":false},"message":"Questions retrieved successfully","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":true}},{"id":"1765391476582-fkpn8l","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.582Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/Advertisement/GetAll","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"cars","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":true,"status":200,"responseTime":80,"responseData":{"data":[{"slotId":20,"placement":"Square1","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.6485385Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"1063822191","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":21,"placement":"Square2","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.6485452Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":1006,"placement":"Square3","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.6485461Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""}],"message":"Retrieved 3 active advertisements","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":false}},{"id":"1765391476689-91ewv","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.689Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/Advertisement/GetAll","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"cars","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":true,"status":200,"responseTime":96,"responseData":{"data":[{"slotId":20,"placement":"Square1","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.7807528Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"1063822191","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":21,"placement":"Square2","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.7807568Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":1006,"placement":"Square3","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.7807606Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""}],"message":"Retrieved 3 active advertisements","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":false}},{"id":"1765391476884-ewu9ac","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.884Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/Advertisement/GetAll","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"cars","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":true,"status":200,"responseTime":31,"responseData":{"data":[{"slotId":20,"placement":"Square1","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.9107689Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"1063822191","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":21,"placement":"Square2","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.9107745Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":1006,"placement":"Square3","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:16.9107752Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""}],"message":"Retrieved 3 active advertisements","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":false}},{"id":"1765391477245-wc53x5","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:17.245Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/Advertisement/GetAll","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"cars","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":true,"status":200,"responseTime":7,"responseData":{"data":[{"slotId":20,"placement":"Square1","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:17.2516312Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"1063822191","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":21,"placement":"Square2","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:17.2516378Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""},{"slotId":1006,"placement":"Square3","adUnitId":"","size":"","isActive":true,"platform":"All","category":"","priority":0,"createdDate":"2025-12-10T18:31:17.2516585Z","lastModified":null,"createdBy":"","description":"","headerCode":"","serviceName":"","adServerSlotId":"5003613349","sizes":"[[336,280],[300,250]]","dfpAccountId":""}],"message":"Retrieved 3 active advertisements","detail":"","statusCode":200,"commonObjects":null,"hasPagedData":false}},{"id":"1765391487303-rps0r","timestamp":"2025-12-10T18:31:27.303Z","method":"GET","url":"https://st-autos-api.maxabout.com/api/VehicleDetails/Get?slug=tvs%2Fjupiter%2Fjupiter-zx-smartxonnect-disc","headers":{"Accept":"application/json, text/plain, */*","Content-Type":"application/json","X-Correlation-Id":"REQ-mizsy75b-xpz4od-g","X-Debug-Request-Id":"req-1765360730989-vj7h88","X-Section":"cars","User-Agent":"axios/1.12.2","Accept-Encoding":"gzip, compress, deflate, br"},"context":"server","completed":false}];
var requestId = 'req-1765360730989-vj7h88';
console.log('🎯 Layout: SSR server calls for request', requestId + ':', serverCallsFromSSR.length);
// Check if server calls are available in different contexts
var serverCalls = null;
// Priority 1: Use SSR data
if (serverCallsFromSSR && Array.isArray(serverCallsFromSSR) && serverCallsFromSSR.length > 0) {
serverCalls = serverCallsFromSSR;
console.log('🎯 Layout: Using SSR server calls:', serverCalls.length);
}
// Priority 2: Check globalThis
else if (typeof globalThis !== 'undefined' && globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__) {
serverCalls = globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__;
console.log('🎯 Layout: Found server calls in globalThis:', serverCalls.length);
}
// Priority 3: Check __NEXT_DATA__
else if (typeof window !== 'undefined' && window.__NEXT_DATA__ && window.__NEXT_DATA__.__SERVER_API_CALLS__) {
serverCalls = window.__NEXT_DATA__.__SERVER_API_CALLS__;
console.log('🎯 Layout: Found server calls in __NEXT_DATA__:', serverCalls.length);
}
if (serverCalls && Array.isArray(serverCalls) && serverCalls.length > 0) {
window.__SERVER_API_CALLS__ = serverCalls;
console.log('🎯 Layout: Successfully transferred', serverCalls.length, 'server calls to client');
console.log('🎯 Layout: Server calls summary:', serverCalls.map(call => ({
method: call.method,
url: call.url,
status: call.status,
context: call.context,
timestamp: call.timestamp
})));
} else {
console.log('🎯 Layout: No server calls found to transfer');
console.log('🎯 Layout: SSR data length:', serverCallsFromSSR ? serverCallsFromSSR.length : 0);
console.log('🎯 Layout: globalThis available:', typeof globalThis !== 'undefined');
console.log('🎯 Layout: globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__:', typeof globalThis !== 'undefined' ? (globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__ ? globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__.length : 'undefined') : 'N/A');
}
// Set up a backup mechanism to check for late-arriving server calls
var checkCount = 0;
var checkInterval = setInterval(function() {
checkCount++;
if (checkCount > 20) { // Check for 2 seconds
clearInterval(checkInterval);
return;
}
var foundNewCalls = false;
// Check globalThis for updates
if (typeof globalThis !== 'undefined' && globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__ &&
globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__.length > window.__SERVER_API_CALLS__.length) {
console.log('🎯 Layout: Late server calls detected in globalThis, updating...');
window.__SERVER_API_CALLS__ = globalThis.__SERVER_API_CALLS__;
foundNewCalls = true;
}
if (foundNewCalls) {
clearInterval(checkInterval);
}
}, 100);
})();
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-69.jpg\")
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-70.jpg\")
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-71.jpg\")
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-72.jpg\")
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-73.jpg\")
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-74.jpg\")
![\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-75.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-61.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-62.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-63.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-64.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-24.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-26.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-27.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Bajaj-Chetak-2025-Budget-EV-Launch-1.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Bajaj-Chetak-2025-Budget-EV-Launch-4.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Bajaj-Chetak-2025-Budget-EV-Launch-3.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Bajaj-Chetak-2025-Budget-EV-Launch-2.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-16-1.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-17.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-18.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-19.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-71.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-72.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-73.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-75.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-67.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-68.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-69.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-70.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Suzuki-Avenis.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Suzuki-Avenis-1.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Suzuki-Avenis-2.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_60-20250806064657.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_61-20250806064901.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_62-20250806065054.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_63-20250806065239.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_64-20250806065536.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_65-20250806065710.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-1.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-2.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-3.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-4.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-5.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Oben-Rorr-EZ-Sigma-6.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_55-20250805073749.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_56-20250805073822.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_55-20250805074050.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_57-20250805073846.jpg\")
![\"\"/](\"https://ic4.maxabout.us/2025/08/ALL_NEW_HONDA_CITY_HYBIRD_58-20250805073915.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-13.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-15.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-14.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-16.jpg\")
![\"\"](\"https://news.maxabout.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/ALL-NEW-HONDA-CITY-HYBIRD-17.jpg\")